Carlson Library
CLARION
STATE
COLLEGE
CLARION, PENNSYLVANIA
CATALOGUE ISSUE
1970-1971
Spec, Co/,
P
i i)
) on
c
c^^/S
MEMBER OF
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES FOR
TEACHER EDUCATION
MEMBER OF
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE
COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
ACCREDITED BY
MIDDLE STATES ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES
AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS
ACCREDITED BY
NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR ACCREDITATION OF
TEACHER EDUCATION
CLARION STATE COLLEfiE WELCOMES QUALIFIED STUDENTS, FACULTY,
AND STAFF FROM ALL RACIAL, RELIGIOUS, ETHNIC, AND SOCIO-
ECONOMIC BACKGROUNDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Calendar 4
Campus and Facilities 7
Venango Campus 10
Student Affairs 10
General Information 21
Admissions 24
Withdrawal 26
Scholarship Requirements 27
Degree Programs 29
Graduate Study 31
Financial Information 31
Fees 31
Financial Aid Services 36
Employment 40
Teacher Education 42
Certification 43
Requirements in Teacher Education 44
Public School Student Teaching Centers 46
Course Distributions in Teacher Education 48
Areas of Major Specialization— Secondary 52
Special Fields and Services in Education 65
Library Science 66
Music Education 68
Public School Nursing 72
Safety Education 72
Special Education 73
Venango Campus Courses 76
Business Administration 77
Liberal Arts and Sciences 81
Graduate Study 94
Course Descriptions 99
Enrollment 158
Board of Trustees 158
State Board of Education 159
Administrative Staff 159
Academic Services Staff 159
Student Services Staff 160
General Services Staff 160
Faculty 161
Emeriti 180
Index 183
CALENDAR 1969-70
PRE-SESSION 1969
Session Begins Monday, June 2
Session Ends Friday, June 20
REGULAR SESSION 1969
Session Begins Monday, June 23
Session Ends Friday, August 1
POST SESSION 1969
Session Begins Monday, August 4
Session Ends Friday, August 22
FIRST SEMESTER 1969-70
Registration of Freshmen
and New Students Monday, September 8
Tuesday, September 9
Registration of Upperclassmen Tuesday, September 9
Wednesday, September 10
Classes Begin at 8:00 A.M Thursday, September 11
Evening Classes Begin Thursday, September 11
Thanksgiving Recess Begins 5:50 P.M Tuesday, November 25
Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8:00 A.M Monday, December 1
Applications for Graduation Due Friday, December 5
Christmas Recess Begins Noon Saturday, December 20
Christmas Recess Ends Monday, January 5
Final Tests Begin Monday, January 12
Evening Classes End Thursday, January 15
Semester Ends Tuesday, January 20
SECOND SEMESTER 1969-70
Registration Monday, January 26
Tuesday, January 27
Classes Begin Wednesday, January 28
Evening Classes Begin Thursday, January 29
Application for Graduation Due Friday, April 3
Easter Recess Begins 5:50 P.M Wednesday, March 25
Easter Recess Ends 8:00 A.M Tuesday, March 31
Final Tests Start Thursday, May 14
Evening Classes End Thursday, May 21
Alumni Day Saturday, May 23
Commencement Sunday, May 24
Semester Ends Monday, May 25
4
CLARION STATE COLLEGE
CALENDAR 1970-71
PRE-SESSION 1970
Session Begins Monday, June 8
Session Ends Friday, June 26
REGULAR SESSION 1970
Session Begins Monday, June 29
Session Ends Friday, August 7
POST SESSION 1970
Session Begins Monday, August 10
Session Ends Friday, August 28
SIX WEEK SESSIONS
First Session Begins Monday, June 8
First Session Ends FViday, July 17
Second Session Begins Monday, July 20
Second Session Ends Friday, August 28
FIRST SEMESTER 1970-71
Registration of Freshman
and Transfers Wednesday, September 9
Thursday, September 10
Registration of Upperclassmen Thursday, September 10
Friday, September 11
Registration of Evening Classes Thursday, September 10
Classes Begin at 8:00 A.M Monday, September 14
Evening Classes Begin at 6:00 P. M Monday, September 14
Thanksgiving Recess Begins 5:50 P.M Tuesday, November 24
Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8:00 A.M .Monday, November 30
Applications for Graduation in
January 1971 Due Friday, December 4
Christmas Recess Begins 12:00 Noon Saturday, December 19
Christmas Recess Ends 8:00 A.M Monday, January 4
Final Examinations Begin Monday, January 11
Evening Classes End Friday, January 15
Semester Ends 5:50 P.M Tuesday, January 19
SECOND SEMESTER 1970-71
Registration Monday, January 25
Tuesday, January 26
Registration of Evening Classes Tuesday, January 26
Classes Begin 8:00 A.M Wednesday, January 27
Evening Classes Begin Wednesday, January 27
Application for Graduation in May 1971 Due .... Friday, April 2
Easter Recess Begins 5:50 P.M Wednesday, April 7
Easter Recess Ends 8:00 A.M Tuesday, April 13
Final Examinations Begin Monday, May 17
Evening Classes End Friday, May 21
Alumni Day Saturday, May 22
Commencement Sunday, May 23
Semester Ends Monday, May 24
5
Digitized by tine Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/clarionstatecoll1971clar
THE CAMPUS AND FACILITIES
MAIN CAMPUS
The main campus of Clarion State College occupies a tract of 55
acres. The Memorial Athletic Field provides recreational area of 29
acres for athletic events. The evolving arrangement of the campus,
including its academic buildings, residence halls, service buildings,
walks, and roadways are the result of a series of master plans for
growth of the college. The physical plant development is the re-
sult of careful study to provide a functional and aesthetically attrac-
tive campus.
THE ADMINISTRATION AND LIBRARY BUILDING is a new
structure facing Wood Street from the front campus. The west
wing is occupied by the Library and the Library Science Depart-
ment. The second wing houses college administrative and business
oflBces and classrooms. The college book store is in the basement of
the administrative wing.
CARLSON LIBRARY, named for the College Librarian from
1929 to 1963, is located in the Library-Administration Building
and contains approximately 175,000 volumes. Over 2,500 periodical
titles are received currently. The Library is growing rapidly to
provide students and faculty with materials of instruction, cultural
advancement, recreation, and research. A significant reference
collection, an open-stack policy permitting all library users direct
access to books, and a dedicated staff supply the resources essential
for successful college experiences. Carlson Library also houses a
curriculum collection and a juvenile and young people's collection.
Tlie branch library at Oil City accommodates immediate research
needs for students and faculty on the Venango Campus.
LIBRARY ADDITION will be completed in spring, 1970, and
will triple the existing floor space. As a four-floor structure, it will
provide a total volume capacity of approximately 280,000 volumes.
A second addition of five floors is scheduled.
DAVIS HALL was named for A. J. Davis, President of the Col-
lege from its beginning as a state institution in 1887 to 1902. The
sti-ucture, located on Greenville Avenue, was built in 1934 and was
completely remodeled in 1968. It is the Audio Visual-Closed Cir-
cuit Educational Television Center for the campus. Both CCTV
and radio origination studios are located here as well as the Audio-
Visual department, its classrooms, laboratories, and offices.
OLD SCIENCE HALL houses the Business Administration pro-
gram including its classrooms, laboratories, and offices.
STEVENS HALL was named for Thaddeus Stevens, the father
of the Pennsylvania Public School Law of 1834. Formerly a labora-
toiy school ( K-6 ) , it was converted to a college classroom building
in 1969 for professional and special education programs.
SPECIAL EDUCATION CENTER is attached to the west end
of Stevens Hall facing Eighth Avenue. The structure houses col-
lege classrooms, a thirty station language laboratory, micro-teaching
suites, and modern clinic facilities for the diagnosis and rehabihta-
tion of a wide range of human problems (learning, speech, lan-
guage, hearing) in the Psycho-Educational Clinic and the Speech
and Hearing Clinic.
EGBERT HALL was named for Professor Walter R. Egbert, who
was teacher and Dean of Men at the College from 1887 to 1920.
The OflBces of the Dean of Students, Admissions, and Student Aid,
as well as faculty offices are located here. Health service and in-
firmary service are provided in a well equipped facility located on
the first floor, A professional nursing and medical staff is available
for general health problems.
HEALTH SERVICES CENTER will be constructed on a site
bounded by Wood Street and Wilson Avenue. It will provide mod-
ern clinical and infirmary facilities and offer services of a full-time
medical staff.
MUSIC HALL is now a classroom and office building for the
Speech Department with the President's home on the second floor.
THE CHAPEL THEATRE, an attractive stone building with a
seating capacity of four hundred, is used for concerts, dramatic
presentations, and lectures.
PIERCE SCIENCE CENTER, occupied in 1968, provides out-
standing, modern facilities including classrooms, laboratories and
oflSces for the departments of Physical Science, Biological Science,
Mathematics, and Geography. A 250-seat science lecture hall and
a planetarium with a diameter of 40 feet are housed in a wing
connecting to the main building. The Computer-Data Processing
Center is on the ground floor.
THE HARVEY STUDENT UNION was named for Frank Laird
Harvey, a Trustee of the College from 1911 to 1932. The building
provides recreation rooms and offices. The ground floor includes
snack bar facilities and a large commons room. From 1943 to 1968
the building was a gymnasium.
TIPPIN GYMNASIUM-NATATORIUM is a new physical edu-
cation plant which was completed in 1968. It provides classrooms,
physical education teaching stations and offices. The 3600-seat
arena accommodates spectator facilities for varsity sports and
intra-mural competitions. The natatorium includes a diving pool
and swimming pool for instructional programs, varsity sports, intra-
mural competitions, and recreation.
8
FINE ARTS CENTER-AUDITORIUM is scheduled for occu-
pancy in 1969. It serves the Art, Music, and Speech-Drama de-
partments providing classrooms, studios, laboratories, exhibit areas,
and rehearsal facilities. The auditorium with a capacity of 1700
seats violl accommodate concerts, lectures, and a wide variety of
additional cultural events. A little theatre of 250 capacity utilizes
the stage which is common to the auditorium.
STUDENT CENTER, tentatively located in the Wilson Avenue-
Payne Street triangle, will offer attractive lounge and recreational
facilities, snack bar, and book store.
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING will be located on Main Street.
It will provide oflBces for the President and his staff. Dean of Aca-
demic Affairs and staff, Registrar, Admissions Office, and the Busi-
ness Office.
RESEARCH-LEARNING CENTER will be located at Greenville
Avenue and Thorn Street. It will provide experimental educational
laboratories for research with pre-school, K-12, and post-school
groups. The educational research specialists will provide college
and regional services for research projects, implementation pro-
grams, and educational consultative assistance.
CHANDLER DINING HALL was named for Dr. Paul G.
Chandler, President of the College from 1937 to 1960. Modern in
design and equipped with the latest food preparation and serving
facilities, it provides an attractive and comfortable dining environ-
ment.
BALLENTINE HALL, residence for young men, was named
for Professor John Ballentine, who was a teacher and at various
times acting president of the College from 1887 to 1920. Located
on Wood Street, it provides housing for 116 students.
BECHT HALL, residence for young women, was named for J.
George Becht, who was president of the College from 1904 to
1912. Located on Wood Street, it provides housing for 200 students.
It is scheduled for replacement with a new dormitory for women.
GIVEN HALL, residence for young women, was named for
Lorena M. Given, who taught at the College from 1893 to 1919.
Located on the east side of the campus, it provides housing for
250 students.
RALSTON HALL, a residence for young women, was named
for Mrs. Amabel Lee Ralston, who was Dean of Women at the Col-
lege from 1922 to 1930. Located adjacent to Given Hall, it pro-
vides housing for 200 students.
MEN'S DORMITORY, planned for occupancy in fall, 1970, and
located on Main Street, will provide housing for 450 students.
WOMEN'S DORMITORY, planned for occupancy in fall, 1970,
and located on Main Street, will provide housing for 450 students.
MEN'S DORMITORY, planned for construction in 1969-70, and
located on Payne Street, will provide housing for 450 students.
VENANGO CAMPUS
Clarion State College operates an o£F-campus center located in
Oil Cit)% Pennsyh^ania. Clarion's Venango Campus is a tribute to
the civic spirit of the people of the Oil City-Franklin area who
supported and financed the venture. The Campus is located on a
sixty-two acre wooded area on West First Street overlooking the
Allegheny River.
Staffed with full-time faculty members of Clarion State College,
Venango Campus offers students a convenient, inexpensive oppor-
tunity for two years of their college education. Courses offered at
the branch campus are identical with those offered on main campus.
VENANCO CLASSROOM BUILDING is an attractive, modern
building containing classrooms, laboratories, library, recreational
room, and college oflBces.
MONTGOMERY HALL, a privately owned residence hall lo-
cated on the Venango Campus, provides housing for 105 women
students and 105 men students. A dining hall is included in the
building.
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Clarion State College provides not only for the academic train-
ing of young men and women but also for their development as
mature, self-confident, socially competent adults. All campus facili-
ties, including residence halls, dining halls, social center, and other
places where students meet and live, are organized and used as
means for helping students toward democratic living.
To assist such development, student personnel services are pro-
vided. These services enable those enrolled at Clarion State College
to perform more adequately as students and to derive maximum
benefit from the academic, cultural, social, and recreational oppor-
tunities offered by the campus environment. In addition, every ad-
ministrative and teaching member of the faculty is charged with
the responsibility of assisting students to make a wholesome ad-
justment to college life.
Student activities represent an important phase of student-faculty
association and of social and recreational experience. Campus or-
ganizations provide a program in which each student may engage,
according to his individual interests, in activities which meet his
own needs and desires.
Clarion State College students have a voice in forming and ad-
ministering college policies by serving with faculty members on
10
many standing committees. Through student government, students
exercise direct control over most phases of student life.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
HOUSING SERVICES
Students at Clarion State College live in residence halls, frater-
nity houses, facilities in the community, or their own homes. All
freshmen and sophomore students are required to live in the
residence halls unless commuting from their homes. Upon written
application to the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs, exceptions
to this policy may be granted. Student residence requirements are
subject to annual review.
It is the desire of the college to have students representing all
creeds, races, and ways of life living in the residence halls. In or-
der to achieve this and, at the same time, comply with the Penn-
sylvania Fair Education Practices Act, all housing assignments are
made without regard to race, religion, color, ancestry, or national
origin. Within each residence hall, there is a cross section of stu-
dents representing most aspects of a highly divergent student body,
thus providing a cosmopolitan community. In this community, the
student is exposed to living and working with all types of people.
Hall and roommate preferences stated on housing applications are
given consideration in making assignments and are honored when-
ever possible.
The contract for assignment to residence halls is for the entire
academic year unless the student withdraws from college, gradu-
ates, or leaves campus for student teaching prior to the end of the
year. Housing and food service fees are payable at the same time
as other college fees become due. Refunds cannot be made unless
the student withdraws from college for medical reasons properly
certified by the attending physician,
A separate housing and food service application must be submit-
ted for each year. All upperclassmen returning to residence halls
must submit a room reservation form at the announced time. Hous-
ing information will be mailed to new students prior to registration.
All room reservation forms must be accompanied by a non-refunda-
ble deposit.
Housing and food services are provided only on a combined basis
for students living in the residence halls. Housing and food service
contracts may not be transferred or assigned. The meal ticket may
be used only by the student to whom it is issued, and a room may
be occupied only by the student to whom it is assigned.
Student rooms in the residence halls are furnished with beds,
desks, chairs, dressers, closets, pillows, and linen. Students should
plan to furnish blankets, study lamps and towels. Many students
11
also provide curtains, bed spreads, and small throw rugs. Radios
and record players are permitted if they are operated with due
consideration for others.
General residence hall rules and regulations are contained in
the Student Handbook; in addition, specific rules applicable to in-
dividual residence halls will be made available to each resident
when he moves into a hall. Current rules and regulations have been
established and are enforced by the governing bodies of the resi-
dence halls.
A limited list of housing available in the community is main-
tained by the OflBce of the Dean of Student Affairs.
FOOD SERVICE
Wholesome, well-balanced meals are provided in Chandler,
Forest Manor, and Montgomery Dining Halls by Servomation-
Mathias, Inc. All students living in residence halls are required to
eat their meals in a dining hall. Students not living in residence
halls are invited to eat their meals in Chandler Hall on a semester
contract or individual meal basis.
HEALTH SERVICE
Recognizing that good health is important to the educational
process, the college provides for the protection and development
of the health of its students. The Health Services Center is located
on the first floor of Egbert Hall and is staffed with resident nurses
24 hours per day, seven days per week.
College physicians maintain regularly scheduled oflBce hours
Monday through Friday. Additional visits to infirmary patients are
made as required. When ill, students are expected to make every
effort to visit the Health Service during regular clinic hours.
A ten bed infirmary is available to all full-time students; however,
neither the college physicians nor nurses can make house calls. A
Parental Permit form must be on file in the Health Service before
a minor student can be treated.
MEDICAL SERVICES in addition to routine clinical examina-
tions are available within the community. If hospitalization is in-
dicated, parents will be contacted immediately in order that their
wishes may be known. In any cases requiring transportation to a
hospital, an ambulance will be used at the expense of the individ-
ual involved. Other related expenses, not covered by student in-
surance programs, are the responsibility of the student.
STUDENT INSURANCE
In order to ease the financial burden which could result from
serious or extended illness or injury, Clarion State College requires
all students to participate in a group insurance plan which covers
the student wherever the illness or accident may occur. A waiver
12
privilege will be extended to those students who have private cov-
erage. A policy may be for a full twelve months from September
1 to August 31; the second semester, January 26 to August 31.
COUNSELING SERVICE
The Counseling Center offers professional services regarding ed-
ucational and vocational goals as well as problems related to per-
sonal, social, and emotional adjustment. The services of the Coun-
seling Center are available at no charge to all regularly enrolled
Clarion State College students.
Most students request counseling on their own initiative. Some,
however, need encouragement from others to seek counseling as-
sistance. These students may be referred by instructors, academic
advisers, residence hall staff, administrators, parents, or fellow stu-
dents. Those in need of counseling services are not just the marginal
or immature students; frequently the exceptionally able and con-
scientious students require the benefits of professional help in the
counseling setting.
The counseling relationship is of a confidential nature. Written
authorization by the student is normally required by the counselor
before sharing information with other professional personnel.
For students who exhibit need or psychiatric evaluation and /or
therapy, the Counseling Center maintains a referral service with
the Venango County Mental Health Center in Oil City.
PLACEMENT SERVICE
The College Placement Service assists all Clarion State College
graduates in obtaining positions for which their college program
has qualified them. Vacancy notices are received from public
schools, government agencies, business and industry and are re-
layed to those who are registered with the Placement Service. As-
sistance is given college students and personnel officials in arrang-
ing for employment interviews. Placement credentials are prepared
and distributed to support the candidacy of registrants. Students'
competence in their areas of specialization, their conduct, and their
general demeanor are presented in a professional manner by the
Placement Service for review by prospective employers.
The Placement Service is a free service. Graduates of former
years are served, as well as current seniors, and all are urged to
maintain their contacts with the Placement Service as a means of
facilitating professional promotion.
Counseling and guidance in placement are provided for all reg-
istrants. Students are encouraged to call personally at the Place-
ment Office. Following graduation, placement matters are handled
by telephone communication or mail.
All communications should be addressed to the Director of
Placement.
13
PARKING AND AUTOiMOBILE REGULATIONS
All provisions of the Vehicle Code of tlie Commonwealtli of
Penns)i\'ania as supplemented b)' college regulations will be strict-
ly enforced on the Clarion State College Campus. Authority for
such enforcement rests with the Director of Security.
All students who possess, maintain, or operate a motor vehicle
(including a motorcycle, motor bike, motor scooter, and any other
motor driven vehicle) shall register such vehicle annually with the
0£Bce of the Director of Security. Registration must be completed
during the academic registration period.
All students are expected to abide by the following regulations:
1. Except for commuting students, only seniors are permitted to
register a motor vehicle while attending Clarion State College.
2. Students eligible for campus parking privileges will be issued
a decal indicating that this privilege has been granted and
will be assigned to a specific parking area.
3. An)' student acquiring the use of a motor vehicle after the
regular registration period must register the vehicle within
twenty-four hours with the OiEce of the Director of Securit)^
4. Automobiles v^'hich are frequently in use on campus must be
registered although their use may be intermittent rather than
regular.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Student activities at Clarion are viewed as another means of self-
development; therefore, the responsibility for the success of any
activity or organization must rest with the students involved. As a
result of this policy, ample opportunity exists for gaining experi-
ence in leadership and self-government.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Through participation in student government, students have an
opportunitv to gain experience in democratic living and self-govern-
ment. All students become members of the Clarion Students' Asso-
ciation upon their initial enrollment at Clarion and, thereby, eligi-
ble to participate in the election of the Student Senate, governing
body of the Association. The Student Senate serves as a coordinat-
ing body for student activities and as a means of communication
between students, faculty, and administration.
STUDENT SENATE is responsible for expenditure of student
activity fees through allocations to the various activities and organ-
izations. The Senate has a less direct, although important, relation-
.ship to the other Association operations such as the College Book-
store and the Student Union. It also confirms nominations of stu-
U
dent representatives to various standing committees of the college
made by the President of the Clarion Students' Association.
Other opportunities for self-government are provided through
the governing boards of the Association of Women Students, Pan-
hellenic Council, Inter-Fraternity Council, Day Students' Associa-
tion, Student Union Board, Men's Inter-hall Council, Women's Res-
idence Board, and residence hall councils and boards.
Each year, prior to the opening of college, a group of students
who have shown actual or potential leadership qualities through
their participation in student affairs and election to leadership posi-
tions are invited to return to the campus to participate in a Leader-
ship Training Program. This Program is sponsored by the Office of
the Dean of Student Affairs and the Student Senate.
Leadership Training has as its basic purpose the development of
positive student leadership. It also is planned to give potential
leaders an opportunity to discuss various methods of leadership
and to gain a working knowledge of the tools of leadership.
The full utilization of this leadership is a very necessary ingredi-
ent of success in any college or university, and the maximum de-
velopment of the leadership potential of each student must be con-
sidered an important part of the educational process. It is a well-
established fact that even though a college may have an excellent
faculty and physical plant, it cannot attain true excellence unless
it also has a capable and energetic student body able and willing
to accept the responsibilities inherent in leadership.
ATHLETIC PROGRAM
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC competition plays an impor-
tant role in the lives of Clarion State College students. Clarion State
College is affiliated with both the National Collegiate Athletic As-
sociation and the National Association of Inter-collegiate Athletics.
The present athletic program includes varsity and freshman teams
in football, basketball, baseball, wrestling, riflery, golf, track, swim-
ming, and cross country. Plans are developing to add gymnastics
and soccer to the existing program.
Facilities for intercollegiate athletics include the new Memorial
Stadium dedicated in 1965 and the new Waldo S. Tippin Gymnas-
ium-Natatorium dedicated in 1968. The stadium will seat approxi-
mately five thousand spectators for football and track and has
dressing rooms for varsity and freshman teams in football, base-
ball and track, with visiting team dressing, shower, and locker
rooms. The football field is surrounded by an all-weather track.
The facility also includes a baseball diamond and field, practice
football fields, and parking areas for several hundred cars. The new
Gymnasium-Natatorium, seating approximately four thousand
15
spectators, provides vear-roimd Physical Education and Athletic
activities and services.
INTRAMURAL ATHLETICS are provided for men and women
students by funds from Student Activity fees allocated by Student
Senate. The program is planned and supervised by the Physical
Education Department. Intramural competition is provided in foot-
ball, soccer, volleyball, squash, chess, bowling, table tennis, basket-
ball, handball, bridge, wrestling, badminton, billiards, swimming,
Softball, track and field, and other areas where interest is sufficient.
Tlie women's program is sponsored by the Women's Athletic Coun-
cil and the Men's by the Physical Education instructional staff, with
student assistants.
VARSITY "C" CLUB. The Varsity "C" Club is made up of men
of the College who have earned the "C" in one of the intercollegiate
sports. Awards presented to all members are provided by the club.
The objectives of this club are to aid in the maintenance of pleasant
relationships with other colleges and in the promotion of a high
standard of conduct by members of the athletic teams.
CULTURAL PROGRAM
In addition to full utilization of the numerous performing groups
composed of members of the student body and faculty, the Clarion
State College Students' Association each year presents a series of
performances by nationally known personalities and organizations.
This series is arranged by the Cultural Affairs Committee, a sub-
committee of the Student Affairs Committee of the College com-
posed of an equal number of student and faculty representatives.
MUSIC PROGRAM
CLARION STATE COLLEGE CONCERT CHOIR. Member-
ship in the Concert Choir is by audition only. Auditions are held
at the beginning of each semester, and membership is open to any
student who can satisfactorily pass the audition examination. The
Concert Choir has a long and distinguished history as a performing
group.
THE MADRIGAL SINGERS is a highly select group made up of
advanced students who possess the technique and voice which are
vital to this specialized area of music. This group is a flexible one
and varies in number from twelve to sixteen voices, depending
upon the compositions to be performed. The literature presented
by the Madrigal Singers represents some of the finest music ever
written for voice.
MARCHING BAND. Ranked as one of the finest college bands
in Pennsylvania, the Clarion State College Marching Golden Eagles
18
are continuing their traditionally outstanding musicianship and
marching finesse as the membership has increased.
The ideals of the band are geared first to develop musicianship
and marching precision; second, to inspire and encourage academic
achievement; third, to develop character; and fourth, to develop
outstanding leadership ability.
Future plans for the Marching Band include a band program
each year during football season and an increase in membership
to 150. A band camp is held before the opening of football season.
Membership is open to all students of the college. Students who
qualify academically and musically may arrange an audition for
the band at any time during the school year.
CONCERT BAND. Soon after the close of football season, the
marching band is transformed into the Clarion State College Con-
cert Band. Meeting three times weekly, the band members begin
preparing for the annual Spring Concerts and Spring Tour.
Flexibility and musicianship mark the programs of the Clarion
State College Concert Band. Its musical and educational objectives
are to perform literature of the highest aesthetic value, with an em-
phasis on original works for band, and to attain perfection in bal-
anced playing ability through rigid requirements for individual
musicianship and advance playing technique.
WOODWIND AND BRASS ENSEMBLES are organized, de-
pending on the talent and instrumentation which are available.
Membership in these groups is voluntary.
PUBLICATIONS PROGRAM
THE CLARION CALL is the weekly College newspaper. Pub-
lished by the Clarion Students' Association, it follows regular news-
paper style and format. Staff participation is essential for students
with an interest in entering journalism, education, or publications'
advisement. Prior experience in journalism is helpful but certainly
not essential for success. Certain editorial and business positions
may receive financial remuneration.
THE CLARION, which is published under the guidance of the
English Department, presents a channel of creative communication
for those students whose interests and talents are in this area. This
publication is the culmination of the year's best in creative writing
by Clarion State College students.
THE SEQUELLE is the College yearbook. The staflF is made up
of students from all classes and curricula and truly represents all
interests on campus. Staff membership is invaluable to the student
who plans to teach, advise, or work in this area of journalism. Pro-
fessional help is available to the staff as they plan, write, and create
the book. Certain editorial positions may receive remuneration.
17
ALPHA PHI GAMMA is the national honorary journahsm fra-
ternity. Student members are chosen from the staffs of the Clarion
Call and the Sequelle and are elected to membership for outstand-
ing contributions made to journalism at Clarion. In addition, meet-
ings with recognized professionals who are honorary members or
guests at fraternity affairs provide important professional contacts
in the field.
RELIGIOUS PROGRAM
THE CAMPUS MINISTRY exists to foster cooperation with
Clarion State College, to confront the total academic community
with basic philosophical and moral questions, and to provide spir-
itual and moral counseling. The churches of Clarion, individually
and cooperatively, sponsor a number of college oriented programs
and special chaplaincies. Because of the separation of church and
state, programs in areas which concern both the college and the
churches operate on a voluntary basis.
In addition to their individual programs and services. Clarion
areas churches ecumenically sponsor the Campus Ministry, organ-
ized in 1965, to further the Cliristian mission within the campus
community. In addition to offering pastoral counseling and guid-
ance to college students and personnel, it seeks to interpret the role
of Higher Education to the local churches, to help them develop
their own college programs, and to coordinate and interpret the
church's concern and mission to the college administration, faculty,
and students.
The Campus Ministry not only share common facilities but also
cooperate with each other and with the churches of Clarion in
sharing the insights of the church with the college community.
SOCIAL PROGRAM
The purpose of the extensive and varied activities program is
that of making the students' college life richer and more enjoyable.
The social functions are financed from allocations from student ac-
tivity funds made by the Student Senate and managed by the Social
Committee, a subcommittee of the Student Affairs Committee con-
sisting of an equal number of students and faculty representatives.
Among the major events of the year are Homecoming, Christmas
Dance, Spring Weekend, Miss CSC Pageant, and the Spring Dance.
Movies and either record hops or combo dances are held almost
every week. During the year coffees, receptions, teas, banquets,
luncheons, and special dinners are held. These social events take
place in the Student Union, Chandler Dining Plall, or in resident
hall lounges.
18
The Student Union, located in the Old Gymnasium, has been in
operation since 1962, This facility was developed for the use and
convenience of the college community and provides a meeting place
for many social activities of the college. Luncheons, snacks, and
other refreshments are available on the ground floor of the Union.
The Student Association further developed the facilities in 1968 to
include a billiard room, small games room, lounge and T.V. area,
offices and work rooms for student activities, in addition to meeting
rooms.
SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS
SORORITIES provide an opportunity for women students to de-
velop close friendship within a group whose aims are common with
their own. They promote scholarship, cultural interests, service
projects, and participation in campus activities. The national sorori-
ties are Alpha Sigma Alpha, Alpha Sigma Tau, Delta Zeta, Sigma
Sigma Sigma, and Zeta Tau Alpha. Two local sororities petitioning
for national membership are Delta Lambda Tau and Beta Xi
Omega.
PANHELLENIC COUNCIL is the advisory governing board for
all Clarion State College sororities. The council promotes coopera-
tion and coordination of activities and standards between sororities
and between sororities and fraternities. Two representatives from
each of the seven sororities on campus compose the membership
of the Council. Two major social activities planned jointly by Pan-
hellenic and Interfraternity Councils are the Greek Sing and the
Interfraternity Council-Panhellenic Dance.
FRATERNITIES
Chapters of seven national fraternities. Alpha Chi Rho, Phi Sigma
Epsilon, Phi Sigma Kappa, Sigma Tau Gamma, Tau Kappa Epsilon,
Theta Chi, and Theta Xi, in addition to one local, Alpha Gamma
Phi, are located on the campus. Members of several of these organ-
izations live in chapter houses located near the campus.
INTER-FRATERNITY COUNCIL is the governing organization
and is composed of representatives of the eight fraternities. Under
the provisions of its constitution, it is responsible for the coordina-
tion of fraternity programs, pledging activities, and the arbitration
and adjudication of violations of college and fraternity regulations.
In addition, it works actively with the Panhellenic Council to en-
hance the position and welfare of all Greek letter organizations on
campus.
SPEECH AND DRAMATICS ORGANIZATIONS
PI KAPPA DELTA is a national honorary society in forensics.
Clarion students attend thirty to forty debate tournaments a year
19
and have traveled as far as Tacoma, Washington, and New Orleans,
Louisiana, to take part in intercollegiate competition in debate, ora-
tory, and extemporaneous speaking. Active team members earn the
right to membership m Pi Kappa Delta.
ORAL INTERPRETIVE READING GUILD members aie inter-
ested in the oral reading of literature for an audience. The Guild
provides training in tlie analysis of literatmre; the appreciation of
literatinre as a "total work of art"; and training in die communica-
tion of literature via facial, vocal, and bodily expression. Participa-
tion in intercollegiate festivals and appearances before civic, cul-
tural, and educational groups are among the activities of the Guild.
ALPHA PSI OMEGA is a national honorary dramatics fraternity.
Alpha Upsilon is the local chapter of Alpha Psi Omega at Clarion.
In order to become a member of the fraternity, a certain number
of points must be obtained through work with the College Players.
COLLEGE PLAYERS. The campus dramatic organization is
known as the College Players. Opportunities for gaining experience
in the various phases of play productions are afforded through par-
ticipation in the four major productions, two studio productions,
and the student-directed one-act plays which are publicly produced
at Clarion. There is also a Summer Theatre which offers five pro-
ductions each summer.
THE PLAYERS STUDIO is an organization which is devoted to
the production of contemporary or experimental drama. Follow-
ing each performance a panel discussion concerning the play and
the production is held.
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
BIOS CLUB is organized for biological science majors. Guest
speakers from the Conservation Department, Fish and Wild Life,
Forestry Department, and faculty of other colleges, and field trips
are all part of the program designed to enrich the background of
this natural science group.
THE CLARION STATE COLLEGE ARCHAEOLOGICAL AS-
SOCIATION provides students with an opportunity to participate
actively in current field research. Established in 1964, the organiza-
tion sponsors field trips, lectures, films, exhibits, and museum visits
in addition to actual field excavations. Membership is open to all
Clarion State College students interested in archaeology. Bi-weekly
meetings are held during the spring, summer, and fall. The field
program is part of the upper Allegheny archaeological survey con-
ducted in conjunction with the State Archaeologist's office in Harris-
burg and the Carnegie Museum of Pittsburgh.
SIGMA ALPHA ETA is a national honorary fraternity for stu-
dents majoring in speech pathology and audiology. Membership
20
is open to students with an interest in these areas, as well as to
those who seek professional training in the field. Its objectives are
to create and stimulate an interest in the fields of speech and hear-
ing science; to encourage professional growth; to foster a spirit of
unity by coordinating the interests and efforts of persons with a
common goal by offering opportunities for social and professional
fellowship; to provide situations in which students and faculty may
work together to advance the profession as a whole; to aid in public
relations with other college departments and with local organiza-
tions interested in learning about the profession.
STUDENT PENNSYLVANIA STATE EDUCATION ASSOCIA-
TION seeks to develop and cultivate such desirable professional
qualities as leadership, character, and scholarship among prospec-
tive teachers engaged in their pre-service preparatory work. Its
purposes are exploratory, prevocational, and character forming,
and its members can gain useful knowledge of the opportunities
and requirements related to the teaching profession. The organiza-
tion is unique in that it has the possibility of providing active par-
ticipation in local, state, and national education associations. Mem-
bership is encouraged for college students in all curricula.
Through the S.P.S.E.A., the prospective teacher cultivates quaH-
ties of personality and character, develops enthusiasm for and
loyalty to his chosen vocation, and acquires a sense of professional
vision. Student members receive each month the journals of state
and national education associations.
ALPHA MU GAMMA is the National Collegiate Foreign Lan-
guage Honor Society. Membership is open to outstanding students
in French, German, Spanish, and Russian, whether or not they are
actually speciahzing in a foreign language. Each spring the society
seeks to foster international friendship and understanding by cele-
brating National Foreign Language Week, diu-ing which various
special events are scheduled.
SIGMA TAU DELTA is a national English Fraternity. Member-
ship is the Rho Iota chapter at Clarion is open to outstanding stu-
dents majoring inE nglish. Its objectives are to promote the mastery
of written expression, to encourage worth-while reading, and to
foster a spirit of fellowship among men and women specializing in
English.
GENERAL INFORMATION
ACCELERATED PROGRAM
Students who take three summer terms of twelve weeks each may
finish the four-year course in three years.
21
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Clarion State College accepts credit for course work taken under
the Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Exam-
ination Board if the Advanced Placement Test mark is 3, 4, or 5.
Students applying for credit by Advanced Placement must have
their test records submitted to the Office of the Dean of Academic
Affairs along w^ith their application for credit.
CORRESPONDENCE DIRECTORY
Academic Affairs, Courses, Curricula
Dean of Academic Affairs
Admissions
Director of Admissions
Alumni Affairs
Alumni Secretary
Business Affairs, Fees, Refunds
Business Manager
Student Affairs, Organizations, Activities
Dean of Student Affairs
Summer Classes
Director of Summer Sessions
Transcripts and Records
Registrar
Address for all above named officials:
Clarion State College
Clarion, Pennsylvania 16214
COURSE NUMBERING
Courses numbered below 100 are usually of remedial nature.
Courses numbered 100 to 199 inclusive are primarily for Freshmen;
200 to 299 for Sophomores; 300 to 399 for Juniors; and 400 to 499
for Seniors. Some courses numbered between 400 and 499 are ac-
ceptable for graduate credit. Courses numbered above 500 carry
graduate credit.
The college reserves the right to change the sequence and num-
bering of courses.
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Course credit not exceeding 18 semester hours may be earned by
proficiency examination. Students should make application for such
examinations in the Office of the Dean of Academic Affairs. The
Dean and the chairman of the department in which the course is
listed will determine the validity of the request. Consideration will
22
be given to first semester freshmen who have scored 550 or above
on each part of the SAT or to others who have a quahty point av-
erage of 3.00 or above.
EVENING CLASSES
Evening classes are organized each semester for the convenience
of regular students, in-service teachers, and others who may be in-
terested in college courses. Work done in these courses gives cus-
tomary college credit and may be applied toward a degree. Infor-
mation concerning course offerings may be secured by writing to
the Dean of Academic Affairs.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Each student is individually and personally responsible for learn-
ing the requirements of the curriculum which he is following and
for seeing that these requirements are scheduled and completed for
graduation.
STUDY YEAR ABROAD IN BASEL, SWITZERLAND
Clarion State College as a member of the Regional Council for
International Education with its Secretariat located at the Univer-
sity of Pittsburgh affords the student an opportunity to study
abroad during his junior year. Courses include the disciplines of
history, political science, sociology, art, economics, literature, and
language. Consult the Liaison Representative of the Regional
Council for further information.
THE SUMMER SESSION
The Summer Session is maintained for the benefit of regular col-
lege students as well as for teachers in service. By taking advantage
of the summer sessions, teachers can secure the professional train-
ing needed to meet the requirements for provisional certification.
Advanced courses are offered in the summer sessions for the benefit
of teachers who desire to secure credits toward a degree in educa-
tion or for permanent certification. Workshops are being added for
those interested in special problems in education. Library Science
certification may be added in three summers and Highway Safety
in one summer. Liberal Arts and Business Administration com-ses
are also part of the summer schedule.
Clarion is attractive to those who desire to combine work with
recreation during the summer. The high elevation provides a pleas-
ant climate, and the area offers opportunities for boating, swim-
ming, hiking, riding, and other outdoor activities.
The Pre-Summer Session lasts three weeks, from June 8, 1970,
throughout June 26, 1970. The Regular Summer Session of 1970 will
23
open on June 29 and close on August 7. The Post-Session includes
the three weeks from August 10 through August 28. There are two
consecutive six weeks periods in which a few science and graduate
courses will be offered. The first starts on June 8 and ends July 17.
The second starts July 20 and ends August 28.
VETERANS' AFFAIRS
Clarion is approved by the Veterans Administration to offer the
regular degree curricula to veterans and children of deceased vet-
erans.
Credit for educational experience in the Armed Services is
allowed on the basis of the recommendations of the American
Council on Education.
Veterans seeking information should consult the Dean of Aca-
demic Affairs.
ADMISSIONS
ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN
In accordance with the principles governing admission adopted
by the Board of State College Presidents, five general requirements
have been set up for admission to State Colleges:
1. General Scholarship
2. Character and Personality
3. Health and Physical Vigor
4. College Entrance Examination Board Tests
5. A Personal Interview
Applicants for admission must satisfy the following requirements
as outlined in detail below.
1. General scholarship as evidenced by graduation from an ap-
proved secondary school or equivalent preparation as determined
by the Credentials Evaluation Division of the Pennsylvania Depart-
ment of Public Instruction. The applicant must submit scores earned
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test administered by the College En-
trance Examination Board. Arrangements for taking these examin-
ations are to be made through the high school guidance counselor.
2. Satisfactory character and personality traits as well as proper
attitudes and interests as determined by the high school principal,
guidance director, or other school official acquainted with the stu-
dent.
3. Health and physical condition as evidenced by a health ex-
amination by the student's family physician, reported on the official
form and approved by the college physician. No student shall be
admitted to the teacher education program who has, in the opinion
of the college, disabilities which would impair his service as a
teacher.
24
4. Satisfactory personal and social qualities as determined by a
personal interview with the applicant.
5. For admission to special curricula the college may require the
applicant to take an appropriate aptitude test in the special field
in order to obtain further evidence of ability to succeed in the
chosen area.
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
Applicants transferring from other institutions will not be ac-
cepted without oflBcial transcripts of credit and certificates of honor-
able dismissal. All applicants are required to have an interview with
a member of the Admissions Staff prior to the opening of the se-
mester in which they wish to enter. A transfer student must have a
minimum of one year's residence (30 semester hours of credit) to
qualify for a degree from Clarion.
Credit will be given for acceptable courses pursued in accredited
collegiate institutions in which the student has made grades of A, B,
or C. Where the grades are marked on a percentage basis, work
graded five per cent above the minimum passing grade will be ac-
cepted. Passing grades of "D" in other institutions will not be ac-
cepted. Course grades transferred from other institutions do not
affect the quality point average a student earns at Clarion.
Teachers in service may complete in extension courses not more
than 25 per cent of the courses required for an undergraduate de-
gree.
Applicants who are not graduates of an approved four-year high
school must have their credits evaluated by the State Department
of Public Instruction, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Applicants who
need this type of evaluation should consult the Registrar of the
College. This regulation applies to teachers in service.
All persons who were graduated from a State Normal School
prior to September, 1920, and who have a four-year secondary
school education will be granted no more than 64 semester hours
of credit toward a degree for their normal school work.
No credit for public or private teaching experience, previously
credited as high school equivalent or as equivalent professional
credit toward graduation from a two-year curriculum, shall be
granted toward meeting the requirements for entrance to or gradu-
ation from the four-year curriculums.
In accordance with a state regulation a maximum of six semester
hours of credit may be completed in one semester while a person is
engaged in full-time teaching.
No credit is given for correspondence work taken after September
1, 1927, except that pursued through the United States Armed
Forces Institute or similar service organizations.
25
ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN IN SEPTEMBER, 1970
Applicants for admission to the freshmen class in 1970 should
read and observe carefully the following procedure:
1. Come or send to the Admissions Office of the College for the
forms necessary in making application for admission. There
are three of these: (1) the application and personnel record
blank, (2) the report of the medical examination, and (3) the
report from secondary school officials.
2. Send the personnel record to the College along with an appli-
cation fee of $10.00, payable to the Commonwealth of Penn-
sylvania. This fee is not refundable. Have the examining phy-
sician send the medical examination record to the College. The
secondary school record will be sent directly to the College by
the principal or other official of the secondary school.
3. Have a personal interview with an official of the college. The
Admissions Office of the College is open between, the hours of
9:00 A.M. and 4:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, and from
9:00 A.M. until 12:00 Noon on Saturday.
4. Have the College Entrance Examination Board send your
Senior Scholastic Aptitude Test scores. All liberal arts appli-
cants who have taken a language in high school and all sec-
ondary education applicants who intend to major in a foreign
language must arrange to take the achievement test in the
major language administered by the College Entrance Exam-
ination Board. These tests are required for admission. Arrange-
ments to take them may be made through the high school
counselor.
5. Clarion State College applicants may ask for a decision as
early as July 1 following their Junior year. This would require
the applicant to have taken the Scholastic Aptitude Test in the
Junior year.
6. A registration fee of $25.00 must be paid when the applicant
receives notice of approval of his application for admission.
This fee is not refundable.
WITHDRAWALS
All class withdrawals must be made through the office of the
Dean of Academic Affairs. Classes from which a student withdraws
during the first two weeks of a semester will not appear on his
record. Withdrawals between the end of the second and sixth weeks
may be made without penalty. From the beginning of the seventh
week of the semester through the end of the ninth week, courses
from which the student withdraws will appear on the student's
record with a "W" plus the grade he was making at the time of
26
withdrawal. After the beginning of the tenth week of a semester or
during the second half of a summer session, a course from which a
student withdraws shall be finally reported with a grade of "E".
Exceptions may be made for withdrawals due to extenuating cir-
cumstances such as illness or some other unavoidable occurrence.
If a withdrawal is not made through the office of the Dean of
Academic Affairs a failing grade will be recorded for that course.
Any student who withdraws from the college either during or at
the end of a semester must notify the Dean of Academic Affairs of
his intention to withdraw and the reason for withdrawal. This is
necessary for completion of the student's permanent record. Failure
to comply with this regulation will constitute an unofficial with-
drawal and may affect the student's chances of future readmission
or his obtaining an honorable dismissal.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
Student progress is reported twice each semester. At the end of
the first six weeks, each staff member submits to the Registrar a
report of all students doing unsatisfactory work in his classes. These
reports are recorded and then passed on to the advisers who give
them to the students. The advisers take this opportunity to analyze
with the students any problems they may have and to help them
improve their study habits or correct other difficulties which may
have contributed to their low scholarship.
GRADING SYSTEM
A indicates superior attainment.
B indicates attainment above average.
C indicates average attainment.
D indicates attainment below average.
E indicates failure.
Inc indicates incomplete work.
W indicates withdrawal from a course.
Inc (Incomplete) is not used unless a student has been in at-
tendance through a semester or session. It indicates that the work
of a student is incomplete and that the final grade is being with-
held until the student fulfills all of the requirements of the course.
It is used only when conditions and circumstances warrant and
when evidence is presented to justify its being given.
All incomplete grades must be removed by the end of the follow-
ing semester or they become failures.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
Scholarship policy at Clarion State College is administered by the
Committee on Academic and Professional Standing, which is a sub-
committee of the Faculty Senate.
27
Scholastic standing of students is determined on the basis of a
quality point system in which a grade of "A" equals 4 quality points
per semester hour; "B" equals 3; "C" equals 2; "D" equals 1; and
"E" equals O. The number of quality points earned in a single
course for one semester is determined by multiplying the quality
point value of the course grade by the number of semester hours
in the course; thus, a grade of "A" in a three semester hour course
has a quality point value of 12. A student's quaHty point average
at any specific time is determined by dividing the total number of
quality points earned in all courses by the total number of semester
hours of credit attempted. For example, if a student earns a total of
30 quality points from 15 semester hours of course work in a single
semester, his quality point average for the semester is 2.00.
At the end of each semester, a student's quality point average is
calculated for that semester and also for all the course work he has
taken up to and including the semester just completed. The latter
is known as the cumulative quality point average.
In order to be in good academic standing, a student must earn a
minimum quality point average of 1.50 his first semester; 1.75 in his
second and third semesters; and 2.00 in his fourth semester and
thereafter. His cumulative quality point average should also be 2.00
by the end of the fourth semester.
If at the end of any semester a student has fallen below a re-
el uired standard in either his semester or cumulative average, he is
placed on academic probation for one full semester, effective the
first semester of attendance immediately following. If he fails to
achieve a satisfactory average during the probationary semester, he
is placed on academic suspension for one full semester, effective
the first semester of attendance immediately following. However, a
student on academic probation who achieves a satisfactory semester
average but does not achieve a satisfactory cumulative average is
continued on probationary status for an additional semester.
Students who are placed on probation or suspended are informed
by letter. A copy of the letter is also sent to the student's parent,
guardian, husband, or wife.
Teacher Education students, in order to qualify for student teach-
ing, must have marks of "C" or above in English 111 and 112; a
quality point average of at least 2.00 in all fields in which they are
seeking certification; and a cumulative quality point average of
2.00 for all their academic work. Students having six or more se-
mester hours of reported failure in a field of certification or in re-
quired general or professional education courses shall not be as-
signed to student teaching.
All candidates for undergraduate degrees must have a cumulative
average of 2.00 for all academic work and marks of "C" or above in
English 111 and 112 in order to qualffy for graduation.
28
All scholastic standards noted above are subject to change by
the college.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
Clarion State College offers combined academic and professional
education curricula leading to the undergraduate degree of Bache-
lor of Science with certification for teaching in the public elemen-
tary and secondary schools of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
The college also offers the Bachelor of Arts in the Liberal Arts and
Sciences and the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration.
TEACHER EDUCATION
Students
working toward the Bachelor of Science in Education
may choose
; among curricula leading to certification in the follow-
ing areas:
1. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
2. LIBRARY SCIENCE
3. MUSIC EDUCATION
4. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING
5. SECONDARY EDUCATION
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g-
h.
Biology
Chemistry
Comprehensive English
Comprehensive English and Reading
Comprehensive Science
Comprehensive Social Studies
Earth and Space Science
Economics
i.
French
I-
General Science
k.
1.
Geography
German
m.
Government
n.
o.
P-
History
History and Government
Mathematics
r.
Physics
Russian
s.
Sociology
t. Spanish
u. Speech
5. SPECIAL EDUCATION
a.
Mental Retardation
b.
Speech Pathology and Audiology
29
Any student who earns certification in Elementary Education,
Library Science, or Secondary Education may also include in his
program a course of study that will extend his certification to in-
clude Safe Driving and General Safety Education.
LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
Students in the liberal arts and sciences may choose from among
the three following broad areas of concentration, each of which of-
fers a variety of fields for major specialization:
1. HUMANITIES
a. Art
b. English
c. Foreign Languages
d. Music
e. Philosophy
f. Speech
g. Theater Arts
2. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
a. Biology
b. Chemistry
c. Physical Geography
d. Mathematics
e. Physics
3. SOCIAL SCIENCES
a. Economics
b. Geography
c. History
d. Political Science
e. Psychology
f. Sociology-Anthropology
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
All students in Business Administration are required to take a
broad program of business foundation subjects and then may choose
a business field of specialization in one of the following major
areas :
1. ACCOUNTING
2. ECONOMICS
3. MARKETING
4. GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
30
GRADUATE STUDY
Clarion State College offers curricula leading to the Master of
Arts degree in English, history, and mathematics. The Master of
Education is awarded in the fields of elementary education, mathe-
matics, and speech pathology. The Master of Science degree is
awarded in biology, and there is also a program leading to the de-
gree of Master of Science in Library Science.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(Subject to Change Without Notice)
Summary of approximate costs per academic year (September
to May) for undergraduate Pennsylvania residents. Semester
charges are one-half the amounts shown. Commuting students pay
the same costs except the item for room, board, and linen service.
Costs of room, board, and linen service may vary for students liv-
ing in privately owned residence halls.
Lib.
Elem. Arts Spe-
& ir Bus. Lib. Music cial
Sec. Ad. Sci. Ed. Ed.
Basic Fee 350 350 350 350 350
Activity Fee 50 50 50 50 50
Room, Board, & Linen Service ... 684 684 684 684 684
Special Fees 18 90 20
Est. Cost^Books & Supplies 100 100 100 100 100
Total 1184 1184 1202 1274 1204
I. ACTIVITY FEE
This fee, collected from all regularly enrolled students, is
administered through a student organization approved by the
Board of Trustees. It covers the cost of athletic entertainment,
publications, etc. Students carrying twelve semester hours or
more must pay this fee. Students taking fewer than twelve se-
mester hours may take advantage of the program by paying
this fee. The fee, determined and collected by the Clarion Stu-
dents' Association, is $25.00 each semester. Student Activity
Fees for Summer Sessions are as follows: Pre-Session $3.00;
Regular Session $6.00; Post-Session $3.00. The Activity Fee
must be paid prior to or at the time of registration. ACTIVITY
FEES ARE NOT REFUNDABLE UPON WITHDRAWAL
OR DISMISSAL OF THE STUDENT FOR ANY REASON.
Certified checks or money orders covering activity fees must
be made payable to CLARION STUDENTS' ASSOCIATION.
31
II. BASIC FEE
A. Basic Fees for residents of Pennsylvania, amounting to
$350.00 ($175 per eighteen-week semester) shall be charged
to cover registration and keeping of records of students,
hbrary, students' health service ( other than extra nurse and
quarantine), and laboratory facilities. Checks in these
amounts must be made payable to the COMMONWEALTH
OF PENNSYLVANIA. Basic Fees for eleven (11) or fewer
semester hours of credit during a semester are as follows:
$15.00 per hour for Pennsylvania residents
$25.00 per hour for out-of-state students
For the summer sessions, Basic Fees are determined by the
semester hour rates indicated above, with a minimum fee
during any session of $45.00 for Pennsylvania residents and
$75.00 for out-of-state students.
B. Special Fees. Students in the Library Science curriculum
are required to pay an additional fee of $9.00 per semester
to cover costs of special materials, supplies, equipment,
and services. For the summer sessions the special charge is
$1.50 each for Pre- and Post-Sessions and $3.00 for the six
weeks term. For part-time students in Library Science, this
contingent fee will be $.50 per semester hour.
Students enrolled in Music Education are assessed a special
equipment and services fee of $45.00 per semester. The
charge for the Pre- and Post-Sessions in the summer is
$7.50 and $15.00 for the six weeks term. For part-time stu-
dents in Music Education the fee is $2.50 per semester hour.
The special fee for students in Special Education to cover
costs of clinical supplies and equipment is $10.00 per se-
mester with summer charges of $1.50 each for Pre- and
Post-Sessions and $6.00 for the six weeks term. Part-time
students in Special Education must pay $.50 per semester
hour.
C. Fees for Out-of-State Students. Students whose legal resi-
dence is out of the state of Pennsylvania pay $25.00 per
semester hour. The amounts for the Activity Fee, Room and
Board charges, and costs of books and supplies are the
same as for students who are Commonwealth residents.
Students who enter the college from an out-of-state address
will generally continue to be classified as non-Pennsylvania
residents for fee purposes during their four years of college.
An exception is made if the students' parents establish legal
residence in the Commonwealth. The establishment by the
student of a Pennsylvania mailing address does not change
the student's out-of-state status for fee purposes so long as
32
his parents continue to reside out-of-state. The establish-
ment by the student of a residence with a Pennsylvania res-
ident who is a relative does not change the student's out-of-
state status for fee purposes, unless that relative legally
adopts the student.
D. Part-Time and Summer School Fees.
For Pennsylvania residents: $15.00 per semester hour (min-
imum fee $45.00).
For out-of-state students: $25.00 per semester hour (mini-
mum fee: $75.00).
Activity fees for all students are $6.00 per six week session
and $3.00 per three week session.
Board, room and linen service is $114.00 per six week ses-
sion and $57.00 per three week session.
Books and supplies are estimated at $16.00 per six week
session and $8.00 per three week session.
ITI. HOUSING FEES (Private residence hall charges may vary.)
A. For board, fmrnished room, heat, light, and limited laundry
the charge will be $684.00 for the academic year. No re-
duction shall be allowed for absences from the college.
B. For damage, breakage, loss, or delayed return of college
property the charges shall be equal to the extent of the loss.
C. The rental contract for college residence halls shall be for
the academic year, mid-term graduates or student teachers
excluded.
D. For students rooming ofiF campus in private homes or oflF-
campus residence halls and boarding in the college dining
room, board shall be $162.00 per semester and $9.00 per
week during the summer sessions.
E. Cost of meals for transients: breakfast, 60(S; lunch, 850;
dinner, $1.25.
F. Transient lodging fee: $1.50 plus tax per night per person.
IV. MISCELLANEOUS FEES
A. Deposits. Students who plan to return to college in Septem-
ber must reserve a place at the college by pre-paying a
non-refundable Student Activity Fee of $25.00 not later
than April 20. Certified check or money order should be
payable to Clarion Students' Association. The student's
name should be printed in the lower left corner of the
check or money order. Please do not mail cash.
Residence Hall students are required to make a non-re-
fundable deposit of $72.00 to reserve a room for the fall
semester. Payment must be by certified check or money or-
33
der. Information concerning this deposit will be received
from the Office of the Dean of Students.
Application for admission as either freshman or transfer
student must be accompanied by a $10.00 fee to cover the
cost of processing, interviewing, and admission. This fee
will not be credited to the student's account as a part pay-
ment of basic, housing, or other fees. An additional fee of
$25.00 must be paid upon receipt of notice of approval of
the application. This $25.00 fee is not refundable, but will
be appHed to the student's basic fee upon registration. Cer-
tified checks or money orders for these amounts must be
drawn to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
B. Diploma Fee. A fee of $5.00 is paid by each degree candi-
date to cover the cost of executing his diploma.
C. Late Registration Fee. Each student registering after the
date officially set for registration may be required to pay a
late registration charge of $10.00. The same regulation shall
apply to students who do not complete registration on as-
signed days. When permission for late registration has been
secured from the Business Manager because of illness or
any other unavoidable cause, this fee may be waived. Reg-
gistration is not complete until all fees are paid.
D. Medical Service Fees. A charge of $1.00 shall be assessed to
a boarding student for each day beyond three days he is a
patient in the infirmary during any one academic year. An
additional charge of $3.00 per day will be assessed to non-
boarding students to cover the cost of meals while the stu-
dent is in the infirmary. Students will be charged for any
medicines not stocked by the infirmary. They have the priv-
ilege of employing their own physician at personal expense
if they desire. If in the case of a serious illness or injury
the college physician or nurse believes that transportation
is necessary to the infirmary or to a local or home hospital,
such transportation will be provided by ambulance, but the
expense must be borne by the student.
E. Schedule Change Fee. A student requesting a change of
course or courses after the date officially set for registration
may be required to pay a change of registration fee of
$10.00.
F. Transcript Fee. One copy of a transcript of credits earned
at Clarion State College will be issued free of charge. A
charge of $1.00 is made for each subsequent transcript.
Persons desiring to have their credits transferred to another
institution should give the name and address of such insti-
tution. Transcripts will not be issued to anyone who has
unpaid bills, hbrary fines, or damage fees on his account.
34
V. PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION FEES
Students enrolled in Music Education pay no extra fees for
required private music instruction in voice, piano, band, or or-
chestral instruments nor for the use of pianos or other instru-
ments for practice.
For all students other than those in Music Education, the
charge for private lessons in voice, piano, band, or orchestra
instruments is $32.00 per semester for one lesson per week.
Rental of a piano for practice one period per day is $6.00 per
semester. Rental of band or orchestral instruments is $8.00
per semester. These fees are prorated for sunmier sessions.
VI. PAYMENT OF FEES.
ALL FEES MUST BE PAID IN ADVANCE AND NO
STUDENT AGAINST WHOM THERE ARE ANY UNPAID
CHARGES SHALL BE ALLOWED TO ENROLL, GRADU-
ATE, OR RECEIVE A TRANSCRIPT OF RECORD.
VIL REPAYMENTS
Repayments will be made when a student withdraws because
of personal illness, certified by an attending physician, or be-
cause of such other reasons as may be approved by the Board
of Trustees. Requests for refunds must be received by the
Business Manager during the semester of withdrawal. Repay-
ments may include the amount of the contingent and housing
fees paid by the student for that part of the semester which
the student does not spend in the college. Repayments to stu-
dents who are temporarily suspended, indefinitely suspended,
dismissed, or who voluntarily withdraw from the college are
governed by the following regulations :
Basic fees, housing fees, special curriculum charges, din-
ing fees, and activity fees will not be refunded for the se-
mester involved.
Students who start boarding will not be permitted to with-
draw from the dining room during the semester.
All requests for refunds shall be submitted in writing to
the Business Manager of the college.
Students desiring to withdraw from school must report to
the Dean of Academic Affairs, Registrar, Business OflBce,
Loan OjBBce, and Campus Bookstore to settle all unpaid
accounts.
All basic fees, special fees, housing fees, dining privileges, and
activity fees are due and payable on a full semester basis upon
registration. The college does not defer payment. Students who can
not pay all charges in full at registration should arrange a loan at
35
their bank. A student whose educational expenses are being partial-
ly paid by a college, National Defense Student Loan, Educational
Opportunity Grant, or Pennsylvania State loan or scholarship will
be required at registration to pay the balance of the charges due.
The college does not assume responsibility for charges by privately
owned residence halls or rooming facihties.
FEE CHARGES PER SEMESTER
Subject to Change Without Notice
(Does not include Activity Fee)
Lib.
Elem. Arts
ir b- Bus. Lib.
Sec. Ad. Sci.
COMMUTING STUDENTS
Basic 175 175 175
Special 9
Total 175 175 184
RESIDENT STUDENTS*
Basic 175 175 175
Special 9
Room, Board, & Laundry ... 342 342 342
Total 517 517 526
BOARDING STUDENTS ONLY
Basic 175 175 175
Special 9
Meals 162 162 162
Total 337 337 346
ROOMING STUDENTS ONLY
Basic 175 175 175
Special 9
Room 180 180 180
Total 355 355 364
"Private residence hall charges may vary.
FINANCIAL AID SERVICES
Financial assistance is available to students in the form of scholar-
ships and grants, loans, and employment. Detailed information and
necessary application forms may be secured from the Office of
Financial Aid. Since the determination of eligibility for many types
of assistance is based on an analysis of a current Parents' Confi-
dential Statement, students are encouraged to request their parents
to file a completed statement with the College Scholarship Service,
Princeton, New Jersey, and designate Clarion State College to re-
36
Spe-
Music
cial
Ed.
Ed.
175
175
45
10
220
185
175
175
45
10
342
342
562
527
175
175
45
10
162
162
382
347
175
175
45
10
180
180
400
365
ceive a copy. Clarion adheres to the college financial aid principles
as set forth by the College Scholarship Service.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS
PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE
AGENCY SCHOLARSHIPS. The determination of recipients of
these scholarships is made by the Agency. The scholarships vary in
amount and are based on the financial need of students. Applica-
tion forms may be secured from the Agency or from high school
guidance counselors.
EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS. Federal grants to a
maximum of $1,000 are available to entering freshmen with "ex-
ceptional financial need" as defined by regulations of the United
States OflBce of Education. Matching financial assistance designed
to provide sufficient funds for a student to complete a coUege pro-
gram is provided to designated recipients of Educational Oppor-
tunity Grants.
H. W. COLEGROVE SCHOLARSHIP FUND. A trust fund
established by Mr. H. W. Colegrove at the First National Bank of
Port Allegany provides for two scholarships of $100 each per year
to be awarded to women students from McKean County. Women
students from this county may secure information concerning these
scholarships from the Office of Financial Aid,
MARIAN RENN MARSHALL SCHOLARSHIP FUND. This
fund, established as a memorial to Marian Renn Marshall, is de-
signed to provide financial aid to students enrolled in Speech Path-
ology and Audiology. Specific information concerning requirements
for granting assistance to individual students may be secured from
the Office of Financial Aid.
ELVINA C. MOYER SCHOLARSHIP FUND. This scholarship
fund was established by the will of the late Anna B. Lilly to be
financed through income received from funds held in trust. Al-
though the scholarship varies from year to year, it now approxi-
mates $150. A loan equal to the scholarship is available to the
designated recipient. The selection of a student to receive the
scholarship is made by the faculty of the College.
CLARION STATE COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIP FUND. Three
four-year scholarships of $100.00 each year ( $400.00 for four years )
are available to incoming freshmen. The Financial Aids Committee
will select recipients on the basis of high school achievement,
entrance examination results, extra-class activities, and personal
interviews (for finalists). Applicants for these scholarships must
have been accepted for admission to the college. Application forms,
which may be secured from the Director of Admissions, must be
received by March 1.
37
HANNAH KENT SCHOFF MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
FUND. The Pennsylvania Congress of Parents and Teachers,
through the Hannah Kent Schoff Memorial Scholarship Fund,
awards four-year scholarships of $150 each year ($600 for four
years) to tsvo students from each of the State Colleges. The com-
mittee responsible for selecting scholarship recipients in each of the
colleges will select incoming freshmen on the basis of entrance
examination results, high school grades and class rank, high school
ratings of personal attributes, extra-class activities, and a personal
interview. Applicants for this scholarship must have been accepted
for admission by the College. Application forms, which may be
secured from the Director of Admissions, must be received by
March 1.
OIL CITY ADELPHOI CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS. Two scholar-
ships of $2.50 per year are awarded by the Oil City Adelphoi Club
to selected students attending Clarion State College on the Venango
Campus. Information concerning the scholarships may be obtained
from high school guidance counselors or the Secretary of the Oil
City Adelphoi Club.
OIL CITY LIONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. An annual scholar-
ship of $250 is awarded by the Oil City Lions Club to a selected
student from any Oil City high school or the Cranberry Area High
School who attends Clarion State College on the Venango Campus.
Information concerning the scholarship may be obtained from high
school guidance counselors or the Secretary of the Oil City Lions
Club.
UNITED STATES OFFICE OF EDUCATION TRAINEESHIPS
IN SPECIAL EDUCATION. Junior and senior students majoring
in Special Education (Mental Retardation) may qualify for these
stipend scholarships which provide $800 stipends and an exemption
of fees for senior students and $300 stipends for junior students.
Awards are based upon outstanding promise to the profession of
Special Education. Applications are distributed at the Special Edu-
cation Center during the Spring Semester.
LOANS
NATIONAL DEFENSE STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM. This
program provides for loans to students who have a demonstrated
need for financial assistance and who are in good academic
standing. Loans totaling more than $200,000 were granted to stu-
dents under this program during the 1968-69 college year. This
program has been made possible in the past because of the generous
contributions of both individuals and organizations who have pro-
vided the ten per cent matching funds required by the Federal
government.
38
To be eligible for consideration for a loan, a student must com-
plete an application form, have a current Parents' Confidential
Statement on file in the Office of Financial Aid, be a citizen of the
United States or have declared his intention to obtain citizenship,
be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a full-time student, and
not be a member of an organization registered or required to be
registered under the Subversive Activities Control Act of 1950.
These loans, w^hich are non-interest bearing while a student is
enrolled, may not exceed $1,000 in an academic year. Repayment of
the loan may extend over a ten-year period beginning nine months
after withdrawal or graduation from the CoUege. Repayments are
to be made on a quarterly basis with interest accruing at the rate of
three per cent per year. The first quarterly payment of principal
and interest is due one year after graduation or withdrawal.
Borrowers who teach full time in public or non-profit elementary
or secondary schools, or institutions of higher education may have
ten per cent of the loan and accumulated interest cancelled for each
year of such teaching to a maximum of fifty per cent of the loan. In
specified teaching situations, as much as fifteen per cent of the loan
may be cancelled for each year of teaching. The borrower's obli-
gation to repay the loan is cancelled in the event of death or perma-
nent and total disability.
Completed applications for National Defense Student Loans
should be submitted to the Office of Financial Aid.
PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE
AGENCY GUARANTEED LOANS. Loans to a maximum of $1,000
per academic year for students in good academic standing are
generally available from local banks and savings and loan associ-
ations. The loans are guaranteed by the Agency. If the annual
adjusted family income is below $15,000 per year, the Federal
government will pay the interest while the student is enrolled in
college. Application forms and detailed information may be secured
from the financial institution from which a loan will be requested.
ALUMNI LOAN FUND. The Alumni Association of Clarion
State College has established a permanent loan fund by combining
several funds previously administered by the Association and
through contributions of alumni and friends of the College.
Loans may be granted to a maximum of $100 per coUege year to
students in good academic standing who have been approved by the
Campus Alumni Officer and the Director of Financial Aid. All loans
are due before graduation or upon withdrawal from college.
Application forais may be secured from the Office of Financial
Aid.
BOWL LOAN FUND. Income received from a football bowl
game in which the Clarion State College team participated several
39
years ago and contributions from friends of the College made
possible the establishment of this loan fund. Short-term loans to a
maximum of $150 are available to students who are in financial
need, are enrolled as full-time students with at least fifteen semester
hours of credit earned at Clarion State College, and are approved
by a coach of a varsity sport, the Director of Athletics, and the
Director of Financial Aid. Application forms may be secured from
the Office of Financial Aid.
H. W. COLEGROVE EDUCATIONAL LOAN FUND. The will
of Mr. H. W. Colegrove provides that the First National Bank of
Port Allegany may make loans to college students from an es-
tablished fund to a maximum of $200 in any one year with no more
than $500 to any one student during the completion of his college
program. The rate of interest is two per cent while the student is
enrolled and four per cent per year after withdrawal or graduation.
Information concerning this loan may be secured from the First
National Bank of Port Allegany.
FRANK L. HARVEY STUDENT LOAN FUND. A loan fund
totaling $1,000 established in memory of Frank L. Harvey is de-
signed to provide needed financial assistance to deserving and
worthy college students. Information concerning loans available
from this fund can be secured from the Office of Financial Aid.
MARY STERRETT MOSES AND ELBERT RAYMOND MOS-
ES, JR., LOAN FUND. This loan fund has been established to pro-
vide graduate students majoring in Speech or related areas with an
opportunity to borrow interest free a maximum of $100 per aca-
demic year. Information concerning this loan fund may be secured
in the OJBBce of Financial Aid.
MARY ANN TRANCE LOAN FUND. Estabhshed as a memor-
ial to the late Mary Ann Trance by her college friends and her
mother, this fund of $200 is available to a senior woman student.
The loan available from the fund is non-interest bearing and re-
payable after graduation. Information concerning this loan may be
secured from the OflBce of Financial Aid.
EMPLOYMENT
Employment on a part-time basis is available to the extent that
funds are provided for this purpose by the Federal government
and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The assignment of stu-
dents to part-time campus positions is generally based on financial
need; however, it should bo recognized that such employment will
not be sufficient to me(3t the total expenses of attending college.
FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAM. The College partici-
pates in the Federal Work-Study Program which permits eligible
students to work a maximum of 15 hours per week while classes
40
are in session. A limited number of positions are available under
this program for full-time employment during vacation periods.
Eligibility requirements for employment include United States
citizenship, demonstrated financial need as determined by a cur-
rent Parents' Confidential Statement, and satisfactory academic
standing.
STATE EMPLOYMENT PROGRAM. A limited number of
part-time positions are available under this program to students
with satisfactory academic standing and some financial need.
Most student positions are limited to a maximum of 15 hours of
employment per week.
41
TEACHER EDUCATION
OBJECTIVES
Clarion State College is oflBcially maintained for the education
and preparation of teachers for the public schools of Pennsylvania
and for education in the arts and sciences and in business adminis-
tration.
Six specialized curricula are offered in professional education:
elementary education; library science; music education; secondary
education; special education; and public school nursing.
Teacher preparation requires a program through which college
graduates come to perform the oflSces of private person and public
teacher in accord with qualities of good citizenship.
Therefore, each curriculum includes required studies in English
expression, social studies, hterature, fine arts, and science which
express our social, intellectual, and cultural heritage.
Professional preparation in each curriculum is based upon ade-
quate mastery of subject matter to give proficiency in teaching
and upon adequate knowledge of philosophy, psychology, and
methods to enable teachers to interest and instruct pupils.
Specific objectives of the teacher education program are:
1. To develop an understanding and appreciation of American
democracy and the function of the public school in a demo-
cratic society.
2. To develop respect for the rights, responsibihties, and wel-
fare of others.
3. To emphasize the moral, spiritual, and aesthetic values which
will strengthen the individual in his personal and professional
life.
4. To guide students so as to encourage them to enter the pro-
fession and continue in it.
5. To promote an understanding of children and youth in rela-
tion to their individual differences, the nature of tlie learn-
ing process, developmental behavior, and the interaction of
the individual with the group.
6. To ensure the student's ability to read, write, and speak ef-
fectively.
7. To promote use of reflective thinking in problem solving.
8. To ensure that the student is capable of developing the scope
and sequence of the courses of study within his areas of cer-
tification.
9. To provide college classroom instruction which is designed
to help prospective teachers develop methodology for their
own classrooms.
10. To encourage students to practice recreational activities,
42
both physical and mental, for wholesome enjoyment of
leisure time now and in later life.
CURRICULA
Students who enroll in one of the Teacher Education Curricula
may earn the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with cer-
tification for library science, for music education, for teaching on
the elementary or secondary level, or for public school nursing.
Students may choose from the following curricula, all of which
lead to the Bachelor of Science degree:
CURRICULUM IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION to prepare
for teaching in the kindergarten, primary, and intermediate grades.
CURRICULUM IN LIBRARY SCIENCE EDUCATION to pre-
pare for certification as school librarian.
CURRICULUM IN MUSIC EDUCATION to prepare for cer-
tification as a teacher of music.
CURRICULUM IN PUBLIC NURSING to prepare registered
nurses for certification as public school nurses.
CURRICULUM IN SECONDARY EDUCATION to prepare for
teaching in junior and senior high schools.
CURRICULUM IN SPECIAL EDUCATION to prepare for
teaching the mentally retarded.
CURRICULUM IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOL-
OGY to prepare specialists for service to the speech and hearing
handicapped.
A student who is enrolled in the Elementary, Secondary, or
Library Science curricula may also take courses which will lead to
certification in Safety Education.
CERTIFICATION
THE PROVISIONAL COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
Students who complete one of the teacher education curricula of
Clarion State College and who are awarded a baccalaureate
degree are granted the Pennsylvania Provisional College Certificate,
valid for three years of teaching in the schools of the Common-
wealth. Application for the certificate must be made and the cer-
tificate issued before graduates may teach in the public schools of
Pennsylvania.
THE PERMANENT COLLEGE OR INSTRUCTIONAL II CER-
TIFICATE
The Permanent College or Instructional II Certificate requires
three full years of successful teaching experience on the Provisional
43
College Certificate in the public schools of this Commonwealth and
the satisfactory completion of twenty-four (24) semester hours of
post-baccalaureate education. Certificates issued prior to October
1, 1963, will continue to require twelve (12) semester hours of
post-baccalaureate education for permanent validation.
The Instructional III permanent certificate requires five years
of satisfactory teaching and a master's degree \vith emphasis in a
subject or teaching area granted by a regionally accredited insti-
tution.
EXTENSION OF CERTIFICATES
A certificate valid for the secondary school may be extended to
include the elementary field on the completion of the approved
program in the field of elementary education.
A certificate valid for the elementary school may be extended to
include secondary subjects upon the completion of the approved
program in a secondary subject field.
The holder of a certificate valid for the elementary school may
have an endorsement of Library Science for the elementary school
upon the completion of twelve (12) semester hours of approved
courses in this field. This endorsement is valid only for the elemen-
tary school library.
A certificate for secondary English will be extended to include
reading when an applicant has completed a minimum of six se-
mester hours in developmental and remedial reading. Education
333 is suggested as the basic course with Education 221, 425, and
426 as optional electives.
EVALUATION OF CREDITS
Evaluations of credits for students are considered valid only
for the year in which distributions are made (year in which credits
are earned). This situation exists because of changes in regulations
governing the value of credits and in the requirements for certifica-
tion and graduation frequently made by the State Department of
Public Instruction, the State Board of Education, and the Board
of Presidents of the State Colleges. Students are urged to keep
themselves well informed about their distributions by occasional
inquiries at the Academic Office at times other than registration
periods.
REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL EDUCATION
By regulation of the Pennsylvania State Board of Education, ef-
fective October 1, 1963, all applicants for certification to teach in
44
the Commonwealth must have completed a minimum of sixty se-
mester hours of acceptable coiurses in General Education. Students
in all curricula will follow the same program. Deviation from the
program is permitted for those who speciaHze in Science or Mathe-
matics. Specialized courses in these fields may be substituted for
the general requirements in science or mathematics.
Required courses in General Education for education majors are
specified in the section headed "General Education— All Curricula."
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
Candidates for certification in elementary education must com-
plete the Professional Education courses specified on page 49. Can-
didates for secondary certification are required to complete the
Professional Education courses listed on page 52. Professional
courses in Music Education are listed on page 69.
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Secondary majors must complete the requirements for a field of
certification as outlined in the section entitled Course Distributions
and, unless otherwise specified, minimum requirements for certi-
fication in a second field. It should be noted that methods courses
can not be counted toward completion of an academic requirement.
Library Science majors will complete requirements for Library
Science Certification and also a minimum of 18 semester hours in
a second field of certification.
Elementary majors, in addition to completing the requirements
for elementary certification, must take an academic concentration
of 18 to 24 semester hours, of which 15 hours may be considered
as part of general education. The academic major may be in a
single subject such as history, in a broad field such as psychology
or sociology, or in an interdisciplinary area such as the humanities,
the social sciences, or the natural sciences. Elementary Education
majors who choose a broad field or interdisciplinary area academic
major will be required to have at least 24 semester hours, which
may include 15 semester hours of general education, in the broad
field academic major. The requirement for the academic major may
also be satisfied by an 18 or 24 hour concentration in a field of in-
terest, such as Art, Library Science, Health and Physical Educa-
tion, Music, or Special Education.
STUDENT TEACHING
Those who major in secondary education are assigned to student
teaching during either the seventh or eighth semester. Each sec-
ondary major will receive as assignment for a full day of student
45
teaching throughout one semester at one of the pubHc school stu-
dent teaching centers cooperating with the college.
Secondary students majoring in Library Science are assigned to
student teaching during either the seventh or eighth semesters. Two
major assignments are required: the equivalent of one half time in
pubHc school library practice and the equivalent of one half time
in classroom academic teaching at one of the public school teaching
centers cooperating with the college.
Those who major in elementary education are assigned to stu-
dent teaching during either tlie seventh or eighth semester. Each
elementary major will receive an assignment for a full day of stu-
dent teaching throughout one semester at the Campus Training
School or at one of the public school elementary student teaching
centers associated with the college. For elementary majors with
the 18 semester hour concentration in Library Science, the semes-
ter's program in student teaching is divided into two student teach-
ing assignments involving experience at one grade level and an ele-
mentary school library.
Student teachers will be assigned where they can be accommo-
dated, without special consideration of their place of permanent
residence.
Student teachers are encouraged to reside throughout the se-
mester in the community in which their student teaching center is
located.
All student teaching assignments follow the public school calen-
dar rather than the college calendar each semester.
The final grade in student teaching will be recommended by the
cooperating teacher in consultation with the College supervisor
and will be finally approved and reported by the College super-
visor.
Student teachers must meet college requirements prior to assign-
ment.
PUBLIC SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING CENTERS
Aliquippa Borough School District, Aliquippa, Pennsylvania 15001
Allegheny-Clarion Valley Schools, Foxburg, Pennsylvania 16036
Allegheny County Schools, County OflBce Building, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 15219
Armstrong School District, Box 351, Ford City, Pennsylvania 16226
Baljcock School District, Logan Road, Gibsonia, Pennsylvania 15044
Baden-Economy School District, M. R. No. 1, Freedom, Pennsylvania 15042
Beaver County Public Schools, Courthouse, Beaver, Pennsylvania 15009
Beaver Falls Area Schools, Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania 15010
Bellevue Borough School District, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15202
Bradford Area Schools, Bradford, Pennsylvania 16701
Brockway Area Schools, Brockway, Pennsylvania 15824
Brookville Area Schools, Brookville, Pennsylvania 15825
46
Burrell School District, Lower Burrell, Pennsylvania 15068
Butler Area Schools, Butler, Pennsylvania 16001
Cameron County School District, Emporium, Pennsylvania 15834
Clairton City Schools, Clairton, Pennsylvania 15025
Clarion Area Schools, Clarion, Pennsylvania 16214
Clarion County Public Schools, Courthouse, Clarion, Pennsylvania 16214
Clarion Limestone Area Schools, R. D. 1, Strattanville, Pennsylvania 16258
Clearfield Area Schools, Clearfield, Pennsylvania 16830
Cranberry Area Schools, Seneca, Pennsylvania 16346
Cresson State School and Hospital, Cresson, Pennsylvania 16630
Curwensville Area Schools, Curwensville, Pennsylvania 16833
DuBois Area Schools, DuBois, Pennsylvania 15801
East Deer-Frazer Union School District, Creighton, Pennsylvania 15030
Ebensburg State School and Hospital, Ebensburg, Pennsylvania 15931
Fairview-Karns City School District, Karns City, Pennsylvania 16041
Forest Area Schools, Tionesta, Pennsylvania 16353
Fox Chapel Area Schools, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15238
Franklin Area Schools, Franklin, Pennsylvania 16323
Franklin Regional School District, Murrysville, Pennsylvania 15668
Freeport Area Schools, Freeport, Pennsylvania 16229
Gateway School District, Monroeville, Pennsylvania 15146
Grove City Area Schools, Grove City, Pennsylvania 16127
Hempfield Area Schools, R. D. 6, Greensburg, Pennsylvania 15601
Highlands School District, Tarentum, Pennsylvania 15084
Jefferson County Pubfic Schools, Box 466, Brookville, Pennsylvania 15825
Johnsonburg Area Schools, Johnsonburg, Pennsylvania 15845
Kane Area Schools, Kane, Pennsylvania 16735
Keystone School District, Knox, Pennsylvania 16232
Kiski Area Schools, Vandergrift, Pennsylvania 15690'
Lawrence County Public Schools, Courthouse Annex, New Castle,
Pennsylvania 16101
Lawrence County Society for Crippled Children and Adults, Inc., New Castle,
Pennsylvania 16101
Leechburg Union Schools, Leechburg, Pennsylvania 15656
Lenape Area Vocational-Technical School, Ford City, Pennsylvania 16226
Mars Area School District, Mars, Pennsylvania 16046
New Castle Area Schools, New Castle, Pennsylvania 16101
New Kensington-Arnold School District, New Kensington, Pennsylvania 15068
North Clarion County Schools, Leeper, Pennsylvania 16233
North Hills School District, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15229
Northern Butler County Schools, R. D. 2, West Sunbury, Pennsylvania 16061
Oakmont Public Schools, Oakmont, Pennsylvania 15139
Oil City Area Schools, Oil City, Pennsylvania 16301
Penn Hills School District, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15235
Pittsburgh Public Schools, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213
Plum Borough School District, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15239
Polk State School and Hospital, Polk, Pennsylvania 16342
Punxsutawney Area Schools, Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania 15767
Redbank Valley School District, New Bethlehem, Pennsylvania 16242
Ridgway Area Schools, Ridgway, Pennsylvania 15853
Sharon City Schools, Sharon, Pennsylvania 16146
Smethport Area Schools, Smethport, Permsylvania 16749
South Butler County Schools, Saxonburg, Pennsylvania 16056
St. Marys Area Schools, St. Marys, Pennsylvania 15857
Titusville Area Schools, Titusville, Pennsylvania 16354
Union School District, Rimersburg, Pennsylvania 16248
47
Valley Grove Schools, Rock Grove, Franklin, Pennsylvania 16323
Venango County Public Schools, Courthouse, Franklin, Pennsylvania 16323
Warren County School District, Warren, Pennsylvania 16365
West Deer Township Schools, R. D. 5, Gibsonia, Pennsylvania 15044
Westmoreland County Public Schools, Courtliouse Annex, Greensburg,
Pennsylvania 15601
Willdnsbinrg Borough School District, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15221
COURSE DISTRIBUTIONS
GENERAL EDUCATION-ALL CURRICULA IN
TEACHER EDUCATION
c.h. s.h.
Eng. Ill Composition I 3 3
Eng. 112 Composition II 3 3
Sp. 113 Fundamentals of Speech 3 3
Mus. Ill Introduction to Music 3 3
Art 111 The Visual Arts 3 3
Eng. 213 Introduction to Literature 3 3
Phil. 211 Introduction to Philosophy 3 3
Hist. 112 History of Modern Civilization 3 3
Hist. 213 History of the U.S. and Pa 3 3
P.S. 211 American Government 3 3
Anth. 211 Anthropology (or) 3 (3)
Soc. 211 Principles of Sociology (or) 3 (3)
Econ. 211 Principles of Economics 3 3
Biol. Ill Basic Biological Science 4 4
Ph. Sci. Ill Basic Physical Science I 3 3
Ph. Sci. 112 Basic Physical Science II 3 3
Math. Ill
or 112 Basic Mathematics 3 3
Geog. Ill Physical Geography 3 3
Geog. 257 Geog. of U.S. and Canada (or) 3 (3)
Geog. 254 Conserv. of Natural Resources 3 3
Psy. 211 General Psychology 3 3
HPE 111 Health Education 2 2
HPE . . . Physical Education
( 1 s.h. per semester for 3 semesters ) 3
Note: All elementary majors, except those with an area of speciali-
zation in Health and Physical Education, must schedule HPE 223
for one of the Physical Education courses indicated above, Mus.
131 for Mus. Ill, and Math. 111.
All students may substitute more advanced courses in biology,
physics, and mathematics for Biology 111, Physical Science 111 and
112, and Mathematics 111.
48
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION-ELEMENTARY
Required of all Elementary Majors
c.h. s.h.
Art 222 Teaching Art in Elementary Grades 3 2
Ed. 223 Social Foundations of Education 3 3
Ed. 329 Audio-Visual Education 3 2
El. Ed. 323 Teaching of Reading 3 3
El. Ed. 324 Teaching of Elementary School Matliematics . . 3 3
El. Ed. 325 Modern Curriculum and Methods 5 5
Mus. 132 Literature and Materials of Music HE 3 3
Psy. 320 Human Growth and Development 5 5
Sci. 222 Teaching Science in Elementary Grades 2 2
El. Ed. 422 Professional Practicum and School Law 2 2
El. Ed. 424 Student Teaching 30 12
Note: Students who have the 18-hour concentration in Library Sci-
ence are required to take El.Ed. 423: Library Practice— 6 credits
and El.Ed. 424: Elementary Student Teaching— 6 credits.
THE CURRICULUM IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Sequence of courses subject to change for administrative reasons.
1st Semester
Eng. Ill : Composition I
Ph.Sci. Ill : Basic I
Hist. 213: U.S. & Pa
Math. Ill : Basic Elem
Geog. Ill: Physical
HPE : Physical Education
3
3
3
3
S
1
17-16
5th Semester
Psy. 220: Human Growth & Dev. 5
El.Ed. 324: Teach, of El.Sch. Math. 3
Eng. 331 : Child. Lit 3
Sci. 231 : Fused 2
Elective o
16-16
2nd Semester
Eng. 112: Composition II
Ph.Sci. 112: Basic II
Art Oil : Fundamentals .
Biol. Ill : Basic
Sp. 113: Fundamentals .
HPE 111: Health
3
3
1
4
3
2
17-16
6th Semester
El.Ed. 325: Mod. Curr. & Meth. ,.
El.Ed. 323: Teach, of Reading
Geog. 2.')7 or 254 : U.S. & Can. or Cons.
S"i. 222 : Teach. Sci. Elem. Gr.
Elective
16-16
3rd Semester
Eng. 213 : Intro, to Lit
Psy. 211 : General
Mus. 131 : Lit. & Mat. I
Art 231 : Studio Exp ,
HPE : Physical Education
Elective
3
3
3
2
1
3
17-15
7th Semester (or 8th)
P.S. 211 : American Gov
Phil. 211: Introduction
Soc. 211 or Econ. 211 or Anth. 211:
Ed. 329 : Audio- Visual
Elective
3
2
_ 6
18-17
4th Semester
Ed. 223 : Social Foundations ... 3
Art 111 : Visual Arts 3
Hist. 112 : Modern Civ 3
Mus. 132: Lit. & Mat. II 3
Art 222: Teach. Art Elem. Gr. 2
HPE 223 : Physical Education . , 1
Elective 3
20-18
8th Semester (or 7th)
El.Ed. 424 : Student Teaching 30-12
El.Ed. 422 : Prof. Pract. & Sch. Law 2- 2
32-14
49
ACADEMIC CONCENTRATIONS FOR
ELEMENTARY MAJORS
Elementary Education majors must take an academic concentra-
tion of 18 to 24 hom-s. A student must have at least 18 hours of
credit in a single subject concentration, but may elect more. A stu-
dent who chooses a broad area concentration must have at least
24 hours of credit in the interdisciplinary area.
ART
Required: Art Oil, 111, 231.
Electives: (12 sem. hrs.) Art 112, 113, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 300, 301,
311, 315, 316.
Art 236 and 237 are strongly recommended for all students electing a
concentration in Art.
BIOLOGY
Required: Biol. 153, 154.
Electives (by advisement): Biol. 202, 253, 258, 351, 354.
Biol. Ill will not be required of students selecting this concentration.
CHEMISTRY-PHYSICS
Required: Chem. 153, 154, 254; Phys. 251, 253.
Ph.Sd. Ill and 112 will not be required of students selecting this con-
centration.
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARIANSHIP
Required: L.S. 256, 257, 258, 357, 358, 359.
ENGLISH
Required: Eng. Ill, 112, 213, 253.
Electives: (6 hours) Eng. 251, 252, 254, 258, 259, 263, 351, 352, 355, 458.
EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN and YOUTH
Required: Sp. Ed. Ill, 220; SPA 231, 450.
Electives: (6 hours) By advisement.
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
French, German, Russian, or Spanish:
Elementary I and II (151-152); Intermediate I and II (251-252); Civili-
zation I and II (255-256)
Students who have been exempted from 151-152 by virtue of previous
study in high school will be required to have 6 hours of electives in their
foreign language concentration.
GEOGRAPHY
Required: Geog. Ill; 254 or 257.
Electives: (12 hours) Two courses in topical Geography and two courses
in regional Geography.
Suggested topical courses: Geog. 251, 254, 255, 259, 352, 354, 454.
Suggested regional courses: Geog. 256, 257, 355, 356, 357, 452, 453.
GEOLOGY-GEOGRAPHY BROAD FIELD
Required: Geog. Ill, 253, 258, 260, 341, 352, 353, 354.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Required: HPE 112, 113, 210, 211, 310, 313, 224, 324.
Electives: ( 1 or 2 hours) HPE 325, 410, 413, 414.
50
HISTORY
Required: Hist. Ill, 112, 213.
Electives: (9 hours) By advisement.
MATHEMATICS
Required: Math. Ill, 211, 212.
Electives: (9 hours) Recommended electives: Matli. 112, 151, 152.
MUSIC
No specific courses are required for a Music concentration because of the
differences in background and the differences in specific goals of the stu-
dents who elect this concentration. The Department of Public Instruction
has requested that all state colleges offering a concentration in Music
develop a program which will meet the individual's needs and goals and at
the same time will include, as far as possible, courses from five distinct areas
of music. These five areas are:
1. Technical courses (theory, etc.)
2. History and literature of music
3. Professional techniques
4. Applied music
5. Music organizations
NATURAL SCIENCES BROAD FIELD
Required: Sci. Ill, 112,^iol. Ill, Geog. 111.
Electives: (9-12 hours) Biolr202 or 351, Geog. 252, 351, 353.
PHILOSOPHY
Required: Phil. 211, 255, 256.
Electives: ( 9 hours ) By advisement.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Required: P.S. 210, 211.
Electives: (12 hours) By advisement.
PSYCHOLOGY
Required: Psy. 211; 320 or 331.
Electives: (12 hours) By advisement.
Recommended courses: Psy. 251 and 311.
SPEECH EDUCATION
Required: Sp. 113, 251.
Electives: Theatre elective (3), public speaking electives (6 hours), elec-
tives (6 hours). By advisement.
SPEECH-PUBLIC ADDRESS
Required: Sp. 113; 411 or 412.
Electives : Public speaking electives ( 6 hours ) , Electives ( 6 hours ) . By ad-
visement.
SPEECH-THEATRE
Required: Sp. 113; Sp. 253 or 359; Sp. 255, 362, or 363. Sp. 254, 352, or
361.
Electives: (6 hours) By advisement.
SOaAL STUDIES BROAD FIELD
Required: Econ. 211, Hist. Ill, 112, 213, P.S. 210, 211, Soc. 211.
Electives: (3 hours) By advisement.
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY BROAD FIELD
Required: Soc. 211, Anthro. 211.
Electives: (18 hours) By advisement.
51
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION-SECONDARY
Required of all Secondary Education and Library Science majors.
c.h. s.h.
Ed. 223 Social Foundations of Education 3 3
Psy. 222 Educational Psychology 3 3
Psy. 321 Psychology of Adolescence 2 2
Ed. 321 Select course in Methods and Evaluation in
to Ed. 328 field of Specialization 3 3
Ed. 329 Audio-Visual Education 3 2
Ed. 422 Professional Practicum Including School Law 2 2
Ed. 424 Secondary Student Teaching 30 12
Library Science Majors
Ed. 423 Library Practice 15 6
Ed. 424 Secondary Student Teaching 15 6
THE CURRICULUM IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
Sequence of courses subject to change for administrative reasons.
Eng.
Geog.
Ph.Sci.
Math.
HPE
HPE
1st Semester
111 : Composition I
111: Physical
Ill: Basic I
112 : Basic Secondary
112 : Phys. Ed 2-1
111 : Health 2
16-15
5th Semester
Hist. 213: U.S. and Pa. Hist.
Phil. 211 : Introduction
Elective
3
3
, 11
17-17
Eng.
Sp.
Ph.Sci.
Hist.
Biol.
112;
113
112
112
111
2nd Semester
Composition II
Fundamentals .
Basic II
Modern Civ. . . .
6th Semester
Ed. 329 : Audio-Visual Ed
Ed. Meth. in Academic Field
Ed. 223 : Social Foundations . . .
Elective
3- 2
8
3
9
18-17
3rd Semester
Psy. 211 : General
Art 111 : Visual Arts
Soc. 211: or Econ. 211: or Anth. 211:
HPE 211: Phys. Ed
Elective
3
3
3
2- 1
6
17-16
7th Semester <or 8th)
Psy. 321 : Adolescent 2
P.S. 211 : American Government 3
Elective 12
17-17
4 th Semester
Eng. 213 : Introd'n to Literature .
Mus. Ill: Introduction
Geog. 257 or 254 : U.S. & Can. or Cons.
Psy. 222 : Educational
HPE : Phys. Ed 2
Elective
3
1
3
17-16
8th Semester (or 7th)
Ed. 422: Prof. Pract. & Seh. Law 2- 2
Ed. 424 : Student Teaching 30-12
32-14
REQUIRED:
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
BIOLOGY
46 Semester Hours
c.h.
153 General Biology I 6
154 General Biology II 6
201 Genetics 5
s.h.
4
4
3
52
Biol. 202 Emironmental Biology 5 3
Biol. 203 Cell Biology 5 3
Chem. 153 General Chemistry I 6 4
Chem. 154 General Chemistry II 6 4
Chem. 251 Organic Chemistry 6 4
'Ph. 251 General Physics I 6 4
*Ph. 252 General Physics II 6 4
ELECTIVES:
Biol. 251 Field Botany 5 3
Biol. 352 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 5 3
Biol. 353 Ornithology 5 3
Biol. 354 Entomology 5 3
Biol. 355 Microbiology 8 4
Biol. 356 Field Zoology I 5 3
Biol. 357 Field Zoology II 5 3
Biol. 358 Conservation of Plant and Animal Resources . . 5 3
Biol. 360 Problems in Biology 5 3
Biol. 401 Radiation Biology 5 3
Biol. 451 Animal Physiology 5 3
Biol. 452 Plant Physiology 5 3
Biol. 460 Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 5 3
Biol. 461 Vertebrate Embryology 5 3
Biol. 462 Histology 5 3
Biol. 470 Animal Ecology 5 3
Biol. 471 Plant Ecology 5 3
Biol. 472 Parasitology 5 3
No second field required.
*For courses in the field of Biology marked with an asterisk.
Mathematics 171 : College Algebra and Trigonometry is a prerequi-
site. Mathematics 151 and 152 may be substituted for 171.
Biology majors should not schedule Biology 111, Mathematics
112, or JPhysical Science 111 and 112 in their General Education
programs.
CHEMISTRY
33 Semester Hours
REQUIRED:
Chem.
151
Chem.
152
Chem.
251
Chem.
252
Chem.
352
*Chem.
354
•Chem.
355
•Chem.
356
•Chem.
357
•Chem.
470
c.h. s.h.
Inorganic Chemistry I 8 5
Inorganic Chemistry II 8 5
Organic Chemistry I 6 4
Organic Chemistry II 9 5
Techniques and Instruments I 8 4
Ph>sical Chemistry I 3 3
Physical Chemistry II 3 3
Techniques and Instruments II 3 1
Techniques and Instruments III 4 2
Chemical Literatvu'e and Seminar 1 1
53
ELECTIVE:
c.h. s.h.
Chem. 255 Industrial Chemistry 5 3
*Chem. 359 Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 3
Chem. 361 Qualitative Organic Analysis 5 3
Chem. 453 Biochemistry 6 4
'Chem. 455 Advanced Physical Chemistry 3 3
**Chem. 456 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 4 3
Chem. 459 Demonstrations in Chemistry 5 3
Chem. 460 Radiochemistry Techniques 5 3
'Chem. 461 Techniques and Instruments IV 4 2
'Chem. 462 Techniques and Instruments V 4 2
'Chem. 465, 466 Chemical Research 1-3
'Ph. 353 Atomic Physics 6 4
No second field required.
^Mathematics 272 and Physics 252 are prerequisites. Majors in
the field should understand that Mathematics 272 must be preceded
by Mathematics 151 and 152 or 171 and by Mathematics 172 and
271; Physics 252 must be preceded by Physics 251.
Chemistry majors should not schedule Mathematics 112 or Phys-
ical Science 111 and 112 in their general education programs.
COMPREHENSIVE SCIENCE
42 Semester Hours
A program designed to prepare students to teach science at the
junior high or middle school level and unspecialized general sci-
ence courses at the senior high school level.
REQUIRED:
c.h. s.h.
Biol. 153 General Biology I 6 4
Biol. 154 General Biology II 6 4
Biol. 201 Genetics 5 3
Biol. 202 Environmental Biology 5 3
Chem. 153 General Chemistry I 6 4
Chem. 154 General Chemistry II 6 4
Geog. 353 Descriptive Astronomy 3 3
'Geog. 252 Geology 3 3
•Geog. 353 Geomorphology 3 3
'Geog. 35] Meteorology 3 3
'Geog. 352 Climatology 3 3
Ph. 251 General Physics I 6 4
Ph. 252 General Physics II 6 4
Math. 151 College Algebra 3 3
Math. 152 Trigonometry 3 3
No second field required.
Mathematics 171 may be substituted for Mathematics 151 and
152. Majors in Comprehensive Science should not include Biology
111, Mathematics 112, and Physical Science 111 and 112 in their
general education programs.
**One of these courses.
54
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE
48 Semester Hours
REQUIRED:
c.h. s.h.
Geog. Ill Basic Physical Geography 3 3
Geog. 252 Physical Geology 3 3
Geog. 258 Historical Geology 3 3
Geog. 351 Meteorology 3 3
Geog. 353 Descriptive Astronomy 3 3
Electives ( See below ) 6
21
Biol. 153 General Biology I 6 4
Biol. 154 General Biology II 6 4
Chem. 153 General Chemistry I 6 4
Chem. 154 General Chemistry II 6 4
Ph. 251 General Physics I 6 4
Ph. 252 General Physics II 6 4
Natural Science Elective 3-4
27-28
TOTAL 48-49
ELECTIVES:
Geog. 253 Geomorphology 3 3
Geog. 259 Map Interpretation 3 3
Geog. 260 Mineralogy 3 3
Geog. 261 Petrology 3 3
Geog. 352 Climatology 3 3
Geog. 451 Cartography I 5 3
Geog. 455 Cartography II 4 3
Geog. 456 Photo Interpretation 4 3
Science electives from Biology, Chemistry and Physics.
No second field required.
Earth and Space Science majors ^vill schedule Mathematics 171
instead of Mathematics 112 and will not schedule Biology 111 nor
Physical Science 111 and 112 in their general education programs.
Biology, Chemistry and Physics majors will receive provisional
college certification in Earth and Space Science by taking 12 se-
mester hours in Physical Geography, Geology, Meteorology, As-
tronomy.
ENGLISH
36 Semester Hours
REQUIRED:
Eng.
Eng.
Sp.
c.h.
111 Composition I 3
112 Composition II 3
113 Fundamentals of Speech 3
s.h.
3
3
3
55
Eng. 213 Introduction to Literature 3 3
Eng. 251 English Literature 3 3
Eng. 252 American Literature 3 3
Eng. 253 Grammar and Linguistics 3 3
Eng. 351 Advanced Composition 3 3
ELECTIVES:
c.h. s.h.
Eng. 254 American Prose 3 3
Eng. 255 Pre-Shakespearian Literature 3 3
Eng. 256 Seventeenth Century Literature 3 3
Eng. 257 Novel to 1870 3 3
Eng. 258 Short Story 3 3
Eng. 259 Journalism 3 3
Eng. 261 Romantic Movement in Amer. Lit. . 3 3
Eng. 262 Realistic Movement in Amer. Lit 3 3
Eng. 263 Contemporary American Literature 3 3
Eng. 331 Children's Literature 3 3
Eng. 352 American Poetry 3 3
Eng. 353 Shakespeare 3 3
Eng. 354 Eighteenth Century Literature 3 3
Eng. 355 Novel Since 1870 3 3
Eng. 356 Romantic Literature 3 3
Eng. 451 Contemporary Poetry 3 3
Eng. 452 Modern Drama 3 3
Eng. 453 Chaucer 3 3
Eng. 454 Victorian Literature 3 3
Eng. 455 Criticism 3 3
Eng. 456 English Honors Seminar 3 3
Eng. 457 Linguistics 3 3
Eng. 458 History of the English Language 3 3
Eng. 459 Old English Language and Literature 3 3
No second field needed if 6 hours in Reading are scheduled in ad-
dition to 36 hours in English. The basic course is Education 333, to
be followed by at least one elective chosen from Education 221,
425, or 426. Education 425 should not be scheduled unless student
teaching has been completed.
FRENCH
30 Semester Hours, excluding French 151 & 152
c.h. s.h.
Intermediate French I 3 3
Intermediate French II 3 3
French Civilization I 3 3
French Civilization II 3 3
Advanced Grammar & Composition 3 3
c.h. s.h.
The Modem French Drama 3 3
The Modem French Novel 3 3
REQUIRED
»Fr.
251
•Fr.
252
Fr.
255
Fr.
256
Fr.
351
ELECTIVE:
Fr.
353
Fr.
354
56
Fr. 355 French Romanticism 3 3
Fr. 356 French Poetry from Baudelaire to Surrealism . . 3 3
Fr. 357 The French ReaUstic Novel 3 3
Fr, 358 The Literature of the Age of Enlightenment . . 3 3
Fr. 359 The Literature of the Classical Age 3 3
Fr. 451 Supervised Readings in French Literature .... 3 3
No second field is required.
Students participating in foreign study programs must complete
at least six hours of French Literature at Clarion State College, re-
gardless of the number of credits earned abroad.
*May be omitted upon demonstration of proficiency at second
year level.
GEOGRAPHY
30 Semester Hours
REQUIRED:
c.h.
Geog. Ill Basic Physical Geography 3
Geog. 257 Geography of U. S. & Canada 3
ELECTIVE: (at least one course from each group)
GROUP I:
Geog. 252 Physical Geology 3
Geog. 258 Historical Geology 3
Geog. 253 Geomorphology 3
Geog. 260 Mineralogy 3
Geog. 261 Petrology 3
Geog. 351 Meteorology 3
Geog. 352 CHmatology 3
Geog. 353 Descriptive Astronomy 3
Geog. 259 Map Interpretation 3
Geog. 451 Cartography I 5
Geog. 455 Cartography II 4
Geog. 459 Field Geography 5
GROUP II:
Geog. 251 Economic Geography 3
Geog. 254 Conservation of Natural Resources 3
Geog. 255 Trade and Transportation 3
Geog. 354 Historical Geography of tlie U.S 3
Geog. 454 Political Geography 3
GROUP III:
Geog. 256 Geography of Peimsylvania 3
Geog. 355 Geography of the Soviet Union 3
Geog. 356 Geography of Europe 3
Geog. 357 Geography of Asia 3
Geog. 452 Geography of Latin America 3
Geog. 453 Geography of Africa and Australia 3
s.h.
3
57
GERMAN
30 Semester Hours, excluding German 151 & 152
REQUIRED:
c.h. s.h.
'Ger. 251 Intermediate German I 3 3
'Ger. 252 Intermediate German II 3 3
Ger. 255 Germanic Civilization I 3 3
Get. 256 Germanic CiviKzation II 3 3
Ger. 351 Advanced Grammar & Composition 3 3
ELECTIVE:
c.h. s.h.
Ger. 253 Scientific German 2 2
Ger. 352 Survey of German Literature through the
Classical Age 3 3
Ger. 353 The Modem German Drama 3 3
Ger. 354 The Modem German Novel 3 3
Ger. 355 German Romanticism 3 3
Ger. 358 Classical German Literature: Goethe,
Schiller & Lessing 3 3
Cer. 451 Supervised Readings in German Literature .... 3 3
No second field is required.
Students participating in foreign study programs must complete
at least six hours of German literature at Clarion State College,
regardless of the number of credits earned abroad.
*May be omitted upon demonstration of proficiency at second
year level.
HISTORY
30 Semester Hours
REQUIRED:
c.h.
Hist. Ill History of Ancient and
Medieval Civilization 3
Hist. 112 History of Modern Civilization 3
Hist. 213 History of U. S. and Pa 3
ELECTIVES:
Majors should select at least two courses from each group.
GROUP I: UNITED STATES HISTORY
c.h.
Hist. 256 Pennsylvania History 3
Hist. 354 Contemporary American History 3
Hist. .355 Economic History of the U. S 3
Hist. 359 History of the American Frontier 3
Hist. 360 Colonial America 3
Hist. 361 History of American Science and Technology . . 3
Hist. 362 History of the Afro-American 3
Hist. 452 Diplomatic History of the U. S 3
Hist. 456 Society and Thought in America to 1865 3
Hist. 457 Society and Thought in America since 1865 ... 3
58
s.h.
3
3
3
s.h.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
GROUP II: OTHER THAN UNITED STATES HISTORY
Hist. 257 History of the Near East 3 3
Hist. 254 Colonial Latin America 3 3
Hist, 255 Modern Latin America 3 3
Hist. 258 Traditional India 3 3
Hist. 259 Modern India-Pakistan 3 3
Hist. 270 Modem Southeast Asia 3 3
Hist. 310 History of the Ancient Greeks 3 3
Hist. 311 History of Rome to A.D. 565 3 3
Hist. 320 Medieval History 3 3
Hist. 330 Europe during the Renaissance 3 3
Hist. 335 Europe during the Reformation 3 3
Hist. 340 History of Europe from 1660-1814 3 3
Hist. 345 History of Europe from 1815-1924 3 3
Hist. 357 History of England to 1689 3 3
Hist. 358 History of England since 1689 3 3
Hist. 365 Russian History to the 20di Century 3 3
Hist. 366 Russia in the 20th Century 3 3
Hist. 367 Latin America and its World Relations 3 3
Hist. 400 Contemporary Asia since World War I 3 3
Hist. 453 20th Century World History 3 3
Hist. 454 The British Empire and Commonwealth
of Nations 3 3
Hist. 458 English Constitutional History 3 3
MATHEMATICS
34 Semester Hours
Thirty-four semester hours are needed for a major in Mathe-
matics; no second field is required. A Secondary Education stu-
dent with a major in some other field electing Mathematics as a
second field must satisfactorily complete the following courses:
Mathematics 171, 172, 271, 272, 371. An Elementary Education
student electing a concentration in Mathematics must satisfactorily
complete a minimum of 18 semester hours of Mathematics courses
to include Mathematics 111, 211, and 212.
REQUIRED:
c.h. s.h.
Math. 171 College Algebra and Trigonometry 4 4
Math. 172 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I 4 4
Math. 271 Calculus with Analytic Geometry II 4 4
Math. 272 Calculus with Analytic Geometry III 4 4
Math. 371 Modern Algebra I 3 3
Math. 372 Modern Algebra II 3 3
ELECTIVES:
c.h. s.h.
Math. 350 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 3
Math. 352 Probability 3 3
Math. 355 History of Mathematics 3 3
Math. 357 Modem Geometry 3 3
Math. 358 Computer Principles 1 3 3
59
Math. 359 Computer Principles II 3 3
iMath. 454 Theory of Numbers 3 3
Math. 456 Mathematical Statistics 3 3
Math. 471 Advanced Calculus I 3 3
Math. 472 Advanced Calculus II 3 3
Math. 473 Elementary Topology 3 3
No second field required.
PHYSICS
38 Seme.ster Hours
REQUIRED:
c.h. s.h.
Chem. 153 General Chemistry I 6 4
Chem. 154 General Chemistry II 6 4
**Ph. 258 Introductory Physics I 8 5
'"Ph. 259 Introductory Physics II 8 5
*Ph. 351 Mechanics 6 4
*Ph. 352 Electricity and Magnetism 6 4
*Ph. 353 Atomic Physics 6 4
*Ph. 354 Optics 6 4
ELECTIVES:
c.h. s.h.
"Chem. 354 Physical Chemistry I 6 4
Geog. 453 Descriptive Astronomy 3 3
Ph. 257 Laboratory Tech. in Physics 5 3
Ph. 355 Nuclear Physics 6 4
«Ph. 356 Heat 3 3
*Ph. 453 Physical Measurements 5 3
Ph. 455 Electronics 5 3
Ph. 457 Demonstration in Physics 5 3
Ph. 460 Intro, to Math. Physics 3 3
Ph. 461 Seminar 1 1
^Math. 272 is prerequisite.
**Math. 272 may be scheduled concurrently. Majors should un-
derstand that Math. 272 must be preceded by Math, 151 and 152
or 171 and by Math. 172 and 271.
Majors should not schedule Math. 112 or Physical Science 111
and 112 in their general education programs.
No second field required.
RUSSIAN
24 Semester Hours, excluding Russian 151 & 152
REQUIRED:
c.h.
"Russ. 251 Intermediate Russian I 3
"Russ. 252 Intermediate Russian II 3
Russ. 255 Russian Civilization I 3
60
s.h.
3
3
3
Russ. 256 Russian Chilization II 3 3
Russ. 351 Advanced Grammar & Composition 3 3
ELECTIVES:
c.h. s.h.
Russ. 253 Scientific Russian 2 2
Russ. 353 Russian Drama 3 3
Russ. 354 The Russian Novel 3 3
Russ. 355 Readings in Soviet Russian Literatvure 3 3
Russ. 361 Dostoevsky 3 3
Russ. 451 Supervised Readings in Russian
Literature 3 3
*May be omitted upon demonstration of proficiency at the sec-
ond year level.
SOCIAL STUDIES
48 Semester Hours
Forty-eight semester hours are needed to complete the Compre-
hensive Social Studies Major. Of these 48 semester hours a mini-
mum of 12 semester hours must be in history, and a minimum of 6
semester hours in each of the following fields: Economics, Political
Science, and Sociology. A total of 24 semester hours must be com-
pleted in any one field of the Social Studies, such as Anthropology,
Economics, History, Political Science, or Sociology. Students are
urged to take their hours of concentration in the field in which
they intend to work after graduation.
No second field is required with the comprehensive social studies
major. If a student with a major in another subject area (English,
Library Science, etc.) wishes to seek a second field of concentra-
tion in one of the Social Sciences,, a total of 24 semester hours
must be completed in a single field. There is no comprehensive
Social Studies minor and the state will not certify teaching in Com-
prehensive Social Studies for 18 or 24 hours.
REQUIRED:
c.h. s.h.
Hist. Ill History of Ancient and Medieval
Civilization 3 3
Hist. 112 History of Modem Civilization 3 3
Hist. 213 History of U.S. and Pa 3 3
Hist. Advanced Elective in Amer. Hist 3 3
Econ. 211 Principles of Economics 3 3
Soc. 211 Principles of Sociology 3 3
P.S. 211 American Government 3 3
ELECTIVE:
c.h. s.h.
Anth. 211 Anthropology 3 3
Anth. 213 Intro, to Bioantliropology 3 3
Anth. 214 Principles of Human Ecology 3 3
61
Anth.
353
Anth.
354
Anth.
356
Anth.
357
Anth.
358
Anth.
359
Anth.
360
Anth,
400
Econ.
212
Econ.
350
Econ.
352
Econ.
353
Econ.
354
Econ.
355
Econ.
356
Econ.
357
Econ.
358
Econ.
359
Econ.
360
Econ.
450
Econ.
451
Econ.
452
Econ.
453
Hist.
254
Hist.
255
Hist.
256
Hist.
257
Hist.
258
Hist.
259
Hist.
270
Hist.
310
Hist.
311
Hist.
320
Hist.
330
Hist.
335
Hist.
340
Hist.
345
Hist.
354
Hist.
355
Hist.
356
Hist.
357
Hist.
358
Hist.
359
Hist.
360
Hist.
361
Hist.
362
Hist.
365
Hist.
366
Hist.
367
Hist.
400
Hist.
452
Archaeology of Eastern Nortli America 3 3
Cultural History of Africa and Asia 3 3
Field Archaeology 4
Aboriginal South and Central America 3 3
World Prehistory 3 3
Primitive Science and Technology 3 3
Introduction to Folklore 3 3
Individual Research 2 2
Principles of Economics II 3 3
Microeconomic Theory 3 3
Aggregative Economics 3 3
Elements of Statistics 3 3
Money and Banking 3 3
Industrial Relations 3 3
Government Regulations 3 3
PubHc Utilities 3 3
International Economic Relations 3 3
Public Finance 3 3
Comparative Economic Systems 3 3
Managerial Economics 3 3
Business Cycles 3 3
Histor>' of Economic Thought 3 3
Economics Seminar 3 3
History of Latin America:
Colonial Period 3 3
History of Latin America:
National Period 3 3
History of Pennsylvania 3 3
History of the Near East 3 3
Traditional India 3 3
Modern India-Pakistan 3 3
Modem Southeast Asia 3 3
History of the Ancient Greeks 3 3
History of Rome to A.D. 565 3 3
Medieval History 3 3
Europe Ehiring the Renaissance 3 3
Europe During the Reformation 3 3
History of Europe from 1660 to 1814 3 3
History of Europe from 1815 to 1924 3 3
Contemporary American History 3 3
Economic History of U.S 3 3
Contemporary European History 3 3
History of England to 1689 3 3
History of England since 1689 3 3
History of the American Frontier 3 3
Colonial America 3 3
History of American Science and
Technology 3 3
History of the Afro-American 3 3
Russian History to the 20th Century 3 3
Russia in the 20th Century 3 3
Latin America and Its World
Relationships 3 3
Contemporary Asia since World War I 3 3
Diplomatic History of U.Si 3 3
62
Hist.
453
Hist.
454
Hist.
456
Hist.
457
Hist.
458
P.S.
210
P.S.
351
P.S.
352
P.S.
353
P.S.
354
P.S.
355
P.S.
365
P.S.
366
P.S.
375
P.S.
451
P.S.
458
Soc.
351
Soc.
352
Soc.
361
Soc.
362
Soc.
363
20th Century World Histor)' 3 3
The British Empire and Commonwealth
of Nations 3 3
Society and Thought in America to 1865 3 3
Society and Thought in America since 1865 ... 3 3
English Constitutional History 3 3
Introduction to Political Science 3 3
State and Local Govenmient 3 3
International Relations 3 3
International Organization:
Theory and Practice 3 3
Constitutional Law of U.S 3 3
Political Parties & Elections 3 3
Ancient and Medieval Pohtical Thought 3 3
Modern Political Thought 3 3
Public Administration 3 3
Comparative Covemment 3 3
English Constitutional History 3 3
Contemporary Social Problems 3 3
The Family 3 3
Sociology of Deviant Behavior 3 3
Racial and Ethnic Minority Problems 3 3
Urban Sociology 3 3
SPANISH
30 Semester Hours, excluding Spanish 151 & 152
REQUIRED:
c.h. s.h.
*Span. 251 Intermediate Spanish I 3 3
*Span. 252 Intermediate Spanish II 3 3
Span. 255 Hispanic Civilization I 3 3
Span. 256 Hispanic Civilization II 3 3
Span. 351 Advanced Grammar & Composition 3 3
ELECTIVE:
c.h. s.h.
Span. 253 Commercial Spanish 2 2
Span. 350 Advanced Conversation & Composition 3 3
Span. 352 Introduction to Spanish Literature 3 3
Span. 353 The Modem Spanish Drama 3 3
Span. 354 The Modern Spanish Novel 3 3
Span. 355 The "Generation of 1898" 3 3
Span. 359 The Literature of the Golden Age 3 3
Span. 360 Survey of Spanish American Lit 3 3
Span. 361 The History of Mexican Literature 3 3
Span. 451 Supervised Reading in Hispanic Literature ... 3 3
No second field required.
Students participating in foreign study programs must complete
at least six hours of Spanish or Spanish- American literature at Clar-
ion State College, regardless of the number of credits earned
abroad.
*May be omitted upon demonstration of proficiency at second
year level.
63
SPEECH
24 Semester Hours
Four of the following
c.h. s.h.
Fundamentals of Speech 3 3
Voice and Diction 3 3
Introduction to the Theater 3 3
Argumentation and Debate 3 3
Introduction to Oral Interpretation 3 3
c.h. s.h.
Advanced Public Speaking 2 2
Parliamentary Procedure 1 1
Introduction to Speech Correction 3 3
Principles of Acting I 3 3
Stagecraft and Lighting 3 3
Advanced Debate 2 2
Discussion 2 2
Persuasion 3 3
General Semantics 3 3
Summer Drama Workshop 6 6
Advanced Theater Production 6 6
Play Direction 3 3
Psychology of Speech . .\, 3 3
History of the Theater . . . /\. 3 3
Principles of Acting II \. 3 3
Principles of Stage Design . . . . > 3 3
Theatrical Costume and Makeup 3 3
Classical Rhetoric 3 3
British Public Address 3 3
Ad\ anced Speech 3 3
Applied Phonetics 3 3
Radio and Television 5 3
Creative Dramatics 3 3
AdA'anced Oral Interpretation 2 2
Students seeking a concentration in the Field of Speech may fol-
low the core of required courses with specialization in General
Speech, Public Address, or Theater. Course requirements and se-
quences may be determined by the student with the help of his ad-
viser.
REQUIRED: Fo
Sp
113
Sp
251
Sp
253
Sp
256
Sp
354
ELECTIVE:
Sp
114
Sp
115
Sp
252
Sp
254
Sp
255
Sp
257
Sp
264
Sp
311
Sp
312
Sp
350
Sp
351
Sp
352
Sp
358
Sp
359
Sp
361
Sp
362
Sp
363
Sp
411
Sp
412
Sp
451
Sp
453
Sp
454
Sp
455
Sp
465
64
SPECIAL FIELDS AND SERVICES
THE CURRICULUM IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
The State Council of Education on December 3, 1937, approved
a curriculum for the education of school librarians at Clarion State
College. In 1961 the State Council of Education also approved a
twelve-semester hour curriculum for endorsement in elementary
school librarianship. A valid teaching certificate in elementary edu-
cation is a prerequisite. This endorsement is valid only in those
grades designated for the elementary schools. Library science
courses are also offered as one of the elective fields for Liberal Arts
students.
Students enrolled for the B. S. degree in Education with special-
ization in Library Science are required by the Pennsylvania De-
partment of Public Instruction to complete 24 semester hours of
course work in this area as part of the degree requirement. Upon
completion of the degree program, the graduate is ehgible for cer-
tification as a public school librarian in all grades of the public
schools of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Clarion's library science program offers a series of courses which
will ( 1 ) meet the State requirements for elementary and secondary
school librarianship, (2) give pertinent training in school library
techniques and management, (3) broaden the student's knowledge
and training in the use of educational media, (4) provide the pre-
requisite courses for the Master of Science in Library Science de-
gree, (5) qualify students as librarians for pubHc library service.
Students specializing in library science must also complete mini-
mum requirements of 18 or more credits in one or more academic
fields such as a foreign language, geography, mathematics, English,
history, or earth and space science. They are required to do stu-
dent teaching for 9 weeks in this second field as well as practice
work in a school library for 9 weeks.
The degree program student begins his Hbrary science courses in
the sophomore year. It is recommended that the student have at
the minimum a "C" average to enter the program. An average of
"C" or better is required in library science courses; otherwise the
student may be advised to withdraw from the program. Also desir-
able is the ability to use the typewriter and a reading knowledge
of a modern foreign language. The latter is particularly significant
if the student plans to pursue a graduate degree after the comple-
tion of his undergraduate program.
65
THE CURRICULUM IN
LIBRARY SCIENCE EDUCATION
(Sequence of courses subject to change
for administrative reasons.)
1st Semester
Eng. Ill : Composition 11 3
Ph.Sci.lll: Basic I 3
Biol. Ill: Basic 4
Geog. Ill : Basic 3
Hist. 112 : Modern Civ 3
HPE : Phys. Ed. I 2-1
18-17
2nd Semester
Eng. 112: Composition II 3
Ph.Sci. 112: Basic II 3
I Spch. 113: Fundamentals 3
Math. 112: Basic 3
I Hist. 213 : U.S. and Pa 3
HPE 111 : Health 2
17
3rd Semester
Art 111: Visual Arts 3
Eng. 213 : Introduction 31
L.S. 257 : Basic Reference 3,
L.S. 255: Hist, or Bks. & Libs. 2
L.S. 259 : Art for Librarians . . 2-1.
HPE : Phys. Ed. ]I 2-1
L.S. 432 : Colloquium 0
Elective 3
18-16
4th Semester
/ Mus. Ill : Introduction 3
) Psy. 211: General 3
or ) L.S. 256: Admin, of Sch. Libs... 3
VL.S. 258: Selection of Lib.
Mtls 3
HPE : Phys. Ed. Ill 2-1
L.S. 432 : Colloquium 0
Elective _3
17-16
5th Semester
Ed. 223 : Social Foundations . . 3 Psy.
Psy. 321 : Adolescent 2 Ed.
Ed. 329 : Audio- Visual Ed 3-2 **L.S.
♦L.S. 356: Lib. Mtls. for L.S.
Young People 3 L.S.
L.S. 432 : Colloquium 0
Electives 6
17-16
6th Semester
222 : Educational 3
: Methods in Acad. Fid. 3
359 : Curriculum Enr 3
357 : Cat. & Class 3
432 : Colloquium 0
Electives 6
18
7th Semester (or 8th)
Ed. 422: Prof. Prac. &
School Law
Ed. 423 : Lib. Practice
Ed. 424: Student Teaching
8th Semester (or 7th)
Econ. 211 or Soc. 211 (Prin. of)
or Anth. 211 3
Phil. 211 : Introduction 3
Geog. 257 or 254: U.S. & Canada
or Conservation 3
P.S. 211 : Am. Government 3
L.S. 358: Lib. Mtls. for Child... 3
L.S. 432 : Colloquium 0
15-15
** Prerequisite: L.S. 258.
**This course is a prerequisite to stucient teaching.
Freshmen are not admitted to Hbrary science courses.
Students should famiharize themselves with prerequisite require-
ments by referring to the latest college catalog and by inquiring at
the Division of Library Science.
In order to be assigned to student teaching, all students special-
izing in library science must have completed L.S. 256, 257, 258,
259, 356, 357, 359 or their equivalents, plus eighteen hours in a
minor field and the methods course in that field.
66
CURRICULUM FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY SCIENCE CONCENTRATION
(Sequence of courses subject to change
for administrative reasons.)
1st Semester
Eng 111 : Composition I .
Phi.Sci. Ill : Basic I
Hist. 213: U.S. & Pa. ...
Math. Ill : Basic
Geog. Ill : Basic
HPE : Phys. Ed. I ..
3
S
3
2- 1
17-16
2nd Semester
Eng. 112 : Composition II 3
! Phi.Sci. 112 : Basic II 3
Art Oil : Fundamentals 2-1
Biol. Ill : Basic 4
Spch. 113 : Fundamentals 3
HPE 111: Health 2
17-16
3rd Semester
Eng. 213 : Intro, to Lit 3 Ed.
Psy. 211 : General 3 Art
Mus. 131: Lit. & Mtls. I (El.).. 3, ,Mus.
L.S. 257: Basic Reference 3 J /Hist.
Art 231: Studio Experiences ... 3- 2\ or 1 Art
HPE : Phys. Ed. II 2- l/ <
L.S. 256: Adm. of Sch. Libs. ... 31 1 HPE
L.S. 432 : Colloquium 0/ f L.S.
20-18 L-S-
4th Semster
223 : Social Found 3
111: Visual Arts 3
132: Lit. & Mtls. II El.) . . 3
112 : Modern Civ 3
222: Teaching Art in
the El. Grs 3-2
: Phys. Ed. Ill 2-1
258: Sel. of Lib. Mtls 3
432 : Colloquium 0
20-18
5th Semester
Psy. 320: Human Growth &
Development 5
El.Ed. 324 : Teaching of Arith 3
Sci. 231 : Fused Science 2
*L.S. 358: Lib. Mtls. for Child. .. 3
L.S. 357: Cat. & Class 3
L.S. 432: Colloquium 0
16-16
6th Semester
El.Ed. 325 : Modern Curr. Meth. . . 5
El.Ed. 323 : Teach, of Reading 3
Geo. 257 or 254: U.S. & Canada
or Conservation 3
Sci. 222: Teaching Sci. El. Gr. 2
**L.S. 359: Curriculum Enrichment 3
L.S. 432: Colloquium 0
16-16
7th Semester (or 8th)
P.S. 211 : American Govt 3
Phil. 211 : Introduction 3
Soc. 211 or Econ. 211 (Prin. of)
or Anth. 211 3
Ed. 329 : Audio Visual Ed 3-2
Eng. 331 : Children's Lit 3
Elective 3
L.S. 432 : Colloquium 0
18-17
8th Semester (or 7th)
El.Ed. 423 : Lib. Practice 15- 6
El.Ed. 424 : St. Teaching 15- 6
El.Ed. 422: Prof. Pract.
& Sch. Law 2- 2
32-14
♦Prerequisite : L.S. 258
♦♦This course is a prerequisite to
student teaching.
Freshmen are not admitted to library science courses.
Students should familiarize themselves with prerequisite require-
ments by referring to the latest college catalog and by inquiring at
the Division of Library Science.
In order to be assigned to student teaching, students should have
completed L.S. 256, 257, 258, 357, 358, and 359.
A total of 128 sem. hrs. constitutes the minimum which must be
completed for the degree.
67
REQUIRED:
L.S.
255
L.S.
256
L.S.
257
L.S.
258
L.S.
259
L.S.
356
L.S.
357
L.S.
358
L.S.
359
ELECTIVES:
L.S.
455
L.S.
457
LIBRARY SCIENCE
24 Semester Hours
c.h. s.h.
History of Books and Libraries 2 2
Administration of School Libraries 3 3
Basic Reference Sources and Services 3 3
Selection of Library Materials 3 3
Art for Librarians 2 1
Library Materials for Young People 3 3
Cataloging and Classification 3 3
Library Materials for Children 3 3
Curriculum Enrichment 3 3
c.h. s.h.
Non-Book Materials as Library Resources 3 3
Independent Study Seminar 1-3
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARIANSHIP PROGRAM
18 Semester Horn's
REQUIRED: c.h. s.h.
L.S. 256 Administration of School Libraries 3 3
L.S. 257 Basic Reference Sovuces and Services 3 3
L.S. 258 Selection of Library Materials 3 3
L.S. 357 Cataloging and Classification 3 3
L.S. 358 Library Materials for Children 3 3
L.S. 359 Curriculum Enrichment 3 3
Elementary majors choosing Library Science to fulfill the con-
centration requirement are to complete the 18 credits listed above.
Elementary teachers with a valid College Certificate in elemen-
tary education may have their certificates endorsed in Library Sci-
ence upon completion of 12 semester hours in this field, including
L.S. 256, 258, 357, and 358.
THE DEGREE PROGRAM IN MUSIC EDUCATION
The curriculum for majors in music education at Clarion State
College, leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in Music Edu-
cation, combines a broad requirement in general education with
advanced study in theory, history and literature of music, applied
music, specialized courses in music education, and participation in
musical organizations. The emphasis of the program is two-fold:
A. The achievement of significant musical understanding and
ability: Musicianship.
B. The development of skills and techniques necessary for the
eflFective communication of musical understanding and ability
to others: Teaching Ability.
68
The purpose of this program is to train prospective public
school teachers specializing in music education, with certification
in all of the following areas:
A. Elementary music education, from kindergarten through the
sixth grade, including instrumental classes.
B. Junior high school music programs, including general music,
instrumental and vocal classes.
C. Secondary school music programs, including all vocal and
instrumental activities, general music, and elective academic
courses in theory, music history, etc.
GENERAL EDUCATION
Sem.
Hrs.
ENGLISH COMPOSITION 6
Eng. Ill Composition I
Eng. 112 Composition II
HUMANITIES 9
Literature, Art, Philosophy, Speech & Drama
(Eng. 213, Art 111, Phil. 211, Sp. 113, or
others by advisement)
SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 9
Biology, Geography, Physical Science, Mathematics
(Biol. Ill, Phys. Sci. Ill, 112, Geog. Ill, Math. Ill,
or others by advisement)
SOCIAL SaENCES (Select two) 6
Hist. 112 Modem Civilization
Hist. 212 U.S. & Pa. since '65
P.S. 211 American Government
ELECTIVE COURSES 6
Two courses from the following areas:
a. Literature, Art, Philosophy, Speech & Drama
b. History, Sociology, Political Science, Economics
c. Biology, Physical Science, Geography, Mathematics
PSY. 21: GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 3
PSY. 322: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION 4
THEORY OF MUSIC 8
Mus. 135 Theory of Music I
Mas. 136 Theory of Music II
HISTORY & LITERATURE OF MUSIC 6
Mus. 151 History & Literature of Music I
Mus. 152 History & Literature of Music II
Total 60
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
Sem.
Hrs.
Ed. 223 Social Foundations of Education 3
Psy. 222 Educational Psychology 3
69
Mus. 333 Elementary Music Methods 3
Mus. 334 Junior High & Secondary Music Methods 3
Mus. 362 Instrumental Methods 2
Mus. 363 Vocal Methods (2)
Ed. 422 Professional Practicum 2
Ed. 432 Student Teaching 10
Total 28
AREA OF SPECIALIZATION
Sem.
Hrs.
Mus. 235 Theory of Music III 4
Mus. 236 Theory of Music IV 4
Mus. 251 History & Literature of Music III 3
Mus. 252 History & Literature of Music IV 3
Mus. 365 Conducting I . 2
Mus. 366 Conducting II 2
Mus. 367 Orchestration 2
KEYBOARD AND VOICE PROFICIENCY
*Mus. 160 Piano Class 1
Mus. 161 Piano ( 3 semesters ) 3
*Mus. 162 Voice Class 1
Mus. 163 Voice (2 semesters) 2
•"Elective 3
INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES 7
Mus. 261 I: Violin, Viola
Mus. 262 II: Cello, String Bass
Mus. 263 III: Flute, Oboe, Saxophone
Mus. 264 IV: Clarinet, Bassoon
Mus. 265 V: Trumpet, French Horn
Mus. 266 VI: Trombone, Tuba
Mus. 267 VII: Percussion
APPLIED FIELD OF PERFORMANCE 7
Voice, Piano, Instrument- (Mus. 161, 163, 164, 165,
166, 167, 168, 169, or 170)
PERFORMING ORGANIZATION
( No credit— six semester of participation required )
Total 41
* Students whose applied field of performance is Voice or Piano
will substitute an approved music elective, as appropriate: Music
351-358, incl.; Mus. 361, 364, or 368.
70
I
DEGREE PROGRAM IN MUSIC EDUCATION
Sample four-year curriculum for students whose field of per-
formance is instrumental. The curriculum for students whose field
of performance is piano or voice is similar.
1st Semester: 16 s.h.
Eng. Ill : Composition I
Gen. Ed. requirements
or Electives
s.h.
3
Mus.
Mus.
Mus.
Eng. 112 : Composition II
Gen. Ed. requirements
or Electives
HPE 112 : Physical Education . . .
2nd Semester: 17
3 Mus.
s.h.
Mus.
Mus.
8.h.
135 : Theory of Music I 4
Applied Music 1
160 : Piano Class 1
261 : Inst. Tech. I 1
Performing Org 0
7
136 : Theory of Music II . . 4
Applied Music 1
161 : Piano 1
262: Inst. Tech. II 1
Performing Org 0
7
3rd Semester: 17 s.h.
HPE
Gen. Ed. requirements
or Electives
212 : Physical Education . . .
Mus.
Mus.
Mus.
Mus.
235 : Theory of Music III . . 4
151: His. & Lit. of Music. I 1
Applied Music 1
161 : Piano 1
263 : Inst. Tech. Ill 1
Performing Org 0
10
4th Semester: 18 s.h.
Psy. 211 : General Psychology
Ed. 223: Soc. Found, of Ed.
HPE 111: Health Education .
Mus.
Mus.
Mus.
Mus.
5th Semester 17 s.h.
Gen. Ed. requirements
or Electives 3
Psy. 222: Educational Psychology 3
Mus. 333: Elem. Music Methods . 3
Mus.
Mus.
Mus.
Mus.
236 : Theory of Music IV . . 4
152: His. & Lit. of Mus. II 3
Applied Music 1
161 : Piano 1
264: Inst. Tech. IV 1
Performing Org 0
10
251 : His. & Lit. of Mus. HI 3
365 : Conducting I 2
Applied Music 1
162 : Voice Class 1
265: Inst. Tech. V 1
Performing Org 0
6th Semester: 16 s.h.
Psy. 322 : Human Development . . 3 Mus. 252 : His. & Lit. of Mus. IV 3
Mus. 334 : Jr. High & Sec. Mus. 366 : Conducting II 2
Music Methods 3 Applied Music 1
Mus. 363 : Vocal Methods 2 Mus. 163 : Voice 1
g Mus. 266 : Inst. Tech. VI 1
Performing Org 0
8
7th Semester (or 8th) : 16 s.h.
Gen. Ed. requirements Mus. 367 : Orchestration 2
or Electives 9 Applied Music 1
Mus. 362 : Instrumental Methods (2) Mus. 267 : Inst. Tech. VII 1
Mus. 363: (or) Vocal Methods .. 2 Mus. 163 : Voice 1
11 5
(Performing Org.-optional) 0
8th Semester (or 7th) : 12 s.h.
Ed. 422: Professional Practicum 2
Ed. 432: Student Teaching 10
12
Total Credits required for Graduation = 129 s.h.
71
THE CURRICULUM IN PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING
60 Semester Hours
The curriculum in public school nursing, open only to persons
who are Registered Nurses, leads to the degree of Bachelor of Sci-
ence in Pubhc School Nursing.
GENERAL EDUCATION
c.h. s.h.
Eng. Ill Freshman Composition I 3 3
Eng. 213 Introduction to Literature 3 3
Sp. 113 Fundamentals of Speech 3 3
Hist. 112 History of Modem Civilization 3 3
Hist. 213 History of U.S. and Pa 3 3
P.S. 211 American Government 3 3
Soc. 211 Principles of Sociology 3 3
Electives 11
Total 32
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
Ed. 223 Social Foundations of Education 3 3
Psy. 211 General Psychology 3 3
Psy. 222 Educational Psychology 3 3
Psy. 321 Psychology of Adolescence 2 2
Ed. 329 Audio-Visual Education 3 2
Total . 13
SPECIALIZED EDUCATION
N. 351 Public School Nursing 3 3
N. 352 Specialized Health Problems of
School Aged Children 3 3
N. 353 Family Case Work 3 3
N. 354 Public Health Nursing 3 3
S.E. 211 General Safety Education 3 3
Total 15
SAFETY EDUCATION PROGRAM
12 Semester Hours
REQUIRED: c.h. s.h.
S.E. 351 Driver Education and TraflBc Safety 3 3
S.E. 211 General Safety Education 3 3
ELECTIVE:
c.h. s.h.
S.E. 212 Organization and Administration
of Safety Education 3 3
S.E. 213 Materials and Methods of Teaching
Safety in the Secondary Schools 3 3
S.E, 214 The Psychology of Accident Prevention 3 3
S.E. 215 Visual and Other Aids in Safety Education ... 3 3
Any college certificate may be extended to include Driver Edu-
cation and General Safety Education by completion of 12 semester
hours of above courses. However, such course work will not fulfill
second field requirements for secondary majors or concentration
requirements for elementary majors.
72
DEGREE PROGRAMS
IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
TEACHING THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Professional Education and Area of Specialization-
Mental Retardation
Required of all Mental Retardation Majors
Ed. 223 Social Foundations of Education 3
Ed. 329 Audio-Visual Education 2
Psy. 322 Developmental Psychology 3
El. Ed. 323 Teaching of Reading 3
El. Ed. 324 Teaching of Arithmetic 3
SPA 334 Speech Correction for the Classroom Teacher 3
Sp. Ed. Ill Introduction to Exceptional Children 3
Sp. Ed. 220 Nature of Mental Retardation 3
Sp. Ed. 221 Neurological Impairment 3
Sp. Ed. 321 Curriculum Development for Exceptional
Children (M.R.) 3
Sp. Ed. 322 Educational Appraisal in Mental Retardation 3
Sp. Ed. 422 Methods of Teaching Exceptional
Children (M.R.) 3
Sp. Ed. 424 Laboratory Methods with Exceptional
Children (M.R.) 3
Ed. 422 Professional Practicmn 2
Sp. Ed 429 Student Teaching 12
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES 16 sem. hrs.
May be selected from the follovidng:
Anth. 213, 214
Art 222, 231, 232, 233, 312
El. Ed. 332
Eng. 331
Geog. 256
Mus. 131, 132
Psy. 251, 323, 332, 334, 335, 451, 452, 454, 455, 456, 458, 464
Soc. 351, 352, 361
SPA 231
Sp. Ed. 423
Note: For General Education requirements in Teaching the Men-
tally Retarded see p. 48.
73
THE CURRICULUM IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
Mental Retardation
Sequence of courses subject to change
for administrative reasons
1st Semester
Eng. Ill : Composition 1 3 Eng.
Ph.Sci. Ill : Basic I 3 Ph.Sci.
Math. Ill: Basic 3 Biol.
Geog. Ill : Basic 3 Sp.
Art 111 : Visual Arts 3 Sp.Ed.
HPE 111: Health 2 HPE
17-17
2nd Semester
112 : Composition II 3
112: Basic II 3
111: Basic 4
113: Fundamentals 3
111: Educ. of Exc. Children 3
: Physical Education . . 2-1
18ll7
3rd Semester
Psy. 211 : General Psychology . . 3 Psy.
Eng. 213 : Intro, to Lit 3 Ed.
Mus. Ill : Introduction 3 Hist.
Hist. 213 : U.S. and Pa. Hist 3 Sp.Ed.
Sp.Ed. 220: Nature of M. R 3 HPE
HPE : Physical Education . . 2- 1
17-16
4th Semester
322 : Developmental Psy.
223 : Social Foundations
112 : Modern Civilization
221 : Neurol. Impairment
: Physical Education
Electives ,
5th Semester
Phil. 211 : Introduction 3
El.Ed. 323 : Teaching of Reading . . 3
Sp.Ed. 321 : Curriculum Dev 3
Sp.Ed. 322 : Education, Appraisal . 3
Elective 3
15-15
6th Semester
El.Ed. 324 : Teaching of Arith. ... 3
Geog. 257 or 254 : U.S. & Can. or Cons. 3
SPA 334: Sp. Corr. for
Class. Teach 3
Sp.Ed. 422 : Methods 3
Ed. 329 : A-V Education 3-2
Elective §
18-17
7th Semester (or 8th)
P.S. 211 : American Gov 3
Soc. 211 or Econ. 211 or Anth. 211: 3
Sp.Ed. 423 : Lab. Methods 3
Electives 6
15-15
8th Semester (or 7th)
Sp.Ed. 429: Student Teaching
Ed. 422: Professional Prac.
DEGREE PROGRAM IN SPEECH
PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY
This program provides the academic background necessary for
graduate study in Speech Pathology and Audiology and leads to
the degree Bachelor of Science in Speech Pathology and Audiology.
REQUIRED COURSES:
c.h. s.h.
Sp. Ed. Ill Education of Exceptional Children 3 3
SPA 450 Clinical Phonetics 3 3
SPA 451 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanism . . 3 3
SPA 452 Speech Problems 3 3
SPA 453 Speech Pathology 3 3
SPA 460 Hearing Problems 3 3
SPA 463 Speech Reading and Auditory Training 3 3
SPA 468 Speech and Hearing Clinic I: Practicum TJz 3
Ed. 223 Social Foundations of Education 3 3
Ed. 329 Audio-Visual Communication 3 2
El. Ed. 323 Teaching of Reading 3 3
Psy. 320 Human Growth and Development 5 5
74
Psy. 323 Mental Hygiene 3 3
Ed. 422 Professional Practicum including School Law . . 2 2
SPA 422 Student Teaching with Speech and
Hearing Handicapped 30 12
ELECnVES: 14 semester hours may be selected from among the following:
SPA 454, 464, 469
Anth. 211, 213, 214
Ed. 224
El. Ed. 321
Eng. 331, 457
Math. 151, 152, 161, 221, 358
Psy. 251, 321, 331, 333, 354, 355, 451, 452, 454, 455, 456, 458
Soc. 351, 352, 361
Sp. Ed. 220, 221, 322
Sp. 251, 312, 358, 451, 453
Phil. Ill, 355
Foreign Language 6 sem. hrs.
NOTE: For General Education requirements in Speech Pathology
and Audiology see page 48.
THE CURRICULUM IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY
AND AUDIOLOGY
Sequence of courses subject to change
for administrative reasons
Eng.
Ph.Sci.
HPE
Math.
Sp.
Hist.
SPA
SPA
Psy.
Eng.
HPE
1st Semester
111 : Composition I 3
111: Basic Physical Sci. I .. 3
: Physical Education . . 2-1
111 : Basic Mathematics .... 3
113 : Fundamentals of Sp. . . 3
112 : Modern Civ 3
17-16
3rd Semester
451 : Speech Problems 3
450 : Clinical Phonetics .... 3
211 : General Psychology . . 3
213 : Intro, to Lit 3
111 : Health Education 2
Elective 3
17-17
2nd Semester
Eng. 112: Composition II 3
Ph.Sci. 112 : Basic Phy. Sci. II . . . 3
HPE : Physical Education . . 2-1
Geog. Ill: Basic Phy. Geog 3
Sp.Ed. Ill : Ed. of Ex. Ch 3
Biol. Ill : Basic Biol. Sci 4
18-17
4th Seniester
Speech Pathology . . . .
Anat. of Sp. & Hrng.
Mech
Developmental Psy. . .
Geog. 257 or Geog. 254: U.S. & Can.
or Cons, of Nat. Res.
Ed. 223 : Soc. Found, of Ed. . . .
Elective
SPA
SPA
Psy.
453:
451:
322:
3
3
2
17-17
SPA
SPA
Hist.
Mus.
HPE
Phil.
P.S.
Soc.
Ed.
5th Semester
460 : Hearing Problems 3 SPA 463 :
468: Sp. & Hrng. Clinic I: Psy. 323;
Practicum 7%- 3 Art 111
213: Hist, of U.S. & Pa. . . 3 El.Ed. 323
111: Intro, to Music 3
: Physical Education ... 2-1
Elective 3
2iy2-16
7th Semester (or 8th)
211 : Intro, to Phil 3 SPA
211 : American Gov 3
211 : Prin. of Soc. or
Econ. 211 or Anth. 211 3 Ed.
329 : Audio- Visual Com 3-2
Electives 6
18-17
6th Semester
Sp. Rdng. & Aud. Trng. 3
Mental Hygiene 3
Visual Arts 3
Teaching of Reading . . 3
Electives 6
18-18
8th Semester (or 7th)
422: Student Teaching with
Sp. & Hrng. Handi-
capped !
Prof. Practicum
including School Law .
422:
0-12
75
VENANGO CAMPUS
ELEMENTARY COURSE OFFERINGS
Sequence of courses subject to change
for administrative reasons
1st Semester
Eng. Ill : Composition I 3-3 Eng.
Sp. 113 : Speech 3- 3 Biol.
Hist. 112 : Modern Civilization ... 3- 3 Hist.
Geog. Ill : Basic 3-3 Art
Ph.Sci. Ill : Basic I 3- 3 Ph.Sci.
Math. Ill : Basic (Elem.) 3- 3 HPE
18-18
2nd Semester
112 : Composition H 3-3
111 : Basic 4- 4
213 : U.S. & Pa 3- 3
Oil : Fundamentals 2- 1
112 : Basic II 3- 3
111 : Health 2- 2
17-16
3rd Semester
Eng. 213 : Intro, to Literature ... 3-3 Geog.
Psy. 211 : General Psychology ... 3-3 Psy.
Mus. 131 : Lit. & Mat. I 3-8 Mus.
Soc. 211 : Prin. of Sociology (or) 3- 3 P.S.
Econ. 211: Prin. of Economics ...(3- 3) Art
Ed. 223 : Soc. Found, of Ed 3-3 Art
Art 231 : Studio Experiences 3- 2
18-17
4th Semester
257 : U.S. & Canada 3-3
222 : Ed. Psychology 3-3
132 : Lit. & Mat. TL 3- 3
211 : American Gov't. 3- 3
111 : Visual Arts 3- 3
222: Teach. Art El. Gr. ..._3-^2
18-17
VENANGO CAMPUS
SECONDARY COURSE OFFERINGS
Sequence of courses subject to change
for administrative reasons
Ist Semester
Eng. Ill : Composition I 3-3 Eng.
Hist. 112 : Modern Civilization ... 3-3 Hist.
Geog. Ill : Basic 3-3 Sp.
Ph.Sci. Ill : Basic I (or) 3-3 Ph.Sci.
Chem. 151 : Inorganic I (8-5) Chem.
Math. 112: Basic (Sec.) (or) 3-3 Biol.
Math. 171: Coll. Alg. & Trig. ...(4- 4) Math.
HPE 111: Health 2- 2
17-17
(18-18)
2nd Semester
112 : Composition II 3-3
213 : U.S. & Pa 3-3
113 : Speech 3-3
112 : Basic II (or) 3- 3
152 : Inorganic II (8- 5)
111 : Basic (or) 4-4
172: Cal. w/Anal. Geom. I . 4- 4
16-16
3rd Semester
Eng. 213 : Intro, to Lit 3-3 P.S. 211
Psy. 211 : General Psych 3- 3 Psy. 222
Mus. Ill: Intro, to Music 3-3 Art 111
Soc. 211 : Prin. of Soc. (or) 3-3 Geog. 257
Econ. 211: Prin. of Econ (3-3) Geog. 254
Ed. 223 : Social Found, of Ed. . . 3- 3
(or) Elective (3- 3)
15-15
4th Semester
American Govt 3-3
Ed. Psych 3- 3
Visual Arts 3- 3
U..S. & Canada (or) . . 3- 3
Cons. Nat. Res (3- 3)
Elective 3-_3
15-15
Biol.
153
Biol.
201
Psy.
331
Eng.
251
Fr.
151
Fr.
251
Fr.
255
Span.
151
Span.
251
Span.
255
Math.
271
Mus.
256
Hist.
111
Ph.
251
Sp.
251
ELECTIVES
Gen. Biology I 6-4 Biol. 164
Genetics 5- 3 Biol. 202 ;
Child Psych 3-3 Eng. 355
English Lit 3-8 Eng. 252 ;
Elem. French I 3-3 Fr. 152 ;
Interm. French I 8-3 Fr. 252 :
French Civil. I 3-3 Fr. 266!
Elem. Spanish I 3- 3 Span. 152 ;
Interm. Span. I 3-3 Span. 252 ;
Hispanic Civil. I 3-3 Span. 256
Calc. w/Anal. Math. 272
Geometry II 4-4
Ear Training & Math. 211 :
Sight Singing 3-3
Ancient Civil 3-3 Mus. 258 :
Gen. Physics I 6-4 Ph. 252 ;
Voice & Diction 3-3 Sp. 253 :
Geog. 262 1
Gen. Biology II 6-4
Envrn. Biology 6-3
Novel since 1870 3-3
Amer. Lit 3- 3
Elem. French II 3-3
Interm. French II 3-3
French Civil. II 3-3
Elem. Spanish II 3- 3
Interm. Span. II 8-3
Hispanic Civil. II 3-3
Calc. w/Anal.
Geometry III 4-4
Mod. Con. in Math
for Elem. Teach 3-3
Hist, of Mus. II 3-3
Gen. Physics II 6-4
Intro, to Theatere 3-3
Physical Geology 3-3
76
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
OBJECTIVES OF THE CURRICULUiM
The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration is designed to assist students in arriving at
a better understanding of the complex relationships inherent in the
rapidly changing world of business, industry, and government; to
provide educational experiences that will help students develop
their potentiahties for leadership and service; to help stimulate the
growdi of students as individuals and citizens; and to provide a
qualitative environment in which educational enrichment can take
place.
Supplemented by broad general requirements in the humanities,
the social sciences, and the natural sciences, which provide the lib-
eralizing framework essential for real educational development, the
business curriculum ofiFers a well balanced program of courses in
business administration which not only will help to prepare stu-
dents for careers in business, industry, and government but also
will give preparatory training to students who plan to further their
education through graduate study in business or law.
Although there is opportunity to develop some depth in certain
business areas, such as accounting, economics, marketing, and gen-
eral business administration, the emphasis in the program is not
on deep specialization but rather on the development of analytical
ability, intellectual toughness, imagination, the ability to communi-
cate ideas, and adaptability, so that technological change does not
render the education obsolete.
ADMISSION AND FEES
Admission to the business administration program is governed
by the college admissions policy on pages 24-26 of this catalog.
All fees and other charges for the business administration pro-
gram are the same as those listed on pages 31-36.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
The scholarship requirements for business administration stu-
dents are identical to those of all other students in Clarion State
College, summarized on pages 27-29.
THE CURRICULUM
Semester hour credits required for the degree of Bachelor of Sci-
ence in Business Administration:
General Education: 64 credits
Business Foundation Subjects : 27 credits
77
Business Areas of Concentration: 25 credits
Free Electives: 12 credits
Total required for graduation: 128 credits
GENERAL EDUCATION 64 credits
1. ENGLISH COMPOSITION: 6 credits
2. HUMANITIES: 12 credits distributed as follows:
a. Speech 3 credits
b. Electives 9 credits from the following fields: Art,
Foreign Language, Literature, Music, Philosophy, or
Theater Arts.
3. NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS: 12 credits
distributed as follows:
a. Mathematics for Business and Economics 6 credits
b. Natural Sciences 6 credits
4. SOCIAL SCIENCES: 21 credits distributed as follows:
a. Principles of Economics 6 credits
b. Psychology 6 credits
c. Principles of Sociology 3 credits
d. Electives 6 credits from the following fields: Anthro-
pology, History, PoHtical Science, Psychology, or Soci-
ology.
5. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 4 credits
6. Additional Electives in Liberal Arts 9 credits
BUSINESS FOUNDATION SUBJECTS 27 credits
The courses included as Foundation Subjects have been selected
with three primary objectives in mind: (1) To give students an in-
sight into the major functions of organizations whether they be
private business firms or local, state, or federal governmental ag-
encies; (2) To give students an understanding of the major prob-
lems within organizations as they pursue their goals; and (3) To
assist students in using the insights and methods of the humanities,
social sciences, and natural sciences to analyze and illuminate these
problems. Each of the Foundation Subjects either deals with an
important aspect of organization or provides a tool which can be
used in attacking problems that individuals face in organizations.
The following foundation courses are required of all business ad-
ministration students :
1. ACCOUNTING: 6 credits
Bus. Ad. 151, 152: Principles of Accounting I, II. 3 credits
each.
2. ECONOMICS: 3 credits
Econ. 3.50: Microeconomic Theory. 3 credits
Note: Econ. 211, 212: Principles of Economics I, II are
prerequisites to the above course.
78
3. FINANCE:
3 credits
Bus. Ad. 365:
BUSINESS LAW:
Bus. Ad. 362:
MARKETING:
Bus. Ad. 364:
ORGANIZATION
Bus. Ad. 363:
Financial Management.
3 credits
The Legal Environment.
3 credits
Principles of Marketing.
3 credits
Principles of Management. 3 credits
NOTE: Psy. 211: General Psychology is prerequisite to Psy.
453.
QUANTITATIVE: 6 credits
Econ. 353: Elements of Statistics
Bus. Ad. 102: Computer Principles
NOTE: Econ. 211: Principles of Economics I is prerequisite
to Econ. 353.
AREAS OF CONCENTRATION
25 credits
The areas are Accounting, Economics, Marketing, and General
Business Administration. The courses required for each major are
listed below. The additional courses needed to meet the minimum
25 credits in business and economic courses will be elected ia con-
sultation with the student's advisor.
1. ACCOUNTING
Bus. Ad. 251, 252: Intermediate Accounting I, II. 6 credits
Bus. Ad. 351 : Administrative Controls and Analysis. 3 credits
Bus. Ad. 352: Tax Accounting. 3 credits
2. ECONOMICS
Econ. 352:
Econ. 354:
iEcon. 358:
Econ. 452:
3. MARKETING
Bus. Ad. 366
Bus. Ad. 461
Bus. Ad. 465
Macroeconomic Theory. 3 credits.
Money and Banking. 3 credits
International Economic Relations. 3 credits
History of Economic Thought. 3 credits
Marketing Management. 3 credits
Marketing Research. 3 credits
Marketing Problems. 3 credits
4. GENEK\L BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Bus. Ad. 361: Organization Theory and Methods. 3 credits
Bus. Ad. 464: Personnel Management. 3 credits
Bus. Ad. 467: General Business Seminar. 3 credits
Econ. 450: Managerial Economics. 3 credits
FREE ELECTIVES 12 credits
Free electives are available for the student. They may be selected in con-
sultation with the student's advisor in any area of course work offered in the
college.
79
TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION STUDENTS
Ist Semester
Eng. Ill : Comp. I 3
Econ. 211: Prin. I 3
Bus.Ad. 151 : Prin. of Acctng. I 3
Math. 131: Math for Bus. & Econ. 3
HPE 111 : Health Ed 3
Sp. 113: Fund, of Speech 3
17
2nd Semester
Eng. 112: Comp. II 3
Econ. 212 : Prin. II 3
Bus.Ad. 152 : Prin. of Acctng. II . . . 3
Math. 132: Math for Bus. &
Econ. II 3
Liberal Arts Elective . . 3
Phys. Ed 1
16
Psy.
Econ.
Econ.
3rd Semester
211: Gen'l Psych 3
350 : Micro 3
Nat. Science 3
Humanities 3
350 : Elem. of Stat. 3
Phys. Ed 1
16
Note : Accounting majors will substitute
Bus. Ad. 251 : Intermediate Accting. I
for one of the above courses.
4th Semester
Bus.Ad. 102 : Computer Prin 3
Psy. 453 : Ind. Psych 3
Soc. 211: Prin. of Soc 3
Humanities and /or
Liberal Arts Elective . . 6
Nat. Science 3
18
Note: Accounting majors will substitute
Bus. Ad. 252 : Intermediate Accting. II
for one of the above courses.
5th Semester
Bus.Ad. 361: Org. Theory and
Methods 3
Bus.Ad. 363 : Prin. og Mgmt 3
Bus. Major 3
Humanity or
Lib. Arts Elective 3
Soc. Sci. Elective 3
15
6th Semester
Bus.Ad. 364 : Prin. of Mkt 3
Bus.Ad. 362 : Legal Envir 3
Bus.Ad. 365 : Fin. Mgmt 8
Soc. Sci. Elective 8
Bus. Major 3
16
7th Semester
Bus. Major
Humanity or
Lib. Arts Elective
Free Electives . . . .
3
_9
18
8th Semester
Bus. Major . .
Free Elective
13
16
80
LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
OBJECTIVES AND CHARACTERISTICS
The undergraduate program in the arts and sciences at Clarion
State CoUege has two fundamental purposes:
1. To provide the student with a broad general education that
will enable him to adapt to the complexities of the world in
which he must live; that will give him an understanding and
appreciation of the intellectual, cultural, and moral forces
which have shaped our world; and that will engender in him
an intellectual awareness which will make him strive for edu-
cational growth throughout his life.
2. To give the student the depth of knowledge in a discipline
that will enable him to enter a graduate or professional school
or that will provide him with the proper foundations for a
career in government, social service, or industry.
To help achieve these objectives the program of the candidate
for the Bachelor of Arts degree is divided into three categories:
( 1 ) General Education. He completes a series of general education
requirements in the Humanities (EngHsh, music, art, language,
etc.), the Social Sciences (history, political science, economics,
etc.), and the Natural Sciences (biology, mathematics, geology,
etc.) (2) Area of Concentration. He chooses one of the depart-
mental majors available in the Humanities, Social Sciences, or
Natural Sciences and develops a program in depth with the assist-
ance of an adviser. (3) Electives. He takes a number of electives,
in subject areas of his own choice.
Concerned primarily with intellectual growth, the curriculum in
the Liberal Arts and Sciences at Clarion recognizes the individual
nature of this growth and the importance of personal ideals and
moral values. Consequently, the plan for the curriculum provides
a framework within which each student selects his own program
with counsel from a faculty adviser.
ADMISSION AND FEES
Admission to the liberal arts and sciences program is governed
by the admissions policy presented on pages 24-26 of this catalog.
The fees for the liberal arts program are the same as those listed
on pages 31-36.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
The scholarship requirements for students in the Liberal Arts
and Sciences are identical vvdth those for all other students at Clar-
ion State College and are summarized on pages 27-29.
81
THE CURRICULUM
Semester Hours Credit Required for Graduation— 128
GENERAL EDUCATION
The following general requirements must be met by all candi-
dates for the Bachelor of Arts degree regardless of their area of
concentration:
1. English Composition: 6 credits
English 111
English 112
2. Foreign Language: 14 credits
French, German, Russian, or Spanish 151, 152, 251, 252.
This requirement may also be met in whole or part:
a. By an adequate score on the S.A.T. Language Achieve-
ment Examination, as determined by the Foreign Lan-
guage Department. Credit is not granted for exemp-
tions made as a result of this examination.
b. By passing French, German, Russian, or Spanish 252.
3. Health and Physical Education: 4 credits
4. Humanities: 15 credits
The following requirement applies only to students whose
area of concentration is the Social Sciences or the Natural
Sciences and Mathematics. Students in the Humanities must
meet the requirements listed on page
a, A minimum of 3 credits in each of the following fields,
with at least 6 credits in one of them: English and
Philosophy.
b. A total of 6 credits in the Fine Arts, including 3 credits
from at least two of the following fields: Art, Music,
Speech, and Theater.
5. Natural Sciences and Mathematics: 15 credits
The following requirement applies only to students whose
area of concentration is the Humanities or Social Sciences.
Students in the Natural Sciences and Mathematics must meet
the requirements listed on page
a. Three credits in Mathematics of Logic.
b. Twelve additional credits chosen from the following
fields, with at least 6 credits in one of them: Astronomy,
Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Physical
Geography, Physical Science, and Physics.
6. Social Sciences: 15 credits
The following requirement applies only to students whose
area of concentration is the Humanities or the Natural Sciences
and Mathematics. Students in the Social Sciences must meet
the requirements listed on pages 87-89.
82
a. Six credits in History.
b. Three credits in Economics.
c. Three credits in PoHtical Science.
d. Three credits in one o£ the following fields: Anthro-
pology, Psychology, or Sociology.
MAJORS IN THE HUMANITIES
The program for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in one
of the areas of the Humanities combines a broad requirement in
general education with advanced study in at least one of the fol-
lowing disciplines: English, foreign languages, music, philosophy,
speech, and theater arts.
In general, the fields within this area are concerned with two
things. First, they are concerned with the fundamental purposes,
beliefs, and ideals which underlie all human experience and bind
it together. The student, therefore, becomes acquainted in depth
with the intellectual endeavors, the aesthetic expressions, and the
moral strivings that have defined human experience. Second, the
Humanities are concerned with aiding the student to acquire the
skills, sensitivities, and canons of taste essential to appraising, judg-
ing, and creating within his field.
THE PROGRAM
A. Area Requirements
STUDENTS MUST COMPLETE A MINIMUM OF 54 CRED-
ITS IN THE HUMANITIES, NOT COUNTING THE 6 CREDIT
REQUIREMENT IN ENGLISH COMPOSITION AND THE 14
CREDIT REQUIREMENT IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES TAKEN
BY ALL LIBERAL ARTS STUDENTS.
Students who elect to concentrate in the Humanities are re-
quired to take a minimum of 15 credits in general education with-
in the humanities. All of the following fields, except the one which
the student has chosen for major emphasis, must be represented:
art, English, music, philosophy, and speech and theater arts.
B. Majors
Within the Humanities a student may major in one of the fol-
lowing fields. Since the courses are those recommended by the de-
partment involved, variations from the listed pattern should be
made in consultation with a departmental adviser.
Art 39 credits
Required: Art 112, 113, 236, 237, 238, 239
Strongly recommended:
83
Two o£ these: Art 232, 233, 300, 316.
Five of tliese: Art 234, 235, 301, 311, 312, 315, Phil. 354, Psy.
458.
English 36 credits
Required: Enghsh 213, 251, 252
Strongly recommended:
Two of these: English 255, 353, 453, 455.
Two of these: EngHsh 256, 354, 454.
Three of these, two of which must be in American Literature:
English 257, 261, 262, 263, 355.
Two of these: EngHsh 451, 452, 457, 458, 459.
Foreign Languages 30 credits
French, German, Russian, and Spanish. Required for aU lan-
guages: 251, 252, 255, 256, 351. (Note that 151 and 152 do not
count toward the major). A minimum of 15 additional credits
elected from courses numbered 350 and above.
Strongly recommended: English 457, 458; Speech 312.
Music 37 credits
Required: Music 135, 136, 235, 236 (Theory of Music I-IV, 16
credits) Music 151, 152, 251, 252 (History and Literature of
Music I-IV, 12 credits ) . The remaining 9 credits are distributed
among applied music (6 credits) and an elective (3 credits)
to be chosen in consultation with a departmental adviser. Par-
ticipation in a musical organization, without credit, is required
for a minimum of six semesters.
Philosophy 27 credits
Required: Philosophy 111, 211, 212, 255, 256, 450. The remain-
ing 9 credits are electives, which should be chosen in consul-
tation with a departmental adviser. Philosophy 352 and 353
are recommended as electives.
Speech 36 credits
Required of all students regardless of concentration within the
department, four of the following: Speech 113, 251, 253, 256,
354. Concentrations: Public Address. Speech 114, 264. Three
of the following: Speech 311, 411, 412, 451. Speech electives:
11 credits. General Speech. 6 credits in each of the following
areas: public address, oral interpretation, and theater (speech
science may be substituted for one of the areas ) . Speech elec-
tives: 6 credits.
Theater 39 credits
Required: Speech 253, 254, 352, 359, 362, English 353 (Shake-
peare), Philosophy 354 (Aesthetics). Electives: 18 credits to
84
be taken by students in consultation with a departmental ad-
viser.
Area Major 39 credits
Instead of majoring in a specific subject field within the Hu-
manities, a student may choose to complete area requirements
by taking a minimum of 39 additional credits distributed in
the following fields: art, English, foreign languages, music,
philosophy, speech and theater arts.
C. Electives
The number of credits in free electives available to a student
majoring in the Humanities will vary from program to program.
The student should choose his elective courses with the assistance
of a faculty adviser.
MAJORS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
The program for a Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in one
of the areas of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics combines a
broad requirement in general education with advanced study in
biology, chemistry, earth science, mathematics, and physics.
The natural sciences are concerned with describing, explaining,
and predicting events in the natural world. Work taken in the area
is, for the most part, quite specialized, each field having developed
a broad body of cumulative knowledge and procedures that are
rigorous and analytical. Extensive work taken in the sciences, how-
ever, brings the student into contact with both mathematics and
some of the other fields in this area. Consequently, students who
elect to concentrate in the Natural Sciences and Mathematics
should strive both for deep comprehension in a particular field and
for an understanding of the problems, procedures, and results of
related fields.
THE PROGRAM
A. Area Requirements
STUDENTS MUST COMPLETE A MINIMUM OF 54 CRED-
ITS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS.
The language requirement for students majoring in this area
should be met in French or German.
All students who major in the Natural Sciences and Mathematics
must arrange their programs so that each of the following fields is
represented: biology, chemistry, earth science, mathematics, and
physics.
85
B. Majors
Within the Natural Sciences and Mathematics a student may
major in one of the following subject fields. Variations from the
listed patterns should be made only in consultation with depart-
mental advisers.
Note: Because of the important sequential nature of the pro-
grams in this area, the student should consult with a depart-
mental adviser at his earliest opportunity to be assured of de-
veloping the proper pattern.
Biological Sciences 29 credits
Students may elect a program in one of the following special-
ized areas: Physiological Biology, Structural and Develop-
mental Biology, Environmental Biology; or they may plan a
general program.
Required biology courses for all students: Biology 153, 154,
201, 202, 203. The remaining credits to be chosen from ap-
proved electives.
Required supplementary courses: Mathematics 171; Chemistry
153, 154, 254; Physics 251, 252.
Chemistry 35 credits
Required: Chemistry 151, 152, 251, 252, 352, 355, 356, 357, 461,
and 470. Required mathematics courses: 171, 172, 271, 272.
Required physics courses: 251, 252 or 258, 259. German is the
recommended foreign language. Chemistry majors who hope
to proceed to graduate school are advised to elect advanced
inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry; Mathematics 350
and Physics 353 are also desirable.
Physical Geography 30 credits
Required: Geography 111, 252, 253, 258, 351, 352, 451. The
remaining 9 credits to be elected from Geography 251, 254,
257, 353, 355, 356, 357, 452, 453, 455, 456, and 459. Required
mathematics courses: Mathematics 171, 172.
Mathematics 40 credits
Required: Mathematics 171, 172, 271, 272, 371, 372, 471, 472
and 12 hours of electives numbered 300 or higher.
Physics 38 credits
Required Physics courses: Physics 2.58, 259, 351, 352, 353, 354
and 461.
Recommended Physics Electives: Physics 355, 356, 453, 455,
460.
Required Mathematics courses: Math 171, 172, 271, 272, 350.
Recommended Mathematics courses: Math 352, 358, 471.
86
Required Chemistry courses: Chemistry 153, 154.
Recommended Chemistry covirse: Chemistry 354.
Area Major
Instead of choosing a specific subject field within the Natural
Sciences and Mathematics for major emphasis, a student may
elect an area major to complete the 54 credit area requirement.
If he does, he must choose one or more courses from each of
the fields in the area and a suflBcient number of advanced
courses in one of them to promote a scholarly interest in the
field.
C. Electives.
The number of credits in free electives available to a student
majoring in the Natural Sciences and Mathematics will vary from
program to program. Students should choose their elective courses
with the assistance of a faculty adviser.
MAJORS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
The program for a Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in one
of the areas of the Social Sciences combines a broad requirement
in general education with advanced study in economics, geography,
history, pohtical science, psychology, or sociology-anthropology.
The Social Sciences area of concentration is concerned with man
and his social environment, with human institutions, and with the
modes of procedure by which men live, work, and play together.
While the various fields that comprise this area have developed
methodologies that are appropriate to the groups of institutions and
problems they have selected to explore, they are all so intimately
related that competence in a field presupposes a deep familiarity
with the area in general.
The particular fields and courses selected will depend largely on
the student's interests and needs. Generally, however, each stu-
dent electing to concentrate in this area should strive: (1) to de-
velop a deep understanding of the problems, principles, and prac-
tices of one of the fields in the area; (2) to become competent in
the skills that are necessary for various types of work in that field;
and (3) to comprehend the interrelationship existing between that
field and several others afi^ecting it.
THE PROGRAM
A. Area Requirements
STUDENTS MUST EARN A MINIMUM OF 54 CREDITS IN
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES.
87
All students electing the social science area of concentration are
required to take the following courses:
Economics 211— Principles of Economics 1—3 cr.
Economics 212— Principles of Economics II— 3 cr.
History 111— Ancient and Medieval Civilization— 3 cr.
History 112— Modern Civilization— 3 cr.
History 213-The United States-3 cr.
An elective in U.S. History— 3 cr.
Political Science 210— Introduction to Political Science— 3 cr.
Political Science 211— American Government— 3 cr.
Sociology 211— Principles of Sociology— 3 cr.
One elective in Anthropology, Psychology or Sociology— 3 cr.
or
Psychology 211— General Psychology— 3 cr.
One elective in Psychology— 3 cr.
or
Anthropology 211— Anthropology— 3 cr.
One elective in Anthropology, Psychology or Sociology— 3 cr.
B. Majors
Within the Social Sciences a student may emphasize any of the
following fields. At his earliest opportunity, the student should
consult with an adviser to plan a departmental program which will
best fit his interest and needs.
Economics 30 credits
Required: Economics 211, 212 as prerequisites to all other
economics courses. The remaining 24 credits are elective.
Geography 30 credits
Required: Geography 111, 251, 257, 259, 354, 356, 454. The
remaining 9 credits to be elected from Geography 254, 355,
357, 452, 453, and 459. Although not required, the following
courses are strongly recommended: Geography 252, 258, 352,
353; Mathematics 171.
History 30 credits
Required: History 111, 112, 213, and a 3 credit elective in U.S.
History. The remaining 18 credits are history electives. Of
these, 12 credits must be taken in courses on the 300 and 400
levels.
Political Science 24 credits
Required: Political Science 210, 211. The remaining 18 credits
are political science electives.
88
Psychology 30 credits
Required: Psychology 211, 251, and 451. The remaining 21
credits are psychology electives to be chosen with the assist-
ance of a faculty member in psychology. Strongly recommend-
ed supplementary courses: Biology 153, 154, Mathematics 151,
152 or 171, Sociology 211, 351 and other sociology courses.
Note: Psychology 222 (Educational Psychology) may not be
counted toward a major in Psychology.
Sociology-Anthropology 24 credits
Required: Sociology 211. The remaining 21 credits are sociol-
ogy and /or anthropology electives. If a student wishes to con-
centrate in anthropology, he must take Anthropology 211.
Area Major 24 credits
Instead of majoring in a specific subject field within the Social
Sciences, a student may choose to complete area requirements
by taking a minimum of 24 additional credits distributed in the
following fields: anthropology, economics, history, political
science, and sociology. The student must elect a suflBcient num-
ber of courses on the 300 and 400 level to promote a scholarly
interest in a field.
C. Electives
The number of credits in free electives available to a student
majoring in the Social Sciences will vary from program to program.
Students should choose elective courses with the assistance of a
faculty adviser.
FREE ELECTIVES IN LIBRARY SCIENCE FOR
LIBERAL ARTS STUDENTS
Regardless of their majors, all liberal arts students have a num-
ber of free electives which must be taken to complete the 128
credits required for graduation.
Students who wish to do so may elect 12 to 18 credits in library
science courses as part of their free elective program. By taking the
following courses, liberal arts graduates may be able to qualify as
provisional librarians under the Pennsylvania Public Library Code,
and they will have the prerequisite courses required to pursue a
graduate degree in library science:
L.S. 257 Basic Reference Sources and Services 3 credits
L.S. 258 Selection of Library Materials 3 credits
L.S. 260 Development and Administration of
Libraries 3 credits
L.S. 357 Cataloging and Classification 3 credits
89
An additional 6 credits may be elected in consultation with the
Division of Library Science.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL STUDY IN THE
LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM
One of the functions of the liberal arts program it to provide
pre-professional education for students who plan to enter profes-
sional and graduate schools to prepare for the traditional profes-
sions of the ministry, law, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine,
pharmacy, and college teaching and for the newer professions in
business, public administration, social service, and public educa-
tion. Many professional schools are conducted only as graduate
professional schools and require graduation from college as a con-
dition of entrance. In some cases, the inclusion of specific courses
in the undergraduate curriculum is also demanded. In all cases,
there is a heavy emphasis on the desirability and necessity of a
broad general education.
The requirements for entrance into any of the professional and
graduate schools can be met within the limits of the Clarion liberal
arts program. To be sure that particular requirements of courses
and areas of concentration are met, each student should seek the
guidance of his faculty adviser as early in his college career as pos-
sible. The student should be familiar both with the general re-
quirements of his chosen field and with the particular requirements
of the school he plans to attend. Since it is impossible to generalize
very much on the subject of pre-professional courses, the following
statements on each of the major areas are intended as guides.
Pre-Dental Studies
A minimum of two years of pre-dental education is usually re-
quired for entrance into dental school. Three or four years are pre-
ferred and some dental schools require them. In general, the spe-
cific course requirements are the same as those of the medical
schools. English, biology, physics, inorganic and organic chemistry
must be included.
Pre-Legal Studies-
No particular course of study is required in preparation for law
school. In general, the pre-law student should select courses with
"intellectual content of substantial value," which "develop a cul-
tured, well-read, thoughtful person with a keen analytical mind."
The law student needs a command of written and spoken language
and a broad understanding of human institutions and values. Rec-
commended majors are English, history, or one of the social sci-
ences,
90
Law School Admission Test. Many law schools require prospect-
ive students to take the Law School Admission Test administered
several times a year by the Educational Testing Service. A bulletin
of information about this test may be obtained from the Educa-
tional Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey. The test itself con-
sists of two parts : ( 1 ) the morning test which is designed primarily
to predict success in law schools (not necessarily in law practice);
and (2) the afternoon test of writing ability and general back-
ground.
Pre-Medical Studies
Three or four years of undergraduate education are prerequisite
to admission to medical schools. This should always include these
minimums :
Inorganic Chemistry— 8 semester hours.
Organic Chemistry— 4 semester hours.
Physics— 8 semester hours.
Biology or Zoology— 8 semester hours.
English Composition and Literature— 6 semester hours.
Genetics— 3 semester hours.
It is recommended that the following courses should also be in-
cluded: a modern foreign language, quantitative chemistry, verte-
brate anatomy, psychology, philosophy, economics, and other social
sciences. Beyond these subjects, students should broaden their cul-
tural and social background with courses in other academic fields.
Medical College Admission Test. Many medical schools require
applicants to take the Medical College Admission Test authorized
by the Association of American Medical Colleges and prepared and
administered by the Psychological Corporation, 304 East 45th
Street, New York, New York 10017. This test is given twice each
year at selected centers throughout the United States and in some
foreign countries. Information about it may be secured from the
Psychological Corporation. The test consists of four parts dealing
with verbal ability, quantitative ability, general information (non-
science fields including art, economics, geography, government,
history, literature, music, philosophy, and psychology), and science
concepts from basic college courses in biology, chemistry, and
physics.
Pre-Theological Studies
There is no fixed pattern of pre-seminary studies, but the Ameri-
can Association of Theological Schools recommends that students
who are planning to enter theological schools should major in Eng-
lish, philosophy, or history and that their undergraduate programs
should include these minimums:
91
English— literature, composition, speech, and related studies— at
least 6 semesters.
History— ancient, modern, and American— at least 3 semesters.
Philosophy— orientation in history, content and method— at least
3 semesters.
Natural Sciences— preferably physics, chemistry, and biology— at
least 3 semesters.
Social Sciences— psychology, sociology, economics, and political
science— at least 6 semesters.
Foreign Language— one of the following: German or French— at
least 4 semesters.
Rehgion— an introduction to the major religious traditions and
theological problems in the context of the principal aspects of
human culture.
Other Requirements
1. A letter from the minister or governing body of the church of
which the student is a member, stating that he is in full com-
munion with the church, is of good character, and has the
natural talent required for the ministry.
2. A transcript from the undergraduate college showing the com-
pletion of the college course and awarding of the degree by
an approved college.
3. Some seminaries require the taking of a psychological test.
Pre-Veterinary Studies
A minimum of two years of liberal arts education is usually re-
quired for entrance into a school of veterinary medicine. Three or
four years are preferred. In general, the specific course require-
ments are the same as those of the medical schools. English, biol-
ogy, physics, inorganic and organic chemistry must be included.
Genetics, mathematics, economics, and a foreign language are often
recommended.
Pre-Professional Studies in Pharmacy
One year of liberal arts study is often required to enter a school
of pharmacy. In such cases, English, inorganic chemistry, and
mathematics are required. Students with two years of liberal arts
may often obtain advanced standing if they have included biology,
physics, and organic chemistry in their courses.
Other Types of Professional Training
Many universities oflFer graduate professional programs in busi-
ness administration, public administration, social work, and library
service. These programs vary from one to two years in length and
confer specialized master's degrees ( Master of Business Administra-
tion, Master of Public Administration, Master of Social Work, Mas-
92
ter of Library Science ) upon their successful completion. Graduates
of accredited colleges with records satisfactory to the admissions
officers of the professional schools are accepted. Specific majors
and courses are usually not required. Specialized entrance exam-
inations are sometimes required.
Students interested in any of these should consult the Dean of
Arts and Sciences concerning the specific requirements of their
field of interest.
93
GRADUATE STUDY
OBJECTIVES
The programs of graduate study at Clarion State College have
been designed to meet the tvvo basic needs of graduate students at
the level of the master's degree. One of these needs is experienced
by the professional educator who may desire to pursue graduate
study as a means of improving his individual capabiHties in the
classroom in order to meet changing certification requii'ements, or
as a measure of professional advancement and as a basis for con-
tinuing advanced study. This purpose is best served by a profes-
sionally oriented degree. The second of tliese two basic needs is
that of the student in an academic discipline who wishes to ad-
vance his knowledge and skill in that discipline for personal and
professional reasons or as the basis for pursuit of an advanced de-
gree.
In order to meet the professional needs of the teacher-educator,
Clarion State College offers the degrees of Master of Education
(with major area fields in elementary education, in mathematics
and in speech pathology) and Master of Science in Library Science.
For individuals in those disciplines, Clarion State College has pro-
grams leading to the Master of Arts degree with major area fields
in English and history and the Master of Science degree in biology.
The minimum program for the master's degree is thirty (30)
semester hours. This requirement may vary depending on preHm-
inary academic training and professional experience of the individ-
ual appHcant.
ADMISSIONS
To qualify for regular admissions to graduate study the appli-
cant must fulfill the following requirements:
a. An applicant must have a baccalaureate degree from a cur-
rently accredited institution. Those graduated from a non-
accredited institution must make a satisfactory score on the
Aptitude Section of the Graduate Record Examination.
b. An applicant must have achieved a 2.5 quality point aver-
age (on a four-point scale) for the baccalaureate degree.
An applicant with less than a 2.5 quality point average for
the baccalaureate degree may be admitted to a provisional
status pending satisfactory completion of six semester hours
of graduate study.
c. Applicants must meet undergraduate requirements estab-
lished by their major departments.
94
i
A maximum of nine semester hours credit of acceptable graduate
study completed at other accredited institutions may be transferred
and applied toward the minimum residence requirement for the
master's degree.
Application forms and additional information concerning admis-
sion procedures may be obtained by writing to:
Dean of Graduate Studies
Clarion State College
Clarion, Pennsylvania 16214
FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDY (Subject to Change Without
Notice)
Application fee (non-refundable) $10.00
Basic fee per semester hour of credit
for Pennsylvania residents 20.00
Basic fee per semester hour of credit
for out-of-state students 25.00
Minimum basic fee for Pennsylvania
residents 60.00
Minimum basic fee for out-of-state
students 75.00
PROGRAMS
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
GENERAL EDUCATION 3 credits
Courses from related areas such as biology, English, history,
mathematics, and physical science carrying graduate credit
may be selected under advisement.
REQUIRED PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION 6 credits
Education 520: Introduction to Research is required of all can-
didates. In addition, at least one of the following courses must
be included in the program:
Education 525: Psychology of Education
Education 526: Sociology of Education
Education 527: Statistics in Education
Education 528: Philosophy of Education
SPECIALIZED PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION 12 credits
RELATED SUBJECT MATTER 9 credits
95
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN MATHEMATICS
GENERAL EDUCATION
0-6 credits
Courses from related subject areas which carry graduate credit
may be selected under advisement.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION 3-6 credits
One of the following courses must be included in the candi-
date's program. An additional course may be elected with de-
partmental approval.
Education 520
Education 525
Education 526
Education 527
Education 528
Introduction to Research
Psychology of Education
Sociology of Education
Statistics of Education
Philosophy of Education
REQUIRED COURSES IN MATHEMATICS
Mathematics 553: Functions of a Real Variable I
Abstract Algebra I
Introduction to Research in
Mathematics and Mathematics
Education
9 credits
Mathematics 561:
Mathematics 590:
ELECTIVES IN MATHEMATICS
12-18 credits
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY
GENERAL EDUCATION 3 credits
Courses from related subject areas which carry graduate credit
may be selected under advisement.
EDUCATION 520:
Introduction to
Research (required)
3 credits
ECH PATHOLOGY
24 credits
SPA 500
Aphasia
3 cr.
SPA 505
Articulation
3 cr.
SPA 510
Cerebral Palsy
3 cr.
SPA 515
Cleft Palate
3 cr.
SPA 520
SPA 525
SPA 530
Language Disorders
Stuttering
Voice
3 cr.
3 cr.
3 cr.
SPA 535
SPA .540
Audiology
Clinical Practice
3
3
or
or
6 cr.
6 cr.
SPA 590
Research
3
or
6 cr.
30 credits
96
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
All candidates must meet the following prerequisite require-
ments or their equivalents:
L.S. 257: Basic Reference Sources and Services
L.S. 258: Selection of Library Materials
L.S. 357: Cataloging and Classification
Proficiency in a modern foreign language
REQUIRED COURSES 6 credits
L.S. 550: Introduction to Research in Library Science
L.S. 553: Management of Libraries
TWO OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES 6 credits
L.S. 556: Bibliography of the Sciences
L.S. 557: Bibliography of the Social Sciences
L.S. 558: Bibliography of the Humanities
OR
L.S. 559: Advanced Reference and Reader's
Advisory Service
One course elected from
L.S. 556, L.S. 557, or L.S. 558
ELECTIVES IN AN AREA OF SPECIALIZATION 18 credits
MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY
Applicants must present an undergraduate transcript from an
accredited college showing 24 credits in history. If the applicant
cannot meet this requirement, the department shall determine ex-
isting deficiencies. Applicants must meet departmental require-
ments.
Candidates for the degree will complete a minimum of 30 credits
programmed as follows:
History 501: Bibliography and Research
Methods 3 credits
Graduate Seminar 3-6 credits
Electives in History 15-24 credits
Electives in other areas 0-6 credits
Each candidate must pass a comprehensive examination in three
(3) fields of history as defined below:
United States to 1865
United States since 1865
Europe 1300-1815
97
Europe since 1815
Medieval
English History to 1485
English History since 1485
Latin America
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY
MAJOR FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION 24-30 credits
A student may concentrate in one of four areas of biological
emphasis: Physiological Biology, Structural and Developmental
Biology, Environmental Biology, Genetics and Microbiology,
or he may elect a general course of study.
The course listing includes:
Biol. 401: Radiation Biology
Biol. 451: Animal Physiology
Biol. 452: Plant Physiology
Biol. 460: Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
Biol. 461: Vertebrate Embryology
Biol. 462: Histology
Biol. 470: Animal Ecology
Biol. 471: Plant Ecology
Biol. 472: Parasitology
Biol. 490: Evolution
Biol. 500: Graduate Seminar
Biol. 501: Advanced Radiation Techniques
Biol. 550: Cell Physiology
Biol. 551: Advanced Animal Physiology
Biol. 552: Advanced Plant Physiology
Biol. 560: Advanced Vertebrate Morphology
Biol. 561: Experimental Embryology
Biol. 562: Plant Morphology
Biol. 570: Microbial Ecology
Biol. 571: Aquatic Community Ecology
Biol. 572: Terrestrial Community Ecology
Biol. 573: Limnology
Biol. 580: Advanced Topics in Genetics
Biol. 581: Microbial Genetics
Biol. 582: Population Genetics
Biol. 600: Special Problems in Biology
Biol. 700: Research and Thesis 6 credits
( required )
98
i
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ANTHROPOLOGY
ANTH. 211: ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.
This course deals with the origin, diversification, and evolution of man's
way of life (cultures) from extinct primitive systems to modern industrial
civilizations. This course is an introduction to anthropology (the study of
man) with emphasis on the nature and concept of culture. Some work is
done in physical anthropology. Emphasis is placed on the simple and com-
plex cultures of the world with specific readings in each category.
ANTH. 213: INTRODUCTION TO BIANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.
A survey study of the human species in time, place, and culture and the
investigation of the factors underlying human variation.
ANTH. 214: PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN ECOLOGY 3 s.h.
A study of the functional inter-relationships of man and his biophysical
environment.
ANTH. 353: ARCHAEOLOGY OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA 3 s.h.
The course provides a detailed survey of prehistoric developments in North
America east of the Mississippi from Late Pleistocene to the Colonial Period.
The principal aim is to familiarize students vdtli the prehistory of the Amerind
populations in the area, including the gradual emergence of the Woodland
pattern.
ANTH. 354: CULTURAL HISTORY OF AFRICA AND ASIA 3 s.h.
This course begins with the rise and development of Islam and includes
the expansion of Arab cultures into the Middle East and Nortli Africa, the
Muslim contribution to western civilization, Arab age of discovery in the
Indian Ocean, the Ottoman Empire in Asia, and Arab nationalism. The second
section deals with pre-historical Africa as revealed by modern archaeology, a
synopsis of African tribal cultures, the role of white explorers, and the im-
print of colonialism on the modern African scene.
ANTH. 356: FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 4 s.h.
This course will give undergraduate students an opportunity to participate
actively in all phases of archaeology field investigation of a limited section
of the Allegheny river drainage in order to determine cultural sequence,
settlement patterns, population density, economy, cultural influences, tech-
nologies, and human ecology. Procedures will include reconnaissance, testing
of suspected sites, site survey, controlled excavation, site mapping, inter-
pretation and recovery of specimens, and a final site report.
ANTH. 357: INDIANS OF SOUTH AND CENTRAL AMERICA 3 s.h.
A survey of Indian cultures from the beginnings in the Late Pleistocene
to the coming of the Conquistadores; special emphasis is placed upon cul-
ture developments, the rise of states, native agriculture, and the development
of arts and crafts, including architecture and ceremonial art. Prerequisite:
An introductory course in either anthropology or sociology.
ANTH. 358: WORLD PREHISTORY 3 s.h.
This course covers the cultural development of Man from the Lower
Palaeolithic to the beginnings of urbanism in the Bronze and Iron Age. The
course examines man's development in Europe, Africa, Asia, and the New
World; draws comparisons between cultures; studies the diffusion of cultural
traits; and summarizes recent developments in research. No prerequisite.
99
ANTH. 359: PRIMITIVE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.
This course is designed to pro\'ide a better understanding of Man's rela-
tionsliip witli and utilization of envii-onment. It traces tlie development
which ultimately leads to tire rise of technological societies. In investigating
Man's attempts to come to an understanding of tlie forces around him, the
course provides a smvey of tlie Iristory of scientific thought. Prerequisite:
Soc. 211, Anth. 211.
ANTH. 360: INTRODUCTION TO FOLKLORE 3 s.h.
The course covers the main aspects of oral traditions such as folktale,
legend, myth, riddle, folksong, etc., and analyzes tlie relationship of oral
traditions to Hterature. The systematic study of folklore, its methods, re-
search approaches, and related subjects are investigated. No prerequisite.
ANTH. 400: INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH 2 s.h.
Individual research, designed as an advanced course in anthropology,
provides for the student's individual approach to a specific problem, defined
in conference widi tlie instiuctor. Regular sessions with the faculty member
in charge evaluate tlie progress of tlie work and chart its direction. Students
are expected to acquire research techniques in deafing with their topics. All
branches of anthropology may be used to select a topic. Credit and grades
will be gi\'en only if die project (term paper, survey, investigation, etc.)
has been completed to the satisfaction of tiie project adviser and the depart-
mental chairman. Prerequisite: Antii. 211.
ANTH. 401: INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH: ARCHAEOLOGY 2 s.h.
Individual research, designed as an advanced course in ai'chaeology,
provides for the student's individual approach to a specific problem, defined
in conference with tlie instructor. Regular sessions with the faculty member
in charge evaluate tlie progress of the work and chart its direction. Students
are expected to acquire research techniques in dealing with tlieir topics. All
branches of archaeology may be used to select a topic. Credit and grades
will be given only if the project (term paper, survey, investigation, etc.)
has been completed to the satisfaction of the project adviser and the depart-
mental chairman. Prerequisite: Antii. 211, 356.
ANTH. 402: INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH: BIOANTHROPOLOGY 2 s.h.
Individual research, designed as an advanced course in bioanthropology,
provides for the student's individual approach to a specific problem, defined
in conference with the instructor. Regular sessions witli the faculty member
in charge evaluate the progress of the work and chart its direction. Students
are expected to acquire research techniques in dealing with their topics. All
branches of bioanthropology may be used to select a topic. Credit and grades
will be given only if the project (term paper, survey, investigation, etc.)
has been completed to the satisfaction of the project adviser and the depart-
mental chairman. Prerequisite: Anth. 211, 213 or tlie consent of instructor.
SUMMER ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SCHOOL 7 s.h.
This six week session combines Anth. 355 and Anth. 356 into an integrated
program especially designed to combine the theoretical aspects of the study
of Amerind cultures with the practical field approach in archaeology. The
program participates in the Upper Allegheny Archaeological Survey through
excavation of selected archaeological sites. Each participant will have an
opportunity to work on at least two diflerent sites during the program.
100
ART
ART Oil: ART FUNDAMENTALS 1 s.h.
A course in the fundamentals of art expression. Principles of design and
their application to art products are discussed and made meaningful through
studio work. Techniques and various approaches to basic skills in drawing,
color, texture, form, and space are given attention.
ART 111: THE VISUAL ARTS 3 s.h.
The great trends in the visual arts, both past and contemporary, and
their relationship to society are studied. An examination of the nature of
creative artistic expression is made. Emphasis is also given to the utilitarian
aspects of art. These include architectural design, community art forms,
products of an industrial society, and commercial uses of art. Studio ex-
periences are provided to assist the student in forming a deeper under-
standing and sensitivity to all art forms.
ART 112: HISTORY OF ART I 3 s.h.
Visual expressions of different cultures from the beginning of the Paleo-
lithic Period to the High Renaissance are studied. Architecture, painting,
sculpture, and the significant minor art forms are emphasized. The rela-
tionship to art to the many facets of man's environment are discussed.
ART 113: HISTORY OF ART II 3 s.h.
Western and Oriental art forms from the Renaissance to the present are
given careful attention. Architecture, painting, sculpture, graphics and signifi-
cant minor art forms are studied. Partciular emphasis is given to con-
temporary expression, the new movements, the ideas and technology which
affect the artist as he functions in today's society.
ART 222: TEACHING ART IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.
The place of art in the elementary public school curriculum is studied
and discussed. Lectures center around the creative growth and development
of the child at difi^erent age levels and the fusion of art with the life ex-
periences of the child. Techniques of lesson planning, presentation, and
classroom procedure at tlie elementary level are developed and utilized in
actual teaching situations. Discussions, observations in schools, individual
research problems, written reports, and visual materials provide broad prac-
tical experiences. Prerequisite: Art 231 or equivalent preparation.
ART 231: STUDIO EXPERIENCES IN ART PROCESSES 2 s.h.
This is a basic course designed to develop sensitivity and insight into art
media and processes. Students develop skills, imagination, and techniques
to increase understandings in the visual forms. Various projects make use
of crayons, chalk, tempera, watercolor, clay, sculptural media, printing tech-
niques, and scrap material. Work is botli two and three-dimensional. Pre-
requisite: Art Oil or equivalent preparation.
ART 232: PAINTING I 3 s.h.
The primary aim of this course is to develop fundamental skills and expres-
sion in oil, watercolor, casein, acrylics and related two dimensional media.
Emphasis is placed on design and color problems related to painting.
ART 233: ARTS AND CRAFTS 3 s.h.
This is a course with a dual purpose. First, it is an enrichment course
meant to give vital experience wth the arts and crafts to any college stu-
dent. Second, it is to provide sufiicient knowledge and skill for teaching of
101
the arts and crafts in the elementary field. A great deal of freedom is given
students in initiating tlieir own projects and carrying them out. Stenciling,
weaving, decorative painting, and modeling are only a few of the many
offered.
ART 234: ELEMENTARY ART WORKSHOP 3 s.h.
A workshop designed to meet the needs of teachers in service. Emphasis
is placed on newer approaches and presentations, art and other school sub-
jects, materials, processes, and equipment used in today's elementary art pro-
gram. Offered in summers only.
ART 235: PRACTICAL PROBLEMS IN ART EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Practical problems in art education may be and usually are varied in
nature. Some students require more information regarding methods of teach-
ing and others feel that more art techniques are desirable. Whatever tlie
students regard as problems are considered the objectives of the course and
are studied to the point where students' needs are considered satisfied.
ART 236: COLOR AND DESIGN 3 s.h.
A study of the basic elements of art and principles of design as they relate
to two dimensional expression. Creative approaches are stressed rather than
formal problems. Major attention is placed in the exploration of materials and
processes. Required of all art majors under the Humanities program. Recom-
mended for students pursuing a Field of Concentration in Art.
ART 237: DRAWING AND COMPOSITION I 3 s.h.
Problems in basic drawing with emphasis on technique and compositional
approaches in various media. Drawing of objects, perspective and other funda-
mental problems are a vital part of this course. Inventive interpretations and
application of creative approaches are also stressed. Required of aU art majors
under the Humanities program. Recommended for students pursuing a Field
of Concentration in Art.
ART 238: DRAWING AND COMPOSITION II 3 s.h.
Drawing problems will be presented that explore the human figure as an
art form using varied media. The relationships between personal, creative
drawings and composition as they relate to the figure will be emphasized.
ART 239: THREE DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 3 s.h.
The exploration of three dimensional design possibilities to gain a fuller un-
derstanding of the elements and principles of design. The advantages and
limitations of various media such as wood, metal and plaster are emphasized.
ART 300: CERAMICS 3 s.h.
Design and construction of clay pieces in varied techniques and approaches.
Basic clay and glaze technology, hand building, throwing, turning, and firing
processes.
ART 301: ADVANCED CERAMICS 3 s.h.
Students in Advanced Ceramics work with the technical aspects of ceramics
—glaze formulation, glaze calculation; experiment with natural local clays and
desired clay bodies, decorating methods, glazing, firing techniques; and pur-
sue individual interests. The student works on an independent level investi-
gating desired interests leading to a final individual critique of work accom-
plished. Prerequisite: Art 300: Ceramics.
ART 311: GRAPHIC MEDIA AND TECHNIQUES 3 s.h.
Broad experiences in a wid(; range of media and processes of graphic
102
I
expression. Both old and new approaches in lino-cuts, wood block, etching,
dry point, lithography, serigraphy, and exploration with new techniques.
ART 312: HANDICRAFTS 3 s.h.
This course is structured to assist student development in basic craft media
and processes. Attention is given to construction in varied materials, weaving,
leather craft, textile work, model construction, and other related areas. The
richer aspects of the plastic elements and design are emphasized.
ART 313: CRAFTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 3 s.h.
Broad experiences with a variety of media common to today's elementary
program. Commercially made and discarded materials for craft production
are utilized and evaluated as to their potential and value. Source material
is developed to assist in planning craft activity. A useful course for those
engaged in summer playground work.
ART 315: PAINTING II 3 s.h.
An advanced course in use of basic, traditional painting media and experi-
mental two dimensional media. Oil, watercolor, casein, acrylics, collage and
other mixed media work. Students are encouraged to develop compositions
directly from nature, imagination, and memory.
ART 316: SCULPTURE 3 s.h.
This course emphasizes the aesthetic, structural, and technical principles
of three-dimensional form while stressing cast sculpture as a means of artistic
expression. The student will experience direct control of clay, wax, plastic,
wood and mixed media while carrying out the various stages of casting in
bronze, lead, and aluminum.
BIOLOGY
BIOL. Ill: BASIC BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 4 s.h.
This course deals with the principles of biology. Topics include cellular
structure and physiology, growth and repair, reproduction and development,
control, sources of food energy, inheritance, and man's interrelationship with
his biological environment. The classification of plants and animals is reviewed
briefly.
BIOL. 153: GENERAL BIOLOGY I 4 s.h.
A survey of the plant and animal kingdom emphasizing structural, physio-
logical and evolutionary relationships. Patterns of reproduction, heredity, and
ecology are also considered. Two lecture and four laboratory hours weekly.
Two credits only if taken following Biol. 111.
BIOL. 154: GENERAL BIOLOGY II 4 s.h.
A continuation of Biol. 153. These two courses are designed to provide the
prospective biology major with a firm foundation for subsequent courses in
the science of biology. Two hours lecture and four hours laboratory weekly.
Two credits only if taken following Biol. 111.
BIOL. 201: GENETICS 3 s.h.
A study of the principles of inheritance in plants, animals and micro-
organisms. Topics considered include: Mendelian genetics, modem genetics,
the chemical basis of heredity, linkage, recombination, evolution, population
genetics, and human genetics. Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly.
Prerequisites: Biol. 153 and 154 or consent of the instructor,
103
BIOL. 202: ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Interaction of organisms and their biotic and abiotic environment: popu-
lation dynamics and interactions; the realitj' of communities; energy transfer
\Aithin an ecological system; components of the ecosystem. Two lectures and
three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: Biol. 153 and 154 or equivalent
or consent of the instructor.
BIOL. 203: CELL BIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Sh'ucture and function of plant and animal cells. Two lectures and three
laborator>' hours weekly. Prerequisites: Biol. 153, 154 and Chem. 153, 154
and 254 or their equivalents or consent of the instructor.
BIOL. 351: FIELD BOTANY 3 s.h.
Collection and preparation of plants using herbarium methods. Emphasis
on identification of flowering plants in a variety of habitats. Alternate sum-
mers. Prerequisites: Biol. 153 and 154.
BIOL. 352: TAXONOMY OF VASCULAR PLANTS 3 s.h.
Systems of classification; collection and identification of flowering plants
and ferns of the region; use of keys and herbariimi collections. Summers only.
Prerequisites: Biol. 153 and 154.
BIOL. 353: ORNITHOLOGY 3 s.h.
An introduction to the biology of birds. Lectures deal with internal and
external adaptation for aerial travel, classification, migration, habitats, plum-
age changes, nesting habits, and ecologic relations. Two lectvires and three
laboratory' or field trip hours weekly.
BIOL. 354: ENTOMOLOGY 3 s.h.
A general study of insects including structure, physiology, classification,
economic importance and relationships. A project is required including a col-
lection of and a report on some group of insects. Two lectures and one three-
hour laboratory or field trip period weekly. Prerequisites: one year of chemistry.
BIOL. 355: MICROBIOLOGY 4 s.h.
A study of microorganisms including viruses, fungi and bacteria. Culturing,
isolation, classification and ecology of microscopic life from air, water, soil
and dairy products including beneficial and pathogenic forms. Two lectures
and six laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: Biol. 153, 154 and Chem. 154.
BIOL. 356: FIELD ZOOLOGY I 3 s.h.
This course deals with the study of invertebrates in the field and includes
the collecting and preserving of such forms with emphasis on taxonomy. The
course meets five hours a day with two extensive field trips required. Students
are encouraged to make collections for future classroom use. Given alternate
summers.
BIOL. .3.57: FIELD ZOOLOGY II 3 s.h.
This course deals with vertebrate forms (with the exception of birds), em-
phasis being placed upon ecological importance and taxonomy of the follow-
ing groups: fishes, amphibians, reptiles, and mammals. The class meets five
hours a day. Given alternate summers.
BIOL. 358: CONSERVATION OF PLANT AND
ANIMAL RESOURCES 3 s.h.
An historical account of events in plant and animal resource use and abuse,
with major emphasis placed on becoming familiar wdth current conservation
problems by seeing conservation in practice. There are approximately ten field
trips: a weekend trip, half day and all day trips, and one evening trip.
104
BIOL. 360: PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Acquaints the student with skills and techniques used in research. Each
student selects a problem for investigation and completes all phases including
writing a research report. Admission by approval of the instructor.
BIOL. 401: RADIATION BIOLOGY 3 s.h.
A course presenting the fundamental aspects of the science of radiology
with emphasis on biological applications. The topics studied are physical and
genetic effects of radiation on plants and animals; radioactive fall-out and its
biological consequences; applications of radioisotopes in biological research;
and use of radiation sources and detectors. Prerequisite: Biol. 154.
BIOL. 451: ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Study of the comparative physiology of animals. Includes water and ion
regulation, circulation, respiration, nutrition, nervous activity, endocrine func-
tions, and responses to temperature, light, gases and pressure. Two lectures
and three hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Biol. 203.
BIOL. 452: PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Life processes and responses of plants to the environment. Synthesis, diges-
tion, and assimilation of foods, mineral nutrition, absorption, translocation.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Biol. 203.
BIOL. 460: COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE MORPHOLOGY 3 s.h.
The course traces the most important trends in the evolution of basic struc-
tures in vertebrate lines, and conveys an appreciation of how the mammals
came to possess the combination of characters that make this group unique.
Emphasis is upon evolution and continuity of structure. Laboratory work in-
cludes comparative dissection of the dog fish shark, Necturus, and the cat.
One lecture and two double periods of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Biol.
153, 154.
BIOL. 461: VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 3 s.h.
A study of the development of the vertebrates, including the formation of
germ cells, fertilization, growth and differentiation, and the formation of tis-
sues and organs. One lecture and two double-period laboratories. Prerequisite:
Biol. 154.
BIOL. 462: HISTOLOGY 3 s.h.
A study of the microscopic structure of tissues comprising the organ system
of animals, including man. One lectiue and two double-period laboratories.
Prerequisite: Biol. 154.
BIOL. 470: ANIMAL ECOLOGY 3 s.h.
Interrelationships of animals and their environment, including physical and
biological factors. Discussions and investigations will include animal distribu-
tion, procuring food, escape from enemies, surviving climate extremes, species
diversity, reproduction and community organization. Field and laboratory. Pre-
requisite: Biol. 202.
BIOL. 471: PLANT ECOLOGY 3 s.h.
A study of the structure, development, and causes of distiibution of plant
communities based upon individual studies of the major plants in each group.
Emphasis upon plant associations in western Pennsylvania visited during the
course. Given alternate summers. Prerequisite: Biol. 202.
BIOL. 472: PARASITOLOGY 3 s.h.
A study of parasites in relation to man and his domesticated animals. Em-
105
phasis is placed on morpholog>' and life histories in addition to the ecology
of the parasite. Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites:
Biol. 153, 154.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS. AD. 151: FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING I. 3 s.h.
Methods of collecting, summarizing, and presenting financial information
of a business organization.
BUS. AD. 152: FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING II. 3 s.h.
Further development of accounting cycle. Elementary analysis of financial
statements, inventory methods, depreciation procedures, and related subjects.
Emphasis is on accounting as a tool for administrative planning and control.
Prerequisite: Bus. Ad. 151.
BUS. AD. 251: INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I. 3 s.h.
Accounting for the valuation and amortization of current assets, long-term
investments, plant and equipment, intangible assets and deferred charges;
accounting for current, noncurrent, contingent, and deferred liabilities. Pre-
requisite: Bus. Ad. 151 or permission of instructor.
BUS. AD. 252: INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II. 3 s.h.
Accounting for the organization, financing, operation and dissolution of
partnerships and corporations; principles of consignment and installment sales.
Prerequisite: Bus. Ad. 251.
BUS. AD. 351: ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS AND ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Basic consideration of cost principle, procedure, control, and analysis. Cost
accounting as a "tool" of management is stressed. Prerequisites: Bus. Ad. 151-
52.
BUS. AD. 352: TAX ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.
Theory and practice of federal income taxation. Prerequisites: Bus. Ad. 251-
52.
BUS. AD. 353: AUDITING 3 s.h.
A study of the purposes, the ethical and legal environment, and selected
techniques of auditing. Prerequisite: Bus. Ad. 152.
BUS. AD. 361: ORGANIZATION THEORY AND METHODS 3 s.h.
The study of human behavior in organizations; how human beings function
in organizations; how organizations pursue their goals; the conditions neces-
sary to secure effective action within organizations; and making and imple-
menting decisions. Emphasis is placed on the methods and problems of ef-
fectively organizing persons for the achievement of objectives. Prerequisite:
junior standing.
BUS. AD. 362: THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT 3 s.h.
The background, importance, and role of law in society; the legal system
of the United States and its workings; private property and contract in a free
enterprise system; and the evolution of legal attitude toward businesses, in-
cluding the changing relations between business and government. Prerequisite:
sophomore standing.
BUS. AD. 363: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
The course covers the history of management; the planning, organizing,
and controlling processes; production, financing, and marketing factors; and
orientation to industrial and labor relations and personnel and supervisory
106
management. The emphasis is placed on the management functions and pro-
cesses required for effective organization in business activity. Prerequisite:
junior standing.
BUS. AD. 364: PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING 3 s.h.
The topics included are the role of the consumer and consumer motivation;
selling and buying functions; physical distribution management; and govern-
ment regulation and control in marketing. The purpose of the course is to
develop an understanding of the increasing complexity of the modern market-
ing system, why it is essential, and how it performs. Prerequisites: Econ. 211,
Econ. 212, and junior standing.
BUS. AD. 365: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
A study of the theoretical and analytical framework that a financial manager
can use to make decisions in a dynamic economy. Planning the need for funds,
acquiring funds, and efficiently utilizing those funds are some of the topics
covered. Prerequisites: Econ. 212, and Bus. Ad. 152.
BUS. AD. 366: MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
A study of coordinative effort in planning, organizing, and controlling mar-
keting activities that direct the flow of goods and services from producer to
consumer. Prerequisite: Bus. Ad. 364.
BUS. AD. 451: GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.
The principles of accounting for governmental units and other non-profit
organizations. Prerequisites: Bus. Ad. 151-52.
BUS. AD. 452: ACCOUNTING SEMINAR 3 s.h.
This seminar deals with various topics and problems in the field of account-
ing to which adequate attention is not given in the formally organized course
offerings. Students will be required to do independent work and make oral
and written reports. Prerequisites: Accounting major and senior standing.
BUS. AD. 461: MARKETING RESEARCH 3 s.h.
The application of scientific and statistical methods and tools to the solution
of marketing problems are studied. Prerequisites: Econ. 353 and Bus. Ad. 364.
BUS. AD. 464: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
A detailed study of personnel problems and their relation to various per-
sonnel management principles. Case method is used. Prerequisite: Bus. Ad.
363.
BUS. AD. 465: MARKETING PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
A consideration by the case method of the problems facing the producer
and middleman. Prerequisites: Bus. Ad. 364, Bus. Ad. 366 and senior standing.
BUS. AD. 466: FINANCIAL PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
A consideration by the case method of the financial problems of business
firms. Prerequisite: Bus. Ad. 365.
BUS. AD. 467: GENERAL BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 s.h.
This seminar requires the student to synthesize what he has learned in the
separate business fields and to utilize this knowledge in the analysis of com-
plex business problems. Students will be required to do independent work
and make oral and written reports. Prerequisite: General Business Adminis-
tration major and senior standing.
107
CHEMISTRY
CHEM. 151: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I 5 s.h.
This course includes a chemical study of tlie structure and beha\aor of
matter. Topics stressed are experimental e\idence for the structure of atoms,
electronic orbitals as related to chemical bonding, the periodic law, stoichio-
metrical relationships in problems and reactions, oxidation and reduction, gas
laws, ionization, acids and bases.
CHEM. 152: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II 5 s.h.
This course continues the study of properties and uses of elements and their
compounds as related to electronic structures; the study of colligative proper-
ties of solutions; and the qualitative analysis of the cations and anions. Pre-
requisite: Chem. 151.
CHEM. 153: GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 4 s.h.
This course includes a chemical study of the structure and behaxdor of
matter. Topics stressed are experimental evidence for the structure of atoms,
electronic structure and bonding, chemical periodicit)', gas laws, solutions and
their colligative properties. The mole concept in problem solving is stressed
throughout the course. The course is primarily for Hberal arts students not
majoring in chemistry and for biology majors. Chemistry majors should
schedule Chem. 151.
CHEM. 154: GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 4 s.h.
Chemistry 154 is sequential to Chemistry 153. Major units presented are
ionization, acids, bases and salts, redox reactions, and electrochemistry. Chem-
ical equilibrium pertaining to pH, buffer solutions, and solubility is stressed.
The course is primarily for liberal arts students not majoring in chemistry and
for biology majors. Chemistry majors should schedule Chem. 152. Prerequi-
site: Chem. 153.
CHEM. 251: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I 4 s.h.
The study of the nomenclature, preparation and properties of aliphatic and
aromatic hydrocarbons and the reactions of the functional groups including
alcohols and halides. Stereochemistry, aromaticity, reaction rates, and mech-
anisms. Prerequisite: Chem. 151, 152, or 153, 154.
CHEM. 252: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II 5 s.h.
A continuation of Chem. 251. A discussion of the reactions of functional
groups and their analysis by modern instrumental methods. The laboratory
includes synthesis and qualitative organic analysis. Prerequisite: Chem. 251.
CHEM. 254: INTRODUCTORY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4 s.h.
A modem course which surveys the entire field of elementary organic
chemistry, both aliphatic and aromatic, with emphasis on nomenclature, simple
reactions and mechanisms, and the structure of organic compounds, together
with their relation to biology. Tin's course does not count toward the require-
ments for a major in chemistry. Prerequisites: Chem. 152 or Chem. 154.
CHEM. 255: INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
This course deals with the application of theories, laws, and calculations
of chemistry to industrial processes. The class work is supplemented by
reading of current literature and trips to chemical industries. Prerequisites:
Chem. 151, 152 or 153, 154.
108
CHEM. 352: TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS I 4 s.h.
An introduction to quantitative, semi-micro, physico-chemical manipulations,
beginning with classical wet techniques and progressing to basic electro-
chemical and spectrophotometiic procedures. The study of ionic equilibria
and electrochemistry, begun in the first-year course, is greatly extended here.
Prerequisite: Chem. 152 or 154.
CHEM. 354: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I 3 s.h.
An introduction to the fundamental principles of theoretical chemistry with
appHcation in the solution of problems. Prerequisites: Chem. 152; Ph. 252 or
Ph. 259; Math. 272.
CHEM. 355: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II 3 s.h.
The rates of reactions and chemical thermodynamics form tlie chief topics
of this course. Prerequisite: Chem. 354.
CHEM. 356: TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS II 1 s.h.
A laboratory course stressing physico-chemical measurements. Prerequisite:
Chem. 354. This course will normally be taken concurrently with Chem. 355.
CHEM. 357: TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS III 2 s.h.
This course is concerned with the theory, practice, and comparative appli-
cability of several widely differing methods for quantitative monitoring of
diverse species in widely varying amounts and environments; additionally,
simple laboratory skills are taught. Includes electrometric and spectrophoto-
metric methods beyond those covered earher, X-ray diffraction of powders,
and neutron activation analysis, with training in handling of radioactive ma-
terials. Prerequisites: Chem. 352, 354; Chem. 355 concurrently, or consent of
department.
CHEM. 359: ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
A study of the essentials of stereochemistry and mechanisms of organic
reactions. Emphasis is placed on correlation of structure and reactivity. Pre-
requisites: Chem. 252, 355.
CHEM. 361: QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
The systematic identification of organic compounds and mixtures using
classical and instiumental methods. Prerequisite: Chem. 252.
CHEM. 453: BIOCHEMISTRY 4 s.h.
An introduction to modem cellular biochemistry. A study of the structure
and chemistry of proteins and nucleic acids and the metabolic transformations
of carbohydrates and lipids and protein syntliesis. Prerequisite: Chem. 254 or
Chem. 251.
CHEM. 455: ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
Spectroscopy. Statistical mechanics. Reaction mechanisms. Theory of Kinet-
ics. Nuclear and radiation chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 355.
CHEM. 456: ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
Various concepts of bonding, encountered in previous courses, are extended
and compared to gain some appreciation of tlieir uses and shortcomings. Con-
siderable attention is given to steric relationships in many environments. The
descriptive chemistry includes recently discovered compound types as well as
the classical period-group-subgroup patterns of behavior. Prerequisite: Chem.
355 ( may be taken concurrently ) or consent of department.
CHEM. 459: DEMONSTRATIONS IN CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
Studies are made of various demonstration techniques with students devising
109
and applying each with many examples. Special attention is given to the study
of the material of the CHEM Study Committee of the American Chemical
Societ>' prepared for the purpose of vitalizing high school chemistr>' courses.
Prerequisites: Chem. 151, 152, and at least one other major course.
CHEM. 460: RADIOCHEiMISTRY TECHNIQUES 3 s.h.
A general course dealing witli radioacti\'e materials, their radiations, their
preparation, purification, detection, identification; practical apphcations. An
introduction to gamma-ray specti'oscopy and health physics aspects is also
included. Emphasis is placed on laboratory experiences. Prerequisites: Chem.
152 or 154; ^Iath. 151 or equivalent.
CHEM. 461: TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS IV 2 s.h.
Diverse physico-chemical methods not previously covered, including such
topics as polarography, photofluorimetry and nephelometry, constant-volume
calorimetry, determination of dipole moment, osmometry and difi^erential
thermometry, and further radiochemical techniques. Required of all liberal
arts chemistry majors. Prerequisite: Chem. 357.
CHEM. 462: TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS V 2 s.h.
Synthesis and characterization of one or more compounds, using skiUs and
procedures from pre^•ious courses in this sequence, as well as appropriate
additional ones included in this final laboratory course. Prerequisite: Chem.
357.
CHEM. 465, 466: CHEMICAL RESEARCH 1 s.h. each
An independent laboratory problem in some field of chemistry of special
interest to the student. Admission only by consent of the instructor and the
approval of the Department Chairman. Prerequisites: Chem. 355, 357.
CHEM. 470: CHEMICAL LITERATURE AND SEMINAR 1-2 s.h.
The use of scientific literature; sources of material; the literature search
prior to laboratory investigation. Compilation of bibliography. Organization
and writing of research reports and other technical studies. Presentation of
papers and oral reports of research and technical reviews. Prerequisites: Chem.
252, 354.
ECONOMICS
ECON. 211: PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 3 s.h.
Introduction to economics, national income analysis, money and banking,
monetary and fiscal policy.
ECON. 212: PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 3 s.h.
Pricing inputs and outputs, degrees of competition, distribution, and special
economic groups. Prerequisite: Econ. 211.
ECON. .350: MICROECONOMIC THEORY 3 s.h.
Basic concepts of microeconomic theory. The behavior of consumers, pro-
ducers, and markets. Prerequisites: Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. .352: MACROECONOMIC THEORY 3 s.h.
National income accounting and analysis; economic indicators and meas-
ures; fluctuations and growth; the role of money in a dynamic economy; fore-
casting for the economy and the firm; and problems of public policy. The
objective of this course is to develop in the student an awareness of the im-
pact of dynamic forces on economic activity in general and specifically on
110
the decisions which must be made by individuals and firms. Prerequisites:
Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. 353: ELEMENTS OF STATISTICS 3 s.h.
The collection, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of statistical data.
Frequency distribution, reliability, time series, and cyclical movements are
studied. Emphasis is placed on the correlation, forecasting, and index numbers
of statistical nature. Prerequisite: Econ. 211.
ECON. 354: MONEY AND BANKING 3 s.h.
The nature of money and deposit credit, central banking, the U.S. banking
system, the Federal Reserve System, the Treasury Department, and the U.S.
monetary and fiscal policies make up the main part of this course. Prerequi-
sites: Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. 355: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 3 s.h.
A study of union history, structure, and functions in the United States
economy. Collective bargaining, labor laws, and government policies toward
labor are included. Management reaction to organized labor unions and re-
lated labor problems are stressed. Prerequisites: Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. 356: GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS 3 s.h.
An examination of the major economic problems arising from public interest
in competition, business practices, and labor. The anti-trust laws and regula-
tions are included. Prerequisites: Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. 357: PUBLIC UTILITIES 3 s.h.
An analysis of public poHcies and methods regarding industries with a pub-
lic interest with emphasis on transportation, power, and communication. The
study of legal and financial aspects of pubbc utilities are part of this course.
Prerequisites: Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. 358: INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS 3 s.h.
Theory and practice of international trade. Balance of payments, foreign
exchange, national commercial policies, international investment, and foreign
aid are considered. Prerequisites: Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. 359: PUBLIC FINANCE 3 s.h.
A study of the American tax structure— federal, state, and local govern-
ments—and of the economic effects of various types of taxes and of govern-
ment fiscal policy. Prerequisites: Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. 360: COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 3 s.h.
Analysis of alternative patterns of economic control, planning, and market
structure. Experiences under capitalism, socialism, and mixed economics are
compared and evaluated. Prerequisites: Econ. 211 and 212.
ECON. 450: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
The purpose of this course is to show how economic analysis can be used
in formulating business policies. The topics studied are: elements of decision
theory and criteria for decision-making by the firm; output and "scale" de-
cisions; linear programming; concepts of profits, production and cost func-
tions, equilibrium (industry and firm) competition; demand theory; pricing
policies; capital budgeting and investment decisions; analysis of uncertainty;
and inventory management. Prerequisites: Econ. 350, 353; Bus. Ad. 152.
ECON. 451: BUSINESS CYCLES 3 s.h.
Theories of business fluctuations; applications of modem income theory
to business cycles; patterns of cyclical behavior and of long-term economic
change. Implications for public policy. Prerequisite: Econ. 359.
Ill
ECON. 452: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 3 s.h.
This course traces tlie dexelopment of economic ideas from ancient times
down to the present, with special emj^hasis on the period beginning with
Adam Smidi. Attention is gi\'en to tlie economic and political environment
in \\'hich the ideas emerged and to important biographical details of some of
die leading economists who advanced or held the ideas. Prerequisite: Econ.
211 and 212 and Senior standing.
EDUCATION
ED. 221: DEVELOPMENTAL READING 3 s.h.
A broadly based course wliich emphasizes improvement in rate, compre-
hension, reading taste, and independence in reading. Students are introduced
to wide and varied sources of reading and numerous means of improvement
in reading skills. Instiuction in Uieory and an introduction to the possibilities
of a supplementary mechanical program for reading improvement are included.
Prerequisite: Ed. 333 or El. Ed. 323.
ED. 223: SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION 3 s.h.
An introductory course to tlie social, liistorical, and philosophical founda-
tions of education and to the relationship between schools and American soci-
ety. Requirements and opportimities of professional careers in education are
related to undergraduate and graduate programs of teacher preparation.
ED. 224: EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENT 3 s.h.
Professional techniques or educational testing procedures apphed to the
administiation, construction, interpretadon, and statistical computation of edu-
cational measurements. A first course.
ED. 321: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING
ENGLISH 3 s.h.
This course gives consideration to the following: the place of English in
the curriculum of the free public school in America; specific procedures for
teaching and evaluating oral and written composition, English usage, and
literature; the school-wide English program; and the administration of the
school paper and the yearbook.
ED. 322: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING
FRENCH 3 s.h.
This course includes training in phonetics as well as in teaching procedures
currently considered most e(lecti\'e at the secondary and also the elementary
levels. Prerequisite: French 251.
ED. 323: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING
GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
A survey of available materials and current curricula in the field of geogra-
phy form the basis for an analysis of modern techniques in the teaching of
geography. Emphasis is placed on the nature, scope, and contributions of ge-
ography to general education. Time is devoted to the evaluation of recent
textbooks, supplementary readers, government publication, magazines, maps,
and pictures. The development of the best methods, techniques, and skills in
the use of all teaching aids and in the guiding of pupils in their study is the
leading olijective of the course.
ED. 324: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING
MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
Place and function of mathematics in secondary education; content and
112
the improvement and evaluation of instruction in mathematics; acquaintance
with current hterature and research; observation in secondary schools. Pre-
requisite: 9 hours of college mathematics.
ED. 326: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING
SOCIAL STUDIES 3 s.h.
This course is intended to familiarize prospective teachers with desirable
methods which may be used in teaching the social studies. Emphasis is placed
on the philosophy, objectives, course of study, and organization of subject
matter for teaching purposes, curriculum materials, procedures and develop-
ment.
ED. 327: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING
SPANISH 3 s.h.
Materials, methods, and problems are covered in the teaching of Spanish
on the secondary level. Observations and readings in methodology are extra-
class activities.
ED. 328: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING
SPEECH 3 s.h.
A methods course designed to prepare seniors for student teaching. Con-
sideration is given to such areas as: the place of speech in education, class-
room procedures, diagnosis of speech needs, criticism of classroom speaking,
evaluation of results of instruction, and supervision of extra-curricular ac-
tivities. Prerequisites: 13 credits in Speech including Sp. 113.
ED. 329: AUDIO-VISUAL COMMUNICATION 2 s.h.
Audio-Visual Communication is the study of educational theory and prac-
tice concerned with the design and use of messages which control the learning
process.
ED. 331: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING
FOREIGN LANGUAGES (APPLIED LINGUISTICS) 3 s.h.
Lectures, discussions, and extensive reading on language learning and
language teaching, witli an introduction to applied linguistics. Required of
all foreign language education majors except those taking Ed. 322 or 327.
ED. 332: BIOMETHODS 3 s.h.
Modern concepts of biology teaching. An examination of the major con-
cepts, materials, and techniques that permeate the modern biology programs
and experiences in tlie investigatory approach to teaching biology, facilitated
through laboratory, field, and simulated teaching experiences.
ED. 333: TEACHING OF READING-SECONDARY 3 s.h.
An overview of the physiological and psychological aspects of reading and
methods applicable for group and individual instruction at the junior and
senior high school levels. English majors who wish to qualify for certification
in reading should schedule this course as a prerequisite to all other courses in
reading. Not open to Elementary Education majors.
ED. 334: METHODS OF TEACHING THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 3 s.h.
Modern concepts of chemistry, physics, and general science teaching and
evaluating with emphasis on a laboratory oriented approach. The philosophy,
laboratory techniques, curriculum, testing, and extra-curricular aspects of sec-
ondary school chemistry, physics, and general science teaching will be pre-
sented. Prerequisite: For secondary chemistry majors— 16 s.h. in chemistry;
for comprehensive science majors— 16 s.h. of biology, chemistry, physics, and/
or applicable geography courses; for physics majors— ten hours of physics.
113
ED. 422: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM INCLUDING
SCHOOL LAW 2 s.h.
Special attention to tlie practical application of techniques of teaching and
classroom management, comparison of techniques in specialized areas, typical
problems encountei^ed in student teaching, general piinciples of school law,
and Pennsylvania school la\\'S pertaining to tlie work of tlie classroom teacher.
Limited to student teachers except by special arrangement.
ED. 423, 424: LIBRARY PRACTICE AND SECONDARY
STUDENT TEACHING (6, 6)-12 s.h.
Two major assigrmients are required: the equivalent of one-half time in
public school library practice and the equivalent of one-half time in class-
room academic teaching, botli under tlie supervision of approved cooperating
librarians and teachers in public school student teaching centers aiEliated
with the College.
ED. 424: SECONDARY STUDENT TEACHING 12 s.h.
Observation and participation in teaching and in activities related to the
performance of a teacher's work in tlie area of die student's specialization.
Assignments for secondary student teaching are completed at off -campus public
school teaching centers associated with the College.
ED. 426: READING PROBLEMS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
The course prepares the teacher to plan corrective procedures which will
eventuate tlie return of the student to his appropriate level of reading and
comprehension in the diversified and comprehensive reading needs of the
secondary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 333.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
EL. ED. 231: CREATIVE ACTIVITIES 3 s.h.
Exploration of the nature and value of creativeness together with classroom
opportunities for its development. Consideration of the unit of work and the
guidance of children in creative learning and expression. Student participation
in individual and group pi-ojects by which tliey demonstrate how creativeness
can be fostered in the elementary school.
EL. ED. 321: CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
Acquisition of understanding and appreciation of the mental, physical, social,
and emotional aspects of development. Emphasis on techniques of motivation,
principles of learning, the role of individual differences, and environmental
factors affecting attitudes, personalities, growth, and intellectual interests. Lec-
tures, discussions, readings, and reports required.
EL. ED. 232: TEACHING OF READING 3 s.h.
An overview of the physiological and psychological aspects of reading and
the materials and methods applicable for group and individual instruction in
the elementary grades.
EL. ED. 324: TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
This course examines topics from both the "traditional" and the "modern"
elementary school mathematics instructional program. Emphasis is placed upon
the scope and development of the sul^ject matter of some of the more recent
programs and upon the recent psychological contributions in the area of con-
ceptual stages, styles, and tempos related to teaching elementary school mathe-
matics. The development and implementation of a repertoire of mathematics
114
I
teaching strategies, instructional media, and diagnostic procedures are stressed
throughout the course. Prerequisite: Math. 111.
EL. ED. 325: MODERN CURRICULUM AND METHODS 5 s.h.
An integrated course coordinating theory and practice in the teaching of
social studies, language arts, and health and physical education. Methods and
materials applicable to unit type teaching, to the core curriculum, and to more
traditional formations of the school are developed as emphasis is placed on
the selection, organization, and evaluation of experiences and materials for
elementary school children.
EL. ED. 326: READING PROBLEMS IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Provides theory and practicum for the remedy of reading and learning
problems in the classroom. The diagnostic tools and methods with which to
discover and correct the academic, emotional, and physical factors involved
in children wdth specific and non-specific learning disorders in the field of
reading. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 323.
EL. ED. 332: NURSERY-KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Study of the function of pre-school and kindergarten programs in relation
to the growth and development of children with a consideration of develop-
mental and environmental influences on emotional problems. Study of the
curriculum, physical enviionment, and such areas as music, literature, arts,
science, creative expression, home-school relations, and dramatic play. Campus
school experiences, directed reading, and films. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 321.
EL. ED. 422: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM INCLUDING
SCHOOL LAW 2 s.h.
Problems, practices, and regulations attending student teaching professional
experiences. Coordination of the student teaching program with the educa-
tional objectives of the student teaching centers. Pennsylvania school laws
relevant to the work of the beginning elementary school teacher. Practical
interpretations of professional ethics and die functions of professional organ-
izations. Limited to student teachers.
EL. ED. 424: ELEMENTARY STUDENT TEACHING 12 s.h.
Observation and participation in teaching and in activities related to the
performance of a teacher's work. The semester's program is divided into two
student teaching assignments involving experience at two grade levels. Most
assignments for elementary student teaching are completed at pubfic school
off-campus student teaching centers associated with the College.
EL. ED. 423, 424: LIBRARY PRACTICE AND ELEMENTARY
STUDENT TEACHING (6, 6)-12 s.h.
Observation and participation in teaching and in activities related to the
performance of a teacher's work. The semester's program is divided into two
student teaching assignments involving experience at one grade level and an
elementary school Hbrary. Most assignments for elementary student teaching
are completed at public school off-campus student teaching centers associated
with the College.
ENGLISH
ENG. Ill: COMPOSITION I 3 s.h.
This course emphasizes the development of practical skills in expository
writing through writing experiences and the study and analysis of prose
115
models. When necessary, remedial work is done in punctuation, basic gram-
mar, and spelling. A grade of C must be earned in Composition I before Com-
position II may be scheduled.
ENG. 112: COMPOSITION II 3 s.h.
English 112 is a logical extension of English III, offering furtlier practice
in effective writing. Stress is placed on the organization of various types of
expression through reading, discussion, and interpretation of selected Hterature.
Emphasis is also placed on the research paper and related skills. Prerequisite:
Grade of C or above in Eng. 111.
ENG. 213: INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE 3 s.h.
As an inboduction to literature, this course is designed to provide oppor-
tunities for extensive reading wliich will familiarize students with the devel-
opment of human thought as it has found expression in the recognized liter-
ary masterpieces of all times and peoples.
ENG. 251: ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The course in English Literature is a sui-vey of the literature of England
beginning with Beowulf and moving through each literary and liistorical per-
iod. Representative selections from the recognized great in tlie literatiu-e of
England are read. Emphasis is placed on the influence the history of the
country has had upon its hterature.
ENG. 252: AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The work in American literature is a survey of the literature and the social
history of America. Samples of significant work from American writers are
studied.
ENG. 253: GRAMMAR AND LINGUISTICS 3 s.h.
The course is devoted, first, to an intensive study of formal English gram-
mar and, second, to an introduction to transformational grammar.
ENG. 254: AMERICAN PROSE 3 s.h.
The course in American prose considers both fiction and nonfiction work
representative of American thinking and writing. Attention is given to social,
political, and intellectual background related to selections studied.
ENG. 255: PRE-SHAKESPEARIAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
This course is a study of the development of literature in England prior
to 1600. Particularly treated are Beowulf, the Arthurian epics, Chaucer,
Spenser, and the medieval drama.
ENG. 256: SEVENTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The course consists of study of John Milton and other important writers
such as Bunyan, Walton, Donne, and various Cavalier and Puritan poets. The
relation of the literature to the social, religious, and political history of tlie
century is emphasized.
ENG. 257: THE NOVEL TO 1870 3 s.h.
Tlie development of the novel in English as a major literary form is traced
from its beginning in the mid-eighteenth century to Hardy and Twain through
the reading and analysis of representative novels.
ENG. 258: SHORT STORY 3 s.h.
The work of this course consists of lectures on the historical development
of the short story followed by an intensive study of representative types. Class
work is supplemented by extensive individual reading.
116
ENG. 259: JOURNALISM 3 s.h.
A survey which provides theory and practice for all students vv^ho are in-
terested in writing and other forms of journalism. Class contact with profes-
sional journalists and actual situations aids in bridging the gap between text-
book theory and actual journalism practice.
ENG. 261: THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT IN
AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
This course is the study of a selected group of writers to illustrate their
contributions to American art and thought and their relations with the de-
velopment of Romanticism in the first half of the nineteenth century. Em-
phasis is given to Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, and Whit-
man. Prerequisite: Eng. 252.
ENG. 262: THE REALISTIC MOVEMENT IN
AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
This course is a study of a selected group of writers to illustrate the develop-
ment of realism and beginnings of naturalism in American Literature in the
latter half of the nineteenth century and the first part of the twentieth cen-
tury. The course concentrates on representative figures such as Clemens,
Howells, Crane, James, and Norris. Prerequisite: Eng. 252.
ENG. 263: CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
This course is a study of a selected group of writers to illustrate the de-
velopment of modern American Literature as a reflection of and comment
upon our twentieth century experience. The course concentrates upon such
representative figures as Dreiser, Lewis, Anderson, Fitzgerald, Hemingway,
Dos Passos, Faulkner, Steinbeck, Frost, and Eliot.
ENG. 291: SHORT FICTION OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 3 s.h.
This course concentrates on the developments in the short story of the
twentieth century. Readings are drawn from such modem writers of vidde
reputation as Kafka, Joyce, Faulkner, Camus, and Lagerkvist.
ENG. 331: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 s.h.
A study of the best in children's literature, both old and new, and the age
when it is most appreciated. Students are acquainted with the history of chil-
dren's literature, authors, illustrators, children's periodicals, and sources avail-
able for book selection. Wide reading of children's books, story telling, and
oral reading are required. Required for elementary majors.
ENG. 351: ADVANCED COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
Advanced composition emphasizes writing experience in critical, expository,
descriptive, argumentative, and creative work through intensive study of ex-
amples, frequent papers, and critical discussion of students' work.
ENG. 352: AMERICAN POETRY 3 s.h.
The course is devoted to a study of the work of poets representative of
American culture from the colonial period to the present.
ENG. 353: SHAKESPEARE 3 s.h.
The work of this course is a study of selected comedies, tragedies, and
historical plays by Shakespeare, together with the social, historical, and lit-
erary background necessary for their full appreciation.
ENG. 354: EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Representative works of major Restoration and eighteenth century writers,
such as Pepys, Dryden, Swift, Addison, Steele, Pope, Johnson, and Gold-
117
smitli, are considered in relation to the social, political, and intellectual climate
of age.
ENG. 355: NOVEL SINCE 1870 3 s.h.
Through lectures and discussions the course examines trends in the develop-
ment of the English and American novel since 1870. Six to eight representative
novels are intensively studied.
ENG. 356: ENGLISH ROMANTIC LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The major \'\'orks of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, and
their contemporaries are considered and related to tlie intellectual, political,
and social currents of the time.
ENG. 451: CONTEMPORARY POETRY 3 s.h.
This course in contemporary poetry is devoted to consideration of rep-
resentative verse published in both England and America since 1870.
ENG. 452: MODERN DRAMA 3 s.h.
A comprehensive view of the best dramatic literature of the modern Ameri-
can and British theater since 1890 is presented through lectures, discussion,
and experiences related to the contemporary stage.
ENG. 453: CHAUCER 3 s.h.
The course is an intensive study of The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and
Criseyde together with Chaucer's English and continental background.
ENG. 454: VICTORIAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The course in Victorian literature begins with a study of the many eco-
nomic, social, religious, and political problems that disturbed nineteenth
century England. The work of the major poets, essayists, and noveUsts is
studied witli particular care. Among the poets, Tennyson and Browning and
the Pre-Raphaelites are given close attention. Novels representative of a half
dozen of the most important fiction writers of the period are read and dis-
cussed.
ENG. 455: CRITICISM 3 s.h.
The course is a historical study of literary criticism and aesthetic theory
with emphasis upon modem trends.
ENG. 456: ENGLISH HONORS SEMINAR 3 s.h.
Devoted to intensive study of selected writers and their works, the seminar
is designed to offer excellent students opportunities for advanced and unusu-
ally challenging study in literature. Admission by departmental invitation.
ENG. 457: INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS 3 s.h.
The course presents the essentials of descriptive, historical, comparative,
and structural linguistics and demonstrates the interrelationship between lin-
guistics and other fields such as phonetics, semantics, and foreign languages.
The course offers students an opportunity to increase their functional knowl-
edge through study of vocabulary, tools, and applications of linguistics.
ENG. 458: HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 s.h.
The history of the English language; a study of its origins and changes in
structure, usage, pronunciation, spelling, vocabulary, and meaning.
ENG. 459: OLD ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 3 s.h.
An introduction to the essentials of Old English grammar; readings in sim-
ple Old English prose and poetry.
118
ENG. 460: THE CRAFT OF FICTION 3 s.h.
The course provides extensive practice in the writing of short narrative
fiction. Student work is subjected to intensive group criticism. Course stand-
ards roughly approximate those of commercial fiction editors.
FRENCH
In addition to courses listed below, students of French have an opportunity
to study for a summer, a term, or an entire academic year in France and/or
Canada.
FR. 151: FRENCH I (ELEMENTARY I) 4 s.h.
Essentials of grammar, inductively presented. Emphasis on aural compre-
hension and oral expression, with extensive use of the language laboratory.
Students may not receive credit for this course until French 152 has been
successfully completed. Exceptions may be made for seniors and transfers upon
the recommendation of the department head.
FR. 152: FRENCH II (ELEMENTARY II) 4 s.h.
Continuation of French 151, with increasing emphasis on graded reading
material. Prerequisite: French 151 or permission of the instructor.
FR. 153: ELEMENTARY FRENCH CONVERSATION 3 s.h.
Conversational practice, with extensive oral drill on grammatical patterns.
Designed for those students who have met the prerequisites for French 251
but are lacking in aural-oral proficiency. May be taken concurrently with
French 251.
FR. 251: FRENCH III (INTERMEDIATE I) 3 s.h.
Brief systematic review of basic grammar; graded readings, conversation
and composition on everyday topics. Prerequisites: French 152 or two years
of high school study and/or a satisfactory placement test score.
FR. 252: FRENCH IV (INTERMEDIATE II) 3 s.h.
Intensive reading of selected short stories and /or other works; outside
reading, with oral and /or written reports. Prerequisites: French 251; or three
years of high school study and /or a satisfactory placement test score.
FR. 255: FRENCH CIVILIZATION I 3 s.h.
A survey of French geography, history, literature, and culture designed
to equip teachers ^dth the materials and understanding necessary to the pre-
sentation of the language as a rich, meaningful, and integral part of a great
civilization. Prerequisites: French 252 or four years of high school study and/
or a satisfactory placement test score.
FR. 256: FRENCH CIVILIZATION II 3 s.h.
Continuation of French 255, which is prerequisite. These two courses are
required of all majors.
FR. 351: ADVANCED FRENCH GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
Intensive oral and written drill with emphasis on finer points of grammar,
colloquial, and idiomatic usage. English-to-French translation, fee composi-
tion, and conversation on everyday topics. Prerequisites: French 255 and 256
or one literature course.
FR. 353: THE MODERN FRENCH DRAMA 3 s.h.
French drama from the 1890's to the present day. Playwrights principally
treated are Maeterlinck, Claudel, Cocteau, Giraudoux, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus,
Beckett, and lonesco.
119
FR. 354: THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL 3 s.h.
A study of seven major French novelists of the 20th Century: Proust, Gide,
Makaux, Mauriac, Sartre, Camus, and Bernanos.
FR. 355: FRENCH ROMANTICISM 3 s.h.
A study of French Romanticism from Chateaubriand to the Revolution of
1848. Major figures: Chateaubriand, Stendhal, Balzac, and Hugo.
FR. 356: FRENCH POETRY FROM BAUDELAIRE
TO SURREALISM 3 s.h.
A survey of the major trends in French poetry from Baudelaire to the early
20th Century, particularly Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarme, and
Valery,
FR. 357: THE FRENCH REALISTIC NOVEL 3 s.h.
A study of French realism and naturalism from the Revolution of 1848 to
1900. Major figures: Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, and Daudet.
FR. 358: THE LITERATURE OF THE
AGE OF ENLIGHTENMENT 3 s.h.
Reading of essays, drama, and fiction of the 18th Century. Major figures:
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau.
FR. 359: THE LITERATURE OF THE CLASSICAL AGE 3 s.h.
Classical French philosophy, drama, and poetry: Comeille, Racine, Mohere,
Pascal, Descartes, La Fontaine.
FR. 451: SUPERVISED READINGS IN FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
As the title suggests, the course is devoted to selected readings determined
in relation to the needs and interests of the individual major.
GEOGRAPHY
GEOG. Ill: BASIC PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
The aim of this course is to develop a knowledge and appreciation of the
elements of the physical environment and man's relationship with tliem. World
patterns of land forms, climate, soils, vegetation, etc., are treated in conjunction
with man's use of his material resources.
GEOG. 251: ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
The production, distribution, and use of tlie basic commodities of the world;
the relationship between the physical factors and economic conditions and
the pattern of major occupations; world trade and trade routes, types of car-
riers, and commodities carried; economic landscapes in underdeveloped lands
and in the Western world. Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 252: PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 3 s.h.
A study of the earth (minerals and rocks) and the processes, both con-
structional and destructional, which have shaped it since it was formed. Con-
structional processes include volcanism, mountain building, and sedimentation.
Destructional processes include the erosional activity of streams, glaciers,
ground water, waves, and wind. In connection with these topics, an eff^ort is
made to acquaint the student with the methods and work of geologists and
with some of the research at the frontiers of geology. The course includes a
field trip into local areas. No prerequisites.
120
GEOG. 253: GEOMORPHOLOGY 3 s.h.
The physical phenomena as dynamic forces affecting man: landforms, their
origin, and die forces that produced them; soils, minerals, water resources and
their relationship to man. Prerequisite: Geog. 252 (Geology).
GEOG. 254: GONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURGES 3 s.h.
The use and conservation of the nation's resources of water, land, forest,
wildlife, minerals, power, and human resources.
GEOG. 255: TRADE AND TRANSPORTATION 3 s.h.
The interdependence of industries, regions, and nations and the need for
eflScient transportation and communication; factors influencing the type of
transportation used; changes in methods of transportation: the Great Lakes-
St. Lawrence Seaway, jet air service, and great circle routes. Prerequisite:
Geog. 111.
GEOG. 256: GEOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.
A regional analysis of Pennsylvania, emphasizing man's cultural and eco-
nomic response to environmental factors. Special attention is given to the re-
sources of the state, analyzing their extent, their use, the need for well di-
rected conservation, and the regional planning program of the Commonwealth.
Field trips are an integral part of the course. Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 257: GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES
AND GANADA 3 s.h.
A regional study of the United States and Canada, considering man's re-
lationship to the physical factors of relief, climate, soil, vegetation, and mineral
resources. Their political structures and their relationships vsdth each other and
the rest of the world are analyzed from a geographic viewpoint. Emphasis
is placed on Pennsylvania's position in the regional geography of the United
States and Canada. Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 258: HISTORICAL GEOLOGY 3 s.h.
The course deals with the interpretation of the record of the rocks and the
geologic history of the earth with emphasis on North America. The physical
history of the continent and the development of life, especially backboned
forms, are discussed. Regional geologic history is illustrated by selected areas,
notably Appalachia. Prerequisite: Geog. 252 or 111.
GEOG. 259: MAP INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.
A broad study of maps, charts, and atlases which is designed to develop
an awareness of the great variety of maps available and to promote skill in
their use. Emphasis is given to understanding map characteristics and prop-
erties needed for effective map usage, projections upon which maps are com-
monly drawn, co-ordinates and grid systems, map scales, aerial representations
of relief, and statistical data.
GEOG. 260: MINERALOGY 3 s.h.
The identification, uses, physical and chemical properties, occurrence, ori-
gin, and crystallography of the common minerals. Prerequisite: at least high
school chemistry,
GEOG. 261: PETROLOGY 3 s.h.
The identification, occurrence and origin, classification, physical and chemi-
cal properties and uses of the common rocks. Includes a brief study of the
important rock forming minerals. Prerequisite: Geog. 252 or Geog. 111.
121
GEOG. 351: METEOROLOGY 3 s.h.
A systematic stud>' of the atmosphere, analyzing the laws and underlying
principles of atmospheric change. Students have tlie opportunity to become
famiHar with the common \^eatlrer insti^uments, to observe and record weatlier
data, to read and interpret ^^•eather maps, and to consider tlie problems of
a\"iation growing out of atmospheric conditions. Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 352: CLIMATOLOGY 3 s.h.
A systematic study of the climatic regions of tlie earth, witli advantages
and hmitations of each for human occupance. The physical aspects of the
atmosphere and tlie regional characteristics of climate are investigated. This
course pro\ides a ^■aluable background for courses in Economic Geography,
PoUtical Geography, and the regional courses of the earth's continents. Pre-
requisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 353: DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY 3 s.h.
The motions of tlie earth, moon, and planets and their connotations; the
nature of the sun; the insti-uments of the astronomer, with observations of
the constellations and types of stars. Special attention is given to magnitudes,
spectra, temperatures, steUar atmospheres, giant and dwarf stars, binary and
variable stars, and the galaxies.
GEOG. 354: HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF
THE UNITED STATES 3 s.h.
The natural and cultural regions of pre-Columbian United States and the
geography of settlement and regional development of the country to 1890.
This course is \'ery desirable for history majors. Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 355: GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOVIET UNION 3 s.h.
This regional study deals with Russia's location, size, surface features, cli-
mate, vegetation, soils, mineral wealth, occupations, production, transportation,
and go\'ernment. Russia's future production and economic and political in-
fluence are considered. Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 356: GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE 3 s.h.
A study of European landscapes and regions which seeks to develop an
understanding of the geographic basis of Europe's major economic and social
problems. Emphasis is upon western Europe; the Soviet Union is not included
in this course. Recommended for majors in history.
GEOG. 357: GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA 3 s.h.
A regional course stressing the interrelationship of the economic, social, and
political life of the people with their spatial environment. Problems of over
population, standards of living, natiual resources, industry, and government
are emphasized. The Soviet Union is not included in this course. Prerequisite:
Geog. 111.
GEOG. 451: CARTOGRAPHY I 3 s.h.
A study of the basic concepts in map design and techniques of map con-
struction with special emphasis on actual map compilation and drawing. The
course treats the evolution of maps, types of maps and their usefulness, map
scales, use of aerial photographs as a source of map data, and the Idnds and
uses of drafting instruments. Two lectures and three hours laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 452: GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AMERICA 3 s.h.
A comparative study of the geographical regions of Middle and South
America. Latin American relations with the United States and the rest of the
122
world are interpreted through an analysis of the economic, social, and cultural
activities of man in relation to the physical factors of his en\dronment. Pre-
requisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 453: GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA AND AUSTRALIA 3 s.h.
A regional study of Africa, Austialia, and the neighboring islands of the
Pacific, showing the social and economic developments of these lands in re-
lation to their physical environment. Their political affiliations, the geographic
aspects of colonial problems, land tenure, race, and the significance of pro-
duction and strategic location are considered. Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 454: POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Geographic factors influencing the character, development, and functioning
of political units, especially the national state. The internal areal stiucture
and external relations of nation states are studied as factors of political power.
Natural, cultural, and ethnic regions of political areas are brought into focus,
including core areas and capitals, dependent areas and colonies, and the com-
munication lines necessary to maintain them. Points and zones of international
conflict are connected with the practice of great power politics and with prob-
lems of world peace. Recommended for majors in history and political science.
Prerequisite: Geog. 111.
GEOG. 455: CARTOGRAPHY II 3 s.h.
Application of and experimentation with cartographic techniques, materials
and procedures as related to map compilation. Problems of relief representa-
tion, mapping of quantitative data, and their relation to reproduction pro-
cesses.
GEOG. 459: FIELD GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Techniques of geographic field investigation, wth practical experience in
conducting geographic studies and making maps out-of-doors. Prerequisite:
Geog. 259, Map Interpretation, or consent of the insfauctor. Offered in sum-
mer only. Enrollment limited.
GERMAN
In addition to courses listed below, students of German have an opportunity
to study for a summer, a term, or an entire academic year in Germany and /or
Austria.
GER. 151: GERMAN I (ELEMENTARY I) 4 s.h.
Essentials of grammar, inductively presented. Emphasis on aural compre-
hension and oral expression, with extensive use of the language laboratory.
Students may not receive credit for tliis course until German 152 has been
successfully completed. Exceptions may be made for seniors and tiansfers
upon the recommendation of the department head.
GER. 152: GERMAN II (ELEMENTARY II) 4 s.h.
Continuation of German 151, with increasing emphasis on graded reading
material. Prerequisite: German 151, or permission of the instructor.
GER. 153: ELEMENTARY GERMAN CONVERSATION 3 s.h.
Conversational practice, witii extensive oral drill of grammatical patterns.
Designed for those stiidents who have met the prerequisites for German 251
but are lacking in aural-oral proficiency. May be taken concurrently with
German 251.
123
GER. 251: GERMAN III (INTERMEDIATE I) 3 s.h.
Brief systematic re\aew of basic grammar; giaded readings; conversation
and composition on everyday topics. Prerequisites: German 152 or two years
of high school study and /or a satisfactory placement test score.
GER. 252: GERMAN IV (INTERMEDIATE II) 3 s.h.
Intensive reading of selected short stories and /or other works; outside read-
ing, with oral and /or written reports. Prerequisites: German 251 or three years
of high school study and /or a satisfactory placement test score.
GER. 253: SCIENTIFIC GERMAN 2 s.h.
A study of scientific terminology and style, with extensive readings in vari-
ous scientific fields. Prerequisite: German 251 or equivalent. Science and
matliematics majors may substitute this course for German 252.
GER. 255: GERMANIC CIVILIZATION I 3 s.h.
A survey of German geography, history, literature and culture, designed to
equip teachers with the materials and understanding necessary to the presen-
tation of the language as a rich, meaningful and integral part of a great civil-
ization. Prerequisites: German 252 or four years of high school study and /or
a satisfactory placement test score.
GER. 256: GERMANIC CIVILIZATION II 3 s.h.
Continuation of German 255, which is prerequisite.
GER. 351: ADVANCED GERMAN GRAMMAR
AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
Intensive oral and written drill, with emphasis on finer points of grammar,
colloquial, and idiomatic usage. English-to-German translation, free composi-
tion, and conversation on everyday topics. Prerequisites: German 255 and 256
or one literature course.
GER. 352: SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
THROUGH THE CLASSICAL AGE 3 s.h.
Study and discussion of the main trends of German thought and literary
expression. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Goetlie, Schiller, and
Les.sing,
GER. 353: THE MODERN GERMAN DRAMA 3 s.h.
German drama from the middle of tlie 19th Century to the present, cover-
ing representative writers of the Realist, Naturalist, and Expressionist move-
ments, as well as selected contemporary writers.
GER. 354: THE MODERN GERMAN NOVEL 3 s.h.
The German novel of the last hundred years with emphasis on 20th Cen-
tury writers such as Thomas Mann, Franz Werfel, Hermann Hesse, et al.
GER. 355: GERMAN ROMANTICISM 3 s.h.
The older and younger schools of German Romanticism (Jena, Berlin, and
Heidelberg) with emphasis on the revival of folk poetry, and consideration of
influences upon American Romanticism. Representative authors: Holderlin,
Novalis, Arnim, and Brentano.
GER. 358: CLASSICAL GERMAN LITERATURE:
GOETHE, SCHILLER AND LESSING 3 s.h.
Goethe's Faust and other great works of the Golden Age of German litera-
ture.
124
GER. 451: SUPERVISED READINGS IN GERMAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The course is devoted to selected readings determined in relation to the
needs and interests of the individual major.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
The following courses are offered for fulfillment of the general education
requirement for all students.
HPE 111: HEALTH EDUCATION 2 s.h.
Consideration of the physical and mental equipment of the individual and
of the practical application of health knovi'ledge in personal and community
living.
HPE 131 BEGINNING SWIMMING , 1 s.h.
HPE 132 INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 1 s.h.
HPE 230 SENIOR LIFE SAVING 1 s.h.
HPE 231 ADVANCED AQUATICS FOR MEN 1 s.h.
HPE 232 ADVANCED AQUATICS FOR WOMEN 1 s.h.
HPE 233 SPRINGBOARD DIVING FOR MEN 1 s.h.
HPE 234 SPRINGBOARD DIVING FOR WOMEN 1 s.h.
HPE 235 CANOEING 1 s.h.
HPE 330 WATERSAFETY INSTRUCTOR 1 s.h.
HPE 140 ARCHERY 1 s.h.
HPE 141 BADMINTON 1 s.h.
HPE 142 BOWLING 1 s.h.
HPE 143 GOLF 1 s.h.
HPE 144 HANDBALL AND RACQUET PADDLEBALL FOR MEN 1 s.h.
HPE 145 RACQUET PADDLEBALL FOR WOMEN 1 s.h.
HPE 146 SKIING 1 s.h.
HPE 147 TENNIS 1 s.h.
HPE 148 WRESTLING AND WEIGHT TRAINING 1 s.h.
HPE 151 BASKETBALL FOR MEN 1 s.h.
HPE 152 BASKETBALL FOR WOMEN 1 s.h.
HPE 153 VOLLEYBALL FOR MEN 1 s.h.
HPE 154 VOLLEYBALL FOR WOMEN 1 s.h.
HPE 161 MODERN DANCE 1 s.h.
HPE 171 GYMNASTICS FOR MEN 1 s.h.
HPE 172 GYMNASTICS FOR WOMEN 1 s.h.
In the above activity courses basic skills and fundamental techniques are
taught. Etiquette, sportsmanship, strategy, rules, and officiating are included
in the course content where applicable.
HPE 181: ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 s.h.
A modified or corrective physical education course for those who by reason
of illness or disability are unable to participate in the more vigorous forms
of physical education activities.
HPE 182: POSTURE AND BODY MECHANICS 1 s.h.
An overall analysis of the factors involved in correct posture and body me-
chanics with individually prescribed exercise programs to meet personal needs.
HPE 223: PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR ELEMENTARY MAJORS 1 s.h.
A course especially designed for Elementary Majors with emphasis upon
activities related to the elementary school. Required for all men and women
125
majoring in Elementary Education except for those students with an area of
specialization in Health and Physical Education.
The follo\ving courses are offered for fulfillment of an area of specialization
in Health and Ph>sical Education for Elementary Education Majors.
HPE 112: HEALTH EDUCATION IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 2 s.h.
A course based on tlie premise that health education is not a subject but
rather a way of living. Special emphasis placed upon the development of
sound principles and procedures in meeting tlie different needs of the child
in relation to the school, home, and community. Elementary health courses
of stud}- fonn tlie basic point from which each student explores content and
methods for making a sound total healdi education program. The interrela-
tionship of health education with all fields in the modern elementary program
is a focal point of attention.
HPE 113: PRINCIPLES OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 2 s.h.
An orientation course designed to provide a study of Health Education and
Phj'sical Education in the Elementary School. Consideration is given to his-
tory, values, objectives, and recent emphasis.
HPE 210: ANATOMY OF LOCOMOTION 3 s.h.
A study of the human body witli particular emphasis on the systems of the
body necessary for movement as related to scientifically sound and practical
programs of physical education.
HPE 211: PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 2 s.h.
Scientific evaluation of the effects of muscular activity upon tlie human
organism as a whole. Application to specific problems of the Health and
Physical Education program. Prerequisite: HPE 210.
HPE 224: ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ACTIVITIES I 1 s.h.
The analysis and practical application of liasic movement patterns and
skills. Physical fitness, exercise, stunts and tinnbling, and self-testing activities
are studied as a part of this course. This course is to be substituted for HPE
223 by elementary education majors selecting physical education as their area
of specialization.
HPE 310: ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION
FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 2 s.h.
The study and application of the modified or restricted activities to be pro-
vided at all grade levels for the child who may not safely participate in the
regular instructional class period.
HPE 313: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH
EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Procedures of program building in Health Education and Physical Educa-
tion; curricular and extra-curricular, facilities and equipment, class procedures,
and legal liability. Prerequisites: HPE 224, 324.
HPE 324: ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ACTIVITIES II 2 s.h.
Games of low organization, team games, individual and dual sports, aqua-
tics, rhythms dance, classroom and recreational activities as they add their
unique contribution to the physical and cultural development of the elemen-
tary school child. Emphasis on progression, skill development and safety for
each grade level.
126
HPE 325: CAMPING AND OUTDOOR RECREATION 2 s.h.
Practical experiences in the basic skills necessary for a successful camping
experience and their application for the effective organization of the elemen-
tary school camping program as it relates to and integrates witli the total out-
door education movement.
HPE 410: KINESIOLOGY 2 s.h.
Techniques used in the analysis of bodily movement in physical activity.
Prerequisite: HPE 210.
HPE 413: CURRENT TRENDS IN HEALTH EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 s.h.
Designed to aid tlie mature student in identifying, analyzing, and evalua-
ting recent developments and critical issues in Health Education, Physical
Education, and Recreation.
HPE 414: THE FIRST AID AND SAFETY 2 s.h.
The responsibilities and duties of the teacher in the development and teach-
ing of programs in first aid and safety that are related to the students' school
and community en\dronment. The American Red Cross Standard First Aid
course will be included.
HISTORY
HIST. Ill: HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND
MEDIEVAL CIVILIZATION 3 s.h.
The course includes a survey of prehistoric cultures, the earliest civiliza-
tions, and European Medieval civilization to 1500. Its purpose is to present
a knowledge of the origins of the broad social, political, intellectual, and
economic movements of the past from which the student may gain an under-
standing of civilization today.
HIST. 112: HISTORY OF MODERN CIVILIZATION 3 s.h.
A study of significant movements and events from 1500' to the present. The
course emphasizes tiie interrelationships between cultures of various regions of
the world, with major attention to the influence Western European develop-
ment has exerted on other areas.
HIST. 213: HISTORY OF THE UNITED
STATES AND PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.
A survey of United States and Pennsylvania history from the period of ex-
ploration to the present.
HIST. 254: HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA:
COLONIAL PERIOD 3 s.h.
This course surveys the development of Colonial Latin America from its
discovery to 1825. The economic, social, cultural, and political aspects of
native Indian, Spanish, and Portiiguese civilizations in the Old and New
World are given detailed attention.
HIST. 255: HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA:
NATIONAL PERIOD 3 s.h.
The main emphasis in this course is on the history of the twenty Latin
American counh-ies since 1825. The economic, social, political, and cultural
development receives detailed attention. The course also surveys Latin Ameri-
ca's international relations with emphasis on U.S.-Latin American relations.
127
HIST. 256: HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.
A study of the founding and development of Pennsylvania from its colonial
beginning to the present time. Emphasis is placed on the social, economic,
and political de^'elopment in the different periods of its history. Special at-
tention is given to the diversity of the people, their institutions and problems,
and the growth of Pennsylvania to a leading position in our modern industrial
world.
HIST. 257: HISTORY OF THE NEAR EAST 3 s.h.
This sur\'ey is an area study of the early classical era by way of an ad-
vanced intensive exploration of the civiUzations in the Mediterranean East
and the Middle East. After an introduction to the religion of Judaism and
Christianit>' in tlieir political setting, the cultural contributions of tlae Semites,
Greeks, and Romans are examined. The Islamic Age is stressed. Emphasis is
placed upon modern identification of the countiies tliat make tliis an explosive
part of the world— Jordan, Israel, Lebanon, Iran, Iraq, Arabia, Syria, Egypt,
Turkey. Their relationship to the great powers is given attention.
HIST. 258: TRADITIONAL INDIA 3 s.h.
Examination of the historical development of Indian Civilization from its
early origins to the coming of the Europeans, with emphasis on the classical
period, religion, social organizations and the arts throughout the ancient Hindu
and Medieval Moslem periods.
HIST. 259: MODERN INDIA-PAKISTAN 3 s.h.
Rise of the British power, its political, economic and social impact; reaction
to British rule; rise of Nationalism and reformist movements; social, political
and economic development since 1947.
HIST. 270: MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA 3 s.h.
Different systems of Western Colonial rule, with major emphasis on terri-
torial expansion, political administration and economic patterns; reaction to
alien rule, rise of nationalism, and social, economic and political problems
since independence.
HIST. 310: HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT GREEKS 3 s.h.
The development of the Greek peoples from their first penetration into the
Mediterranean Area until their govermnents passed under Roman administra-
tion.
HIST. 311: HISTORY OF ROME TO A.D. 565 3 s.h.
The History of the Romans from the context of tlie founding of tlieir city,
through the development of their unique concept of government and civiliza-
tion during their Republic and Empire until the full emergence of the Byzan-
tine culture.
HIST. 320: MEDIEVAL HISTORY 3 s.h.
A study of the Middle Ages from the fall of Rome to 1500. Prerequisite:
Hist. Ill or consent of the instructor.
HIST. 330: EUROPE DURING THE RENAISSANCE 3 s.h.
A survey of the course of Europe's development from the thirteenth through
the sixteenth centuries with emphasis on political, social, economic, and cul-
tural trends and achievements and the problems of historical interpretation
they pose.
HIST. .335: EUROPE DURING THE REFORMATION 3 s.h.
A survey of Europe's development during the sixteenth and seventeenth
128
centuries with particular attention to the role of religion and religious issues
and to the interaction between religion and political, economic and cultural
affairs.
HIST. 340: HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1660 TO 1814 3 s.h.
A study of the social, economic, political, religious, and cultiu-al experi-
ences of the European people from the Age of Louis XIV through the Na-
poleonic Wars.
HIST. 345: HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1815 TO 1924 3 s.h.
A study of the social, economic, political, religious, and cultural experi-
ences of the European people from the Congress of Vienna to the death of
Lenin.
HIST. 354: CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN HISTORY 3 s.h.
This course is a study of the development of our nation through the Pro-
gressive Era, the first Rooseveltian period. World War I, the New Freedom,
the Depression, the New Deal, isolationism. World War II, the Cold War, the
Korean War, nuclear diplomacy, Eisenhower Republicanism, the New Frontier
of Kenned\', and the Great Society of Johnson. It includes political, social, and
economic developments of the past six decades.
HIST. 355: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF UNITED STATES 3 s.h.
A survey of the economic history of the United States and a study of the
relationship of the economic and the political and social factors in the develop-
ment of America. Prerequisite: Hist. 213.
HIST. 356: CONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN HISTORY 3 s.h.
In this course the diplomatic background, the testing of the alliances. World
War I, and the results of the Treaty of Versailles are emphasized. The various
ideologies of government and economics are examined. Europe is placed in its
proper setting of world significance.
HIST. 357: HISTORY OF ENGLAND TO 1689 3 s.h.
A comprehensive course in the History of England to the time of the
Glorious Revolution.
HIST. 358: HISTORY OF ENGLAND SINCE 1689 3 s.h.
A comprehensive course in the cultural, political, and economic history of
modern England.
HIST. 359: HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER 3 s.h.
This course includes the geographic continuity in the westward expansion
of United States rather than the chronological. The historical period stressed
in this course is from 1607 to 1893, the period when the American frontier
was in the process of developing.
HIST. 360: COLONIAL AMERICA 3 s.h.
A study of colonial history beginning with the Eru-opean background of
colonization and continuing through the American Revolution. Prerequisites:
Hist. 211 or consent of the instructor.
HIST. 361: HISTORY OF AMERICAN SCIENCE
AND TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.
This course places emphasis on the historical survey of the development
of American science and technology and of their effect on the growth of
America's culture. America's contributions to the rest of the world along the
lines of science and technology are stressed.
129
HIST. 362: HISTORY OF THE AFRO-AMERICAN 3 s.h.
A suney of Afro-American history from its African beginnings to con-
temporary times (1969). Special emphasis will be placed on tracing the role
of the Negro in American History in order to develop a better perspective of
his contribution to the iVmerican way of Hfe. A close study will be made of
the junctures of American History where the problems of the Afro-American
took on new meaning in American growth. Prerequisite: History 213— the
survey course m American History.
HIST. 365: RUSSIA TO THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 3 s.h.
Russia's development from the early centuries of die Christian era to the
present century. Stress on the period beginning with the reign of Peter the
Great with special attention to tlie nineteenth and early twentieth centuries
as background for die Soviet period.
HIST. 366: RUSSIA IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 3 s.h.
Russia's development in tlie twentieth century with major attention to Com-
munism in theory and practice and emphasis on the role of the Soviet Union
in world affairs.
HIST. 367: LATIN AMERICA AND ITS
WORLD RELATIONSHIPS 3 s.h.
This course is a survey of Latin America's interrelationships with other
world areas. It includes Latin America's place in the world politics, its position
in the international economic sphere, and its society and culture in a world
context. Special emphasis is placed on U. S.— Latin American relations.
HIST. 400: CONTEMPORARY ASIA SINCE THE
FIRST WORLD WAR 3 s.h.
An advanced elective course on the political and socio-economic changes in
contemporary Asia and tlie emergence of free States, with particular emphasis
on attempts to create stable democratic regimes.
HIST. 452: DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF UNITED STATES 3 s.h.
A study of American diplomatic history from 1789 to the present. The
course traces the development of major foreign policies and studies the
national and international factors which influence and determine these policies.
Prerequisite: Hist. 213.
HIST. 453: TWENTIETH CENTURY WORLD HISTORY 3 s.h.
The significance of events in the present century is brought out in this course
by a study of the growth of capitalism, imperialism, totalitarianism, inter-
national jealousies. World Wars I and II, and the attempt of the family of
nations to find world peace through international understanding.
HIST. 454: THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND
COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS 3 s.h.
An advanced elective course on the formation and career of the British
Commonwealth.
HIST. 455: THE CULTURE OF EUROPE
(EDUCATIONAL TOUR) 6 s.h.
Recent history and government of selected countries of Europe is stressed.
Emphasis is placed upon I'lngland, Holland, Cermany, Switzerland, Italy, and
France as the educational tour develops into the foreign study program. In
alternate years the countries of the Balkans, Greece and Turkey, and the
countries of Scandinavia, Finland, Sweden, Denmark, and Norway are em-
phasized. English and Gnrman literatnre, the art and architecture of the Ren-
130
aissance in Northern Italy, and the agricultural -industrial economy in France
receive intensive study. Geographical bases of cultural developments are noted.
Recent developments in science, politics, and econoinics receive attention. The
main term paper stems from a problem or project or discovery as observed by
each student. This paper is due within 60 days upon the ending of the sum-
mer session class abroad.
HIST. 456: SOCIETY AND THOUGHT IN AMERICA TO 1865 3 s.h.
The development of society and thought during the colonial and middle
periods of American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 21.3 or consent of the instruc-
tor.
HIST. 457: SOCIETY AND THOUGHT IN AMERICA SINCE 1865 3 s.h.
The development of society and thought during the modern period of Amer-
ican history. Prerequisite: Hist. 213 or consent of the instructor.
HIST. 458: ENGLISH CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY 3 s.h.
A consideration of Constitutional government in England from tlie begin-
ning of English history to the present. The study of governmental powers,
political and judicial process, and the relationship of liberty and authority to
the individual living under the government is included.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
L.S. 255: HISTORY OF BOOKS AND LIBRARIES 2 s.h.
Survey of the role and function of libraries as educational institutions in
our society, including contributions of books and libraries. Emphasis on issues
and trends today. History of printing, the alphabet, early writing, art of illus-
trating, and book production.
L.S. 256: ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL LIBRARIES 3 s.h.
Study of the objectives and functions of the school library with emphasis
on the instructional materials center concept. Technical and administrative
procedures; budget preparation; personnel; space and equipment needs; ac-
quisition, preparation, and circulation of materials (all fonns); maintenance
of the collection; standards for evaluation of school libraries; relations with
other school libraries and the public library. Developing a functional school
library program.
L.S. 257: BASIC REFERENCE SOURCES AND SERVICES 3 s.h.
Emphasis on the approaches to locating information; criteria for selection
of reference materials; examination of revie\ving media for new reference aids;
and organization of reference service. Study of a selected Mst of reference
works. ( Recommended as an elective for non-library science students. )
L.S. 258: SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 3 s.h.
Familiarity with basic bibliographical tools in the field, including current
rcA'iewing media. Structure of the publishing industry, major publishers, edi-
tions, and series. Analysis of materials in relation to the needs, interests, and
ability level of children and young people. Establishment of policies and cri-
teria for the selection and evaluation of book and non-book materials. De-
velopment of a professional collection for the school. Prerequisite to L.S. 358,
Library Materials for Children, and L.S. 356, Library Materials for Young
People.
L.S. 259: ART FOR LIBRARIANS 1 s.h.
Development of basic skills and understanding of art and its relationship
to good library procedures. Provides practical studio work in the elements
131
of graphic expression, lettering, display and exhibition work, publicity tech-
niques, layout, poster making, printing, book jacket design, book-binding, and
related craft activities.
L.S. 260: DEVELOPMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF
LIBRARIES 3 s.h.
The de\'elopment of the library as an institution, the concept of a philoso-
phy of Hbrarianship, general principles of administration and their applica-
tion to the organization and management of different types of Hbraries. Prob-
lems and practices with respect to a library's function, staff, collections, and
building. Open to liberal arts students only.
L.S. 356: LIBRARY MATERIALS FOR YOUNG PEOPLE 3 s.h.
Siurvey of young people's literatxu-e and related materials, including study
of the classics. Amplification and refinement of the principles of selection and
evaluation of books, periodicals, and other materials for young people. Read-
ing guidance for this age group with attention to special groups, such as the
gifted and retarded reader. Development of general and subject bibliographies,
preparation of annotations. Techniques of developing book talks and book
reviews. Prerequisite: L.S. 258.
L.S. 357: CATALOGING AND CLASSIFICATION 3 s.h.
Acquisition, organization, preservation, and circulation of print and non-
print materials for effective service. Principles and methods of descriptive cata-
loging, the structure and application of tlie Dewey Decimal Classification,
Sears subject headings, Rue-LaPlante subject headings, and the use of printed
cards. Utilization of work simplification techniques where applicable. Mainte-
nance of library catalogs— shelf list, divided and unified catalog, the printed
book catalog. Preparation of a practice card catalog.
L.S. 358: LIBRARY MATERIALS FOR CHILDREN 3 s.h.
Survey of children's literature and related materials. Amplification and re-
finement of the principles of selection and evaluation of books, periodicals,
and other materials for children. Reading guidance for this age group with
attention to materials for special groups. Development of general and sub-
ject bibliographies, preparation of annotations. Techniques of storytelling and
the selection of materials for the story-hour. Prerequisite: L.S. 258.
L.S. 359: CURRICULUM ENRICHMENT 3 s.h.
Plarming for the effective use of library services and materials (all forms)
supportive of the school's curriculum. Includes examining school library phil-
osophies and specific objectives of public school systems; developing guidelines
for the preparation of a course of study for tlie library program incorporating
desirable library study skills and attitudes for grades K-12. Gaining experience
in the preparation of piuposeful lesson plans with supportive activities and
resources for instructional use with children and young people. Culminating
activities which re-examine the role of the librarian as ( 1 ) curriculum worker,
(2) media specialist, (3) library administrator, (4) teacher, (5) advisor and
stimulator of reading activities for Ijoys and girls. Prerequisites: L.S. 256, 257,
258, and 356 or 358.
L.S. 455: NON-BOOK MATERIALS AS LIBRARY RESOURCES 3 s.h.
Selection, acquisition, organization, storage, and maintenance of non-book
materials in libraries and system-wide materials centers. Emphasis is given
to those media increasingly important to library collections: motion pictures,
filmstrips, slides, transparencies, microforms, disc and tape recordings, pic-
tures (art and study prints), maps, and programmed instructional materials.
132
Methods of instruction in the use of such materials are studied. Some materials
are heard and/ or viewed and evaluated. Prerequisites: L.S. 256, 258, 357.
L.S. 457: INDEPENDENT STUDY SEMINAR 1-3 s.h.
Opportunity for a student to explore in depth a facet of librarianship ac-
cording to his interest or need under the direction of a faculty member of the
department. Special area to be approved by a faculty committee. Development
of research techniques, a scholarly paper, or a special project.
L.S. 432: COLLOQUIUM no credit
A series of library visits, lectures, discussions, film demonstrations, etc.,
presented by members of the staff and visiting lecturers. Required of all stu-
dents in library science above the freshman level.
MATHEMATICS
MATH. Ill: BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR
ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 s.h.
Structure of the real number system. Elementary set theory. Open to ele-
mentary education majors only.
MATH. 112: BASIC MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
An introduction to some of the basic concepts of contemporary algebra.
Topics include: sets, numbers, language of algebra, equations and inequali-
ties, exponents, radicals, relations and functions.
MATH- 131, 132: MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS
AND ECONOMICS I, II 3 s.h. each
An introduction to the language and operating techniques for using quanti-
tative measures and administrative controls in business and economics. Pre-
requisite: two years of high school mathematics.
MATH. 151: COLLEGE ALGEBRA 3 s.h.
Polynomials, equations and inequalities, exponents and radicals, logarithms.
Prerequisite: 1 year of high school algebra and 1 year of high school geome-
try.
MATH. 152: TRIGONOMETRY 3 s.h.
Properties of trigonometric functions and their inverses.
MATH. 171: COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY 4 s.h.
Review of high school algebra, inequalities, analytic trigonometry, loga-
rithms, elementary theory of equations, complex numbers, and mathematical
induction. Prerequisite: 2 years of high school mathematics.
MATH. 172: CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I 4 s.h.
Elementary analytic geometry, limits, continuity, differentiability. Prereq-
uisite: Math. 171.
MATH. 211: MODERN CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS FOR
ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 s.h.
Real number system, introduction to elementary abstract algebra, set theory.
Open to elementary education majors only. Prerequisite: Math. 111.
MATH. 212: GEOMETRY FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 s.h.
An intuitive overview of geometry; axiomatic structure of geometry; basic
constructions, proofs. Open to elementary education majors only. Prerequisite:
Math. 111.
133
MATH. 221: ELEMENTS OF STATISTICS 3 s.h.
Basic principles and methods of statistical analysis useful in the social sci-
ences, biolog>% and education, designed specifically for students not majoring
in mathematics. (Not open to mathematics majors.)
MATH. 271: CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY II 4 s.h.
Re^^e^v of limits, definition of Riemann integral and applications. Integra-
tion techniques, topics in analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 172.
MATH. 272: CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY III 4 s.h.
Basic properties of limits, continuous and differentiable functions. Sequen-
ces, series, solid analytic geometry, functions of several variables, multiple
integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 271.
MATH. 350: ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3 s.h.
First order differential equations. Linear differential equations of higher
order; systems of differential equations. Series methods. Prerequisite: Math.
272.
MATH. 352: PROBABILITY 3 s.h.
Basic concepts of elementary probability; probability in finite sample spaces,
conditional probability; independent trials; sophisticated counting; probability
in relation to random variables. Prerequisite: Math. 272.
MATH. 355: HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
Study of the growth of mathematics through the centuries and the men
who contributed to it. Prerequisite: Math. 272.
MATH. 357: MODERN GEOMETRY 3 s.h.
Axiomatic treatment of topics in geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 272.
MATH. 358: COMPUTER PRINCIPLES I 3 s.h.
Beginning course in computer programming. Includes introduction to the
operation of the computer; fundamental concepts of programming, including
SPS (Symbolic Programming System). Emphasis is placed on writing and
"debugging" programs.
MATH. 359: COMPUTER PRINCIPLES II 3 s.h.
Advanced course in SPS Programming. Emphasis is placed on writing and
analyzing programs. Prerequisite: Math. 358.
MATH. 371, 372: MODERN ALGEBRA I, II 3 s.h. each
An introduction to groups, rings, integral domains, fields, and elementary
Hnear algebra. Prerequisite: Math. 272.
MATH. 454: THEORY OF NUMBERS 3 s.h.
Properties of integers; divisibility; congruences. Prerequisite: Math. 272.
MATH. 456: MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS 3 s.h.
Mathematical expectation; discrete and continuous random variables; prob-
ability densities: sampling distributions; point estimations; interval estimation;
tests of hypotheses; regression and correlation; analysis of variafion; moment-
generating functions. Prerequisites: Math. 352 and 272.
MATH. 471, 472: ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II 3 s.h. each
Limits, continuity, differentiability, integrability and convergence for func-
tions of a real variable and of several variables. Prerequisite: Math. 272.
MATH. 473: ELEMENTARY TOPOLOGY 3 s.h.
Topological spaces, metric spaces, compactness, connectedness. Prerequi-
site: Math. 272.
134
MATH. 490, 491, 492: HONORS SEMINAR I, II, HI 1 s.h. each
Selected topics in mathematics. Open only to students selected by the de-
partmental seminar committee.
MUSIC
MUS. Ill: INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 3 s.h.
An introductory course designed to provide a basic orientation to the under-
standing of music. Use is made of recordings, concerts, and other media. Re-
quired of all teacher education students except Elementary Education majors
and Music Education majors. No prerequisite courses or special abilities re-
quired.
MUS. 131: LITERATURE AND MATERIALS OF MUSIC I
(ELEMENTARY) 3 s.h.
The basic vocabulary of music fundamentals: notation, scale sti'uctures,
intervals, triads and seventh chords, rhythm and meter, phrase and cadence,
overtone series, modulation, introductory study of two-and-three part forms,
etc. No prerequisite.
MUS. 132; LITERATURE AND MATERIALS OF MUSIC II
(ELEMENTARY) 3 s.h.
A study of recent methods and materials for teaching music in the ele-
mentary grades. Emphasis on development of reading ability. Includes drills
in sight-singing and melodic dictation. Also includes an introduction to music
of various historical periods and st}'les. Prerequisite: Music 131.
MUS. 135: THEORY OF MUSIC I 4 s.h.
Review of fundamentals: notation, scales, key signatures, intervals, chord
structures, etc. Introduction to harmony; voice ranges, function of primary
triads, cadences, voice leading, harmonizing melodies with I, IV, V. Ear train-
ing: pitch, rhythm, timbres. Sight singing: structure of the phrase, multiple-
phrase sentences, folk song. Introduction to rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic
dictation. For music majors or by permission.
MUS. 136: THEORY OF MUSIC II 4 s.h.
Continuation of Theory of Music I. Further aspects of harmony: first in-
version, secondary triads, embellishing tones, root movements, second inversion,
etc. Introduction to formal analysis (phrase relationships), harmonic and
melodic analysis. Introduction to composition: simple formal structures. Further
development of ear training, sight singing, and dictation. For music majors or
by permission. Prerequisite: Music 135.
MUS. 151; HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC I
ANTIQUITY TO 1600 3 s.h.
Music before the Middle Ages: Greece, Rome, Byzantium. Medieval music;
Gregorian Chant, secular forms. Early polyphony; music of the 13th century.
Ars Nova in France and Italy. English and Burgundian schools: Burgundian
Chanson, motet, Mass. Renaissance music: social conditions; Netherlands
Chanson, motet, Mass: Venetian, French, German, Spanish, and English
music of the Renaissance. The Late Renaissance: Lutheran Chorale; Psalter;
Anglican Church music; Palestrina, Victoria, Di Lasso, Byrd. English key-
board music; Gabrieli and instrumental music. For music majors or by per-
mission.
MUS. 152: HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC II
BAROQUE AND CLASSIC; 1600-1800 3 s.h.
Comparison of Renaissance and Baroque music; Early Baroque in Italy;
135
Early and Middle Baroque in Northern countries; Middle Baroque in Italy;
French music under absolutism; English music during Commonwealth and
Restoration; Late Baroque in Italy and France; fusion and co-ordination of
national styles; social conditions; Rococo; the Viennese classic period; style
and form in Viennese classic music: Haydn, Mozart. For Music majors, or by
permission. Prerequisite: Music 151.
MUSICAL ORGANIZATION CATALOG NUMBERS
MUS. 153: CONCERT CHOIR 0 s.h.
MUS. 154: MADRIGAL SINGERS 0 s.h.
MUS. 155: ORCHESTRA 0 s.h.
MUS. 156: CONCERT BAND 0 s.h.
MUS. 157: MARCHING BAND 0 s.h.
MUS. 158: CHAMBER MUSIC ENSEMBLE 0 s.h.
MUS. 159: LABORATORY BAND 0 s.h.
Comprehensive study of various schools and styles of jazz through perform-
ance, utilizing a jazz ensemble of approximately twenty-five instrumentalists
selected on the basis of playing ability. Performance literature includes repre-
sentative works for large jazz band ranging from styles of the 1930's to the
present, with emphasis on recent trends in composition and arranging. Mem-
bers receive instruction and guidance in principles of improvization, composi-
tion and arranging, and interpretation.
APPLIED MUSIC
Individual instruction in voice, piano, strings, woodwinds, and brass. Stress
is placed on the development of an attitude of artistic maturity on the part
of the student, and upon artistic performance at all levels of proficiency. Ad-
mission by audition and permission of instructor only. Prerequisite: Mus. 131
or equivalent background. Course numbers are listed below.
MUS.
160:
PIANO (CLASS)
1 s.h.
MUS.
161:
PIANO
1 s.h.
MUS.
162:
VOICE (CLASS)
1 s.h.
MUS.
163:
VOICE
1 s.h.
MUS.
164:
VIOLIN, VIOLA
1 s.h.
MUS.
165:
CELLO, STRING BASS
1 s.h.
MUS.
166:
FLUTE, OBOE, SAXOPHONE
1 s.h.
MUS.
167:
CLARINET, BASSOON
1 s.h.
MUS.
168:
TRUMPET, FRENCH HORN, BARITONE HORN
1 s.h.
MUS.
169:
TROMBONE, TUBA
1 s.h.
MUS.
170:
PERCUSSION
1 s.h.
MUS. 231: TEACHING MUSIC CREATIVELY 3 s.h.
The various activities of the elementary music program (singing, listening,
reading, moving, and playing of instruments) are approached through crea-
tive and experimental techniques which permit the child to learn with the
body, mind, spirit, and through his whole personality. Each phrase of the
program should emerge as a vital creative activity.
MUS. 232: KEYBOARD SKILLS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 s.h.
Various styles of accompaniment for rote playing or sight reading of class-
room and community songs. Emphasis upon the development of technical
skills, reading facility, and memorization.
MUS. 233: SONG LITERATURE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 s.h.
A further study of the materials used in music education in the elementary
136
school, including songs suitable for rote teaching or for reading, folk songs
from various countries, and appropriate art songs. Emphasis on the develop-
ment of the singing voice and the achievement of vocal command of repre-
sentative song literature.
MUS. 235: THEORY OF MUSIC III 4 s.h.
Continuation of Theory of Music II. Further aspects of harmony: dominant
seventh, suspension, other seventh chords, dominant ninth and thirteenth, sec-
ondary dominants, diatonic modulation. Melodic analysis: plain chant to folk
song, melodic and rhythmic features of motives, continuation of formal and
harmonic analysis. Further experience in composition: melodic rhythm, har-
monic generation of melody, considerations of vocal music. More complex
formal structures: art song, sonata-legato form, rondo form. Introduction to
counterpoint in two parts. Advanced ear training, sight singing, and dictation.
For Music majors or by permission. Prerequisite: Music 136.
MUS. 236: THEORY OF MUSIC IV 4 s.h.
Introduction to chromatic harmony, chromatic modulation. Musical analysis
of scores: choir, band, orchestra, chamber music (formal, melodic rhythmic,
harmonic, and contrapuntal analysis). Composition: techniques of variation.
Formal investigation of fugue. Counterpoint in three parts. Advanced experi-
ence in ear training, sight singing, and dictation. For Music majors or by per-
mission. Prerequisite: Music 235.
MUS. 251: HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC III.
BEETHOVEN, AND THE ROMANTIC PERIOD: 1800-1890 3 s.h.
Beethoven: life and character; Beethox'en's music. Romanticism: historical
perspective; social conditions; painting and literature. Vocal music; instrument-
al music; opera and music drama. The national schools: Russia; Bohemia;
Scandinavia; France; England; Spain; American music. For Music majors, or
by permission. Prerequisite: Music 152.
MUS. 252: HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC IV.
CONTEMPORARY MUSIC: 1890 TO THE PRESENT 3 s.h.
The late romantics impressionism; Stravinsky; Bartok; Hindemith; neoclas-
sicists; nationalists; Soviet realism; new romantics; 12-tone composers; expres-
sionism; serial music; Schoenberg; Berg; Webern; etc.; experimentaUsts, elec-
tronic music; Stockhausen, Boulez, etc. American music from the late 19th
centiiry to the present. For Music majors, or by permission. Prerequisite: Music
251.
MUS. 253: BASIC HARMONY FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 s.h.
Aspects of chord connection and voice-leading in four-part writing. Primary
and secondary triads and their inversions; seventh chords; nonharmonic tones;
simple modulation. Harmonic analysis of representative musical examples to
determine creative practices of composers of various periods. Prerequisite:
Music 131 or equivalent musical background.
MUS. 255: EAR TRAINING AND SIGHT SINGING 3 s.h.
Training and practice in melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation to de-
velop abilit)' to identify, understand, and write what is heard. Emphasis on
singing at sight from a score and on aural analysis of melody and harmony.
Prerequisite: Music 131.
MUS. 256: KEYBOARD HARMONY 1 s.h.
A practical application at the keyboard of tlie essentials of harmony, de-
signed to help the student develop a sense of good chord progression and to
master extempore keyboard harmonization, transposition, and improvisation.
Prerequisite: Music 131 or 135, plus 2 semesters of applied piano.
137
MUS. 257: HISTORY OF MUSIC I 3 s.h.
A study of western music from its origins in ancient Egyptian, Chinese,
Hebrew, and Greek cultures through the development of plainsong and poly-
phony to Haydn and Mozart. Analysis of styles and techniques employed by
various composers and of concurrent trends in the other arts.
MUS. 258: HISTORY OF MUSIC II 3 s.h.
A continuation of Music 257. A detailed study of music through listening
and score analysis from Beethoven to the present, emphasizing development
and experimentation in technique throughout the twentieth century. Music 257
desirable but not required.
MUS. 259: BAND AND ORCHESTRA INSTRUMENTS 3 s.h.
The construction, tone quality, range, and special uses of each instrument in
solo capacity or as part of the orchestra or band. Practical work includes learn-
ing to play and to demonstrate the various instiuments, with emphasis on
fundamental techniques.
INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES
This sequence of courses is designed to acquaint the music education major
with a basic knowledge of tlie instruments commonly used in bands and or-
chestras. Sufficient technique must be developed by each student to enable
him to introduce these instruments successfully to beginners in elementary or
secondary school instrumental programs. Includes proper methods of tone pro-
duction, fingerings, bowing techniques, embouchure and breath control, selec-
tion and purchase of instruments for school use, care and maintenance of in-
struments, selection, care, and adjustment of reeds or strings, storage of instru-
ments, methods used in instruction of the instrument, and historical aspects of
each family of instalments. For Music majors or by permission.
MUS. 261: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES I: VIOLIN, VIOLA 1 s.h.
MUS. 262: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES II: CELLO,
STRING BASS 1 s.h.
MUS. 263: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES III: FLUTE, OBOE,
SAXOPHONE 1 s.h.
MUS. 264: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES IV: CLARINET,
BASSOON 1 s.h.
MUS. 265: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES V: TRUMPET,
FRENCH HORN 1 s.h.
MUS. 266: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES \a: TROMBONE,
TUBA 1 s.h.
MUS. 267: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES VII: PERCUSSION 1 s.h.
MUS. 333: ELEMENTARY MUSIC METHODS 3 s.h.
The role of music in the elementary school; the roles of the classroom teach-
er, the music specialist, and the music consultant. Plans, attitudes, and prob-
lems in teaching nuisic; curricuhun development. Evaluation of musical experi-
ence and growth in primary, intermediate, and upper elementary grades.
Mu.sic reading as an integral part of the total music program. Musical growth
and experience in singing, part-singing, listening, instrumental and rhythmic
activities. Emphasis on development of ability to use the voice effectively in
teaching and on the thorough familiarity with music series texts, use of key-
board, rhythmic instruments, recordings, and new developments in teaching
aids. Supervised teaching experience. For Music majors only. Prerequisites:
Music 135, 136.
138
MUS. 334: JUNIOR HIGH AND SECONDARY MUSIC METHODS 3 s.h.
A critical study of the entire intermediate and secondary school music pro-
gram: academic, vocal, and instrumental. Curriculum planning, motivation,
evaluation, selection of materials and texts, audio visual aids, and effective
teaching methods for the general music course and for elective courses in
theory, history, and appreciation of music. Particular attention will be given
to the organization and development of both large and small vocal and in-
strumental groups: recruitment; selection of repertoire; performance levels;
music rehearsal rooms and facilities; public performance and public relations.
For Music majors only. Prerequisites: Music 135, 136.
MUS. 351: KEYBOARD LITERATURE 3 s.h.
A comprehensive survey of keyboard music from the Renaissance to the
present. Representative works from each period will be selected for careful
study and analysis, with emphasis on performance practices as well as formal
and stylistic elements in the music. Includes the development of various key-
board instruments. Prerequisite: Music 251, 252, or permission of instructor.
MUS. 352: SYMPHONIC LITERATURE 3 s.h.
An intensive study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the pres-
ent, using scores, live performances, and recordings with particular reference
to performance practices and stylistic analysis. Prerequisites: Mus. 251, 252, or
permission of instructor.
MUS. 353: CHAMBER MUSIC LITERATURE 3 s.h.
An intensive study of music written for small ensembles from the Renais-
sance period to the present. Representative works from each period will be
selected for careful investigation and analysis. Performance by members of the
class or by faculty groups will be used wherever possible. Prerequisite: Mus.
251, 252, or permission of instructor.
MUS. 355: OPERATIC LITERATURE 3 s.h.
A comprehensive survey of the entire field of operatic music from 1600 to
tlie present, including 17th century Baroque opera; 18th century operatic re-
forms (Cluck and Mozart); opera in the 19th century (Verdi, Wagner, Strauss,
and Puccini); 20th century trends in opera (Stravinsky, Berg, Britten, Menotti,
etc.). Prerequisites: Mus. 251, 252, or permission of instructor.
MUS. 356: CHORAL LITERATURE 3 s.h.
A comprehensive survey of choral music from the fifteenth century to the
present with emphasis on masses, motets, and madrigals of the Renaissance
period; oratorios, cantatas, and passions of the Baroque period; major choral
works of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Berlioz, Mendelssohn, Verdi and Brahms;
choral works of the twentieth century. Prerequisites: Mus. 251, 252, or per-
mission of instructor.
MUS. 357: BAND LITERATURE 3 s.h.
A comprehensive survey of the available published and recorded literature
for marching, military, and concert bands, symphonic wind ensembles, and
woodwind and brass chamber ensembles including transcriptions and arrange-
ments; major publishers in the field; evaluation of various editions; and also
a study of the principal trends of instrumental pedagogy, repertoire, and per-
formance. Prerequisites: Mus. 131, 132.
MUS. 361: PIANO TEACHING METHODS AND MATERIALS 3 s.h.
A comprehensiA'e survey of modem piano teaching methods and available
published teaching materials. Emphasis will be placed on the teaching of
notation and the development of reading skills; the teaching of keyboard tech-
139
niques through an understanding of the player's physical mechanism and the
coordination of timing and touch; problems of fingering, pedaling, and memo-
rization. Evaluation of materials for beginning students; easier teaching pieces
by the gi^eat composers; anthologies; appropriate music for the intermediate
student, leading to a more advanced technique and musicianship and to ac-
quaintance with a \vide range of composers and musical styles. Prerequisites:
Music 151, 152; or Music 131 and permission of the instructor.
MUS. 362: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS 2 s.h.
Principles and procedures of organizing and conducting instrumental classes,
bands, and orchestras in the public schools. Examination and use of texts,
methods, and other materials. For Music majors or by permission.
MUS. 363: VOCAL METHODS 2 s.h.
Principles and procedures of organizing and conducting vocal classes and
choral ensembles in the public schools. Vocal techniques, tone production,
proper vowel placement, proper focus of tone, diction, diaphragmatic breathing,
and investigation of choral Hterature. For Music majors or by permission.
MUS. 364: COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
A study of the nature of the musical idea and of the various possibilities of
its subsequent development, including canonic or fugal treatment, motivic de-
velopment, and variational procedures. A review of traditional structural plans
and of contemporary formal and stylistic trends. Creative assigimients empha-
size the understanding of past and present compositional styles and techniques
and the gradual development of a personal language. Prerequisites: Mus. 135,
136, or permission of instructor.
MUS. 365: CONDUCTING I 2 s.h.
Designed to develop skilled baton technique and clarity of gesture, effective
rehearsal techniques, understanding of performance problems involving tonal
balance, tempo, complex rhythmic situations, especially as related to intermedi-
ate and secondary school bands, choral groups, and orchestras. Traditional and
modem beat patterns; expressive gestures; cues and development of left hand;
fermata; etc. Study of choral, band, and orchestral scores; problems of inter-
pretation and rehearsal; performance preparation. For Music majors or by per-
mission.
MUS. 366: CONDUCTING II 2 s.h.
Continuation of Conducting I with emphasis on mastery of technique; spe-
cial emphasis on problems of instrumental and vocal groups in junior and
senior high school. Prerequisite: Music 365. For Music majors or by permission.
MUS. 367: ORCHESTRATION 2 s.h.
Basic principles of clear instrumental organization and tonal interest, related
to the size of the instrumental group. Ranges and registers of the instruments;
transposition; bowing and phrasing; phrasing for woodwind instruments; possi-
bilities and limitations. Texture, timbre, dynamics, principles of tonal interest:
contrast of timbre; instrumental motion; blend. Structural values: design; over-
lapping of choirs; "light and shade." Orchestral types: Baroque; classic; mod-
ern; chamber. For Music majors or by permission.
MUS. 368: BAND ARRANGING 3 s.h.
A study of instrumentation and scoring problems in marching, military, and
concert bands, symphonic wind ensembles, and woodwind and brass chamber
ensembles. Emphasis on score layout and notation, copying and multiple re-
production of parts, copyright implications, and knowledge of effective combi-
nation of instrumental sounds. Prerequisites: Music 131, 261 (or equivalent
background) and permission of instructor.
140
MUS. 451: ADVANCED ORCHESTRAL CONDUCTING 3 s.h.
A study of selected works from band, choral, and orchestral literature with
particular reference to performance problems involving tonal balance, tempi,
comples, rhythmic and polymetric situations, vocal intonations, and diction.
Conducting experience with band, choir and /or madrigal singers, and orchestra
in rehearsal. Emphasis on a tliorough understanding of tlie musical score and
on effective rehearsal techniques. Prerequsites : Music 355, 366, or by permis-
PHILOSOPHY
PHIL. Ill: ELEMENTARY LOGIC 3 s.h.
Principles of correct reasoning; principles of deductive and inductive infer-
ence and scientific method; use and misuse of language in reasoning.
PHIL. 112: SYMBOLIC LOGIC 3 s.h.
A study of the essential elements of symboKc logic including Boolean ex-
pansions, truth tables (symbolic proofs), the logic of relation, quantification
rules, the properties of deductive systems, and prepositional calculus. Special
attention is given to the theoretical contributions of Carnap, Quine, and Rus-
sell. Prerequisite: Phil. 111.
PHIL. 211: INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.
Inquiry into the persistent problems of pliilosophy, primarily those concern-
ing man, nature and God. Prerequisite: sophomore standing.
PHIL. 212: ETHICS 3 s.h.
Examination of the problems of value and moral standards with a view to-
ward developing an appreciation of the nature of the moral Hfe. Prerequisite:
sophomore standing.
PHIL. 255: HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 3 s.h.
Thinkers from the Ancient Greeks up to the Renaissance, with special atten-
tion to Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, and Aquinas. Prerequisite: sophomore
standing.
PHIL. 256: HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II 3 s.h.
Thinkers from the Renaissance to the 19th Century, ^vith special attention
to Descartes, Spinoza, Hume, Kant, and Hegel. Prerequisite: Philosophy 211
or 255.
PHIL. 350: PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 3 s.h.
Inquiry into the nature and validity of religious knowledge; the nature and
existence of God; the nature of man and human destin3\ Prerequisite: 3 credit
hours in Philosophy.
PHIL. 352: EPISTEMOLOGY 3 s.h.
Concepts and problems involved in the appraisal of certain types of human
knowledge: perception, knowledge and belief, and truth. Prerequisite: 6 credit
hours in Philosophy.
PHIL. 353: METAPHYSICS 3 s.h.
Inquiry into some of the fundamental philosophical concepts: being sub-
stance, matter, mind, and God. Prerequisite: 6 credit hours in Philosophy.
PHIL. 354: AESTHETICS 3 s.h.
Study of some of the aesthetic theories from Plato to the present; nature of
the aesthetic experience; principles of criticism in literature and the arts. Pre-
requisite: 3 credit hours in Philosophy.
141
PHIL. 355: PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 3 s.h.
Methods and procedures of reliable knowledge in the formal, natural, and
social sciences. Prerequisite: 3 credit hoius in Philosophy.
PHIL. 356: ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.
Significant conbibutions to philosophical and religious thought in the Near
East, India, China, and Japan. Prerequisite: 3 credit hours in Philosophy.
PHIL. 450: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.
Movements since the later half of the 19th century: Naturahsni, Dialectical
Materialism, Positivism, and Existentialism. Prerequisite: Phil. 256.
PHYSICS
PH. 251: GENERAL PHYSICS I 4 s.h.
This is a general course in mechanics, heat and sound. Topics studied in-
clude the mechanics of solids, liquids, gases, diermometry, calorimetry, heat
transference, and the production and nature of sound waves including musical
sound. Designed for non-physics majors. Prerequisite: Math. 152 or Math. 171.
PH. 252: GENERAL PHYSICS II 4 s.h.
This is a continuation of Ph. 251, a general course in electricity, magnet-
ism, light, and atomic physics. Topics discussed include general concepts of
magnetism, electrostatics, electrical circuits, alternating currents, optical instru-
ments, reflection, refraction, interference, spectra, and some basic concepts
of atomic structure. Designed for non-physics majors. Prerequisite: Ph. 251.
PH. 258: INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS I 5 s.h.
This is an introductory physics course designed for physics majors. The
course includes mechanics, heat, and sound. Mathematics 271 should be taken
concurrently.
PH. 259: INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS II 5 s.h.
This is a continuation of Ph. 258, an introductory physics course designed
for physics majors. This course includes electricity, magnetism, Hght, and
atomic phj'sics. Mathematics 272 should be taken concurrentlv. Prerequisite:
Ph. 258.
PH. 351: MECHANICS 4 s.h.
Tliis is an intermediate course in mechanics of solids, liquids, and gases.
Studies are made of rectilinear and circular motion, work and energy, impulse
and momentum, and oscillations. Prerequisites: Ph. 252 or 259; Math. 272;
and it is recommended tliat Math. 350 he taken prior to or concurrently.
PH. 352: ELECTRICITY AND MAGETISM 4 s.h.
An intermediate course in Electricity and Magnetism. Vector analysis tech-
niques are used in studying various areas of electrostatics, and considerable
emphasis is placed on A.C. circuit theory. Maxwell's Equations for the electro-
magnetic field are derived. Prerequisites: Ph. 252 or 259; Math. 272; and it is
recommended that Math. 350 l)e taken prior to or concurrently with Ph. 352.
PH. 353: ATOMIC PHYSICS 4 s.h
An intermediate course in the structure of the atom. The emphasis is on the
electronic structure of the atom, including the Bohr theory, quantum theory,
and vector model. Optical and X-Ray spectra and the special theory of rela-
tivity are among the topics studied. Prerequisites: Ph. 2.52 or 259; Math. 272.
142
PH. 354: OPTICS 4 s.h.
This is an intermediate course in geometrical and physical optics. Topics in-
clude studies of thin lenses, thick lenses, interference, diffraction, polarization,
color theory, and the study of spectra. Prerequisites: Ph. 252 or 259; Math,
272.
PH. 355: NUCLEAR PHYSICS 4 s.h.
An introduction to the experimental and theoretical study of the atomic
nucleus. Topics include natural and artificial radioactivity, decay schemes,
nuclear reactions, nuclear energy levels, nuclear models, and instrumentation.
Prerequisites: Ph. 353; Math. 272.
PH. 356: HEAT 3 s.h.
This is an intermediate course in heat. The basic concepts and principles
are developed more intensively in the study of properties of gases and in
thermodynamics. Some of the specific topics studied are temperature meas-
urements, thermal expansion, specific heat, thermal conducti^dty of solids and
liquids, thermal properties of gases, change in phase, and heat engines. Pre-
requisite: Ph. 252 or 259; Math. 272.
PH. 357: INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY
OF THE SOLID STATE 3 s.h.
The coiurse will include the study of two- and three-dimensional space
groups. Miller indices, crystalline structure of various types. X-ray diffraction,
lattice vibrations, Einstein and Debye theories of heat capacity of solids, the
free electron model transport properties of the electron gas, heat capacity of
conduction electrons, Fermi-Dirac distribution law, and the transport proper-
ties of metal. Prerequisite: Physics 353.
PH. 453: PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS 3 s.h.
This is a course in the theory and use of precision measuring devices cov-
ering most areas of physics. Experiments are devised to fit the backgi-oimd
and major of the individual student and to exploit the best equipment from
all of the special laboratories of the Physics Department. Prerequisites: one of
the foUowing: Ph. 351, 352, 353, 354 or 355.
PH. 455: ELECTRONICS 3 s.h.
This course includes the analysis of circuits containing passive devices:
resistors, capacitors, and inductors; as well as study of active devices: vac-
uum tubes and transistors. The uses of these devices in communications and
industry are studied. Prerequisites: Ph. 252 or 259.
PH. 457: DEMONSTRATIONS IN PHYSICS 3 s.h.
This course is designed for the secondary education major in physics. Prep-
aration and performance of classroom demonstrations for use in secondary
schools are stressed. Prerequisites: Ph. 252 or 259.
PH. 460: INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS 3 s.h.
This course uses the techniques of vector calculus and differential equations
with occasional introduction of topics of complex variables, calculus of varia-
tions and Fourier Series to treat problems of mechanics, electricity, and other
areas of physics at a level intended to prepare the physics major for graduate-
level work. Prerequisites: Ph. 351, 352, 353, 354, of which two may be taken
concurrently with Ph. 460; Matli. 272, 452; senior standing.
PH. 461: SEMINAR 1 s.h.
The physics seminar consists of mastering the techniques of Hterature-survey
and library research on specific topics, together with the preparation and
presentation of formal reports of a research nature. Prerequisites: senior
standing, science major.
143
POLITICAL SCIENCE
P.S. 210: INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE 3 s.h.
The purpose of this course is to expose the student to some of the basic
and most commonly used concepts in political science as an aid toward better
understanding of and advanced study in the discipline. These concepts cover
the field of government and administiation, comparative government, and
political theory and practice.
P.S. 211: AMERICAN GOVERNMENT 3 s.h.
The study of the general principles of the American system of constitu-
tional government; special emphasis is placed upon tlie organization and func-
tions of the national govermiient— legislative, executive, and judicial. The
rights and duties of citizenship, the electorate, political parties, civil rights,
and the growing regulatory functions of government are carefully treated.
P.S. 351: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 3 s.h.
This course deals mainly with a detailed study of how our state and local
governments function. Emphasis is placed on Pennsylvania government and
the stud>' is implemented by a field trip to Harrisburg for a more complete
observation of state government at work. Field trips are made to local borough
council and neighboring council meetings when available. A detailed study of
the Constitution of Pennsylvania is made with emphasis on current amend-
ments and changes. Indepenedent study through outside projects is one of the
requirements of this course.
P.S. 352: INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 3 s.h.
This course emphasizes the modern economic, social, political, religious,
and cultural problems that reflect their influence in the relationships of the
great nations of the world. Special attention is paid to the struggle of the
peoples of the world to resolve their difl^erences through international co-
operation.
P.S. 353: INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION:
THEORY AND PRACTICE 3 s.h.
This course is designed to afford the student an understanding of the forms
and functions of the United Nations as it evolved from the League of Nations.
Special reference is given to the work of the United Nations in I'elation to
health and cultural welfare along with the more fundamental problems such
as peace and war.
P.S. 354: CONSTITUTIONAL LAV^ OF
THE UNITED STATES 3 s.h.
A study of the development of the Constitution through the interpretations
of the Supreme Court. This includes a study of the separation of goverimiental
powers, political and judicial processes, federalism as a legal device, and the
relationship of liberty and authority to the individual living under goverrmient.
Prerequisite: P.S. 211.
P.S. 355: POLITICAL PARTIES AND ELECTIONS 3 s.h.
A survey course with emphasis on the study of the electorate, pressure
groups, and public opinion, nature and history of political parties, party
organization, methods of nominations, and elections. Special attention is
given to the place of political parties and elections as instruments of democ-
racy and their place in the framework of Pennsylvania's government.
P.S. 365: ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.
The development of political theory from Plato to Machiavelli.
144
P.S. 366: MODERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.
The development of political theory from Renaissance humanism to twen-
tieth-century totalitarianism.
P.S. 375: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.
An introduction to the study of public administration with emphasis on its
function in the American political process.
P.S. 451: COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT 3 s.h.
In this course major attention is given to Great Britain and Soviet Russia
as best representing, among foreign governments, the democratic and author-
itarian system. Brief consideration is given to the governments of France,
Italy, Germany, and Japan. Frequent comparisons and contrasts are drawn with
the government of the United States. Prerequisite: P.S. 211.
P.S. 458: ENGLISH CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY 3 s.h.
A consideration of constitutional government in England from the begin-
ning of English history to the present. The study of governmental powers,
political and judicial processes, and the relationships of liberty and authority
to the individual living under the government is included.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY. 211: GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Study is made of the general subject matter of psychology, its methods and
procedures and its major findings. Areas of particular stress include genetic
inheritance, development, learning, emotions and motivation, sensation and
perception, and social aspects of behavior.
NOTE: Psychology 211 is a prerequisite for all of the following courses.
PSY. 222: EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
The application of psychological principles to education is studied. In par-
ticular, the teaching-learning process is emphasized including its correlation
with problems of individual differences, maturation, psychological adjustment,
and evaluation and measurement.
PSY. 251: EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
This course aims to acquaint the student with psychological experimenta-
tion, particularly in the area of psychophysics. Subjects of experimentation in-
clude sensation, perception, illusions, learning, etc. Methods of psychological
investigation other than experimental are also surveyed.
PSY. 311: MENTAL HYGIENE 3 s.h.
This course emphasizes the psychodynamics of mental health, particularly
as related to the "normal" individual. Problems of personality and mecha-
nisms of adjustment, including the origin and resolution of conflicts and the
role of emotion in behavior, are studied.
PSY. 320: HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 5 s.h.
Acquisition of understanding and appreciation of the mental, physical,
social, and emotional aspects of development. Emphasis on techniques of
motivation, principles of learning, the role of individual diflFerences, the
improvement of study habits, and enviromnental factors affecting attitudes,
personalities, growth, and intellectual interests. Directed observation of chil-
dren at various grade levels, lectures, discussions, readings, and reports.
145
PSY. 321: PSYCHOLOGY OF ADOLESCENCE 2 s.h.
The physical, social, psychological, and cultural bases of adolescent behav-
ior are studied as these relate to peers, home, school, and community.
PSY. 322: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Study of tlie development of human behavior from conception through in-
fancy, childhood, adolescence, and adulthood. Special attention is given the
physical, emotional, intellectual, and social aspects of development. Note;
This course does not substitute for Psy. 321 or Psy. 331, when such courses
are part of a required curriculum. Credit toward major, minor, or concentra-
tion requirements will not be granted for Psy. 322 in conjunction with either
Psy. 321 or 331.
PSY. 331: CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Developmental psychology of the child from birth through pre-adolescence
is studied. Topics include tlie interaction of heredity and environment, per-
sonality, development, parent-child relationships, teacher- and school-child
relationsliips, attitudes toward self and others, as well as physical, social, emo-
tional, and intellectual development.
PSY. 332: PSYCHOLOGY OF EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN AND YOUTH 3 s.h.
This course introduces the student to the nature and characteristics of the
blind, the deaf, the crippled, speech defectives, the mentally handicapped,
the gifted, and the socially maladjusted. It aims to promote a functional un-
derstanding of the psychological imphcations of their behavior and its treat-
ment as well as the guiding principles necessary to aid them in their learning
processes.
PSY. 333: CHILD ADJUSTMENT 3 s.h.
This course is concerned with the study of the child's adjustment to his
growing self and his environment. His emotional needs, the relationship of
personal and environmental factors, his mode of adjustment, and the roles of
parents, teachers, and special agencies in facilitating his adjustment are con-
sidered. Use is made of case histories, directed observations, and project work
in developing techniques useful to the teacher in improving the latter 's skill
in working with children.
PSY. 354: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
A survey is made in this course of the principal forms of the behavior dis-
orders with emphasis on their etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment.
PSY. 355: SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Study is made in this course of the interpersonal relations of man and how
these are affected by society's norms and values.
PSY. 356: SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
In tliis course the major theoretical systems of modern psychology are ex-
amined and critically evaluated.
PSY. 451: QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN
PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Statistical theory is introduced in order to acquaint the student with the
why, when, and how of various statistical treatments of psychological and
educational data.
PSY. 452: PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Examination is made in this course of the basic physiological mechanisms
146
underlying behavior with special emphasis upon the functions of the nervous
and endocrine systems as these relate to sensation, perception, emotion, and
learning.
PSY. 453: INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Study is made in this course of personality factors and individual differ-
ences in relation to success in business and industry. The psychological prin-
ciples involved in advertising, selling, personnel problems, mental and physical
efficiency, intelligence, motivation, fatigue, and the environmental setting are
among those analyzed.
PSY. 454: PERSONALITY 3 s.h.
Systematic study is made of the development, dynamics, and structure of
the self-system together with a critical comparison of the major theories of
personality.
PSY. 455: PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING 3 s.h.
A critical survey is made of the outstanding attempts to understand and
explain the nature of the learning process. Emphasis is placed on a com-
parison of current theories and their implications when applied to forms of
learning from the simple to the complex.
PSY. 456: INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING 3 s.h.
Consideration is given in this course to the better known psychometric in-
struments, the tlieories underlying their construction and use, their adminis-
tration, and how results are scored, intepreted, and analyzed.
PSY. 458: SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 3 s.h.
The perceptual-sensory processes will be studied with a view to under-
standing their structural properties and their role in the psychological func-
tioning of man. Each student will be involved in a research project and will
be expected to prepare a detailed report of his findings.
PSY. 464: INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Basic methods and techniques in clinical psychology are critically examined
and evaluated.
Prerequisites: Psy. 251, 354, and 456.
PSY. 465: RESEARCH SEMINAR 3 s.h.
This course affords students the opportunity to continue the study of
research techniques. Each student, with the approval of the instructor, will
undertake a research project in the area of his choice. The work wiU cul-
minate in a paper of distinguished quality. Enrollment is limited to Psy-
chology majors who have distinguished themselves in previous departmental
courses.
Prerequisites: Psy. 251, 451, and 455 or 458 and permission of the instruc-
tor.
RUSSIAN
RUSS. 151: RUSSIAN I (ELEMENTARY I) 4 s.h.
Essentials of grammar, inductively presented. Emphasis on aural compre-
hension and oral expression, with extensive use of the language laboratory.
Students may not receive credit for this course until Russian 152 has been
successfully completed. Exceptions may be made for seniors and transfers upon
the recommendation of the department head.
147
RUSS. 152: RUSSIAN II (ELEMENTARY 11) 4 s.h.
Continuation of Russian 151, with increasing emphasis on graded reading
material. Prerequisite: Russian 151 or permission of the instructor.
RUSS. 251: RUSSIAN III (INTERMEDIATE I) 3 s.h.
Brief systematic review of basic grammar; graded readings, conversation
and composition on everyday topics. Prerequisites: Russian 152 or two years
of high school study and /or a satisfactory placement test score.
RUSS. 252: RUSSIAN IV (INTERMEDIATE II) 3 s.h.
Intensive reading of selected short stories and /or other works; outside
reading, with oral and /or written reports. Prerequisites: Russian 251 or three
years of high school study and /or a satisfactory placement test score.
RUSS. 253: SCIENTIFIC RUSSIAN 2 s.h.
A study of scientific tenninology and style, with extensive readings in vari-
ous scientific fields. Prerequisite: Russian 251 or equivalent. Science and mathe-
matics majors may substitute this covu-se for Russian 252.
RUSS. 255: RUSSIAN CIVILIZATION I 3 s.h.
A survey of the geography, history, Uterature, and culture of the Soviet
Union, designed to equip teachers with the materials and understanding
necessary to the presentation of the language as a rich, meaningful, and
integral part of a great civiHzation. Prerequisites: Russian 252 or four years
of high school study and /or a satisfactory placement test score.
RUSS. 256: RUSSIAN CIVILIZATION II 3 s.h.
Continuation of Russian 255, which is prerequisite.
RUSS. 351: ADVANCED GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
Intensive oral and written drill, with emphasis on finer points of grammar,
and colloquial and idiomatic usage. English-to-Russian translation, free com-
position, and conversation on everyday topics.
RUSS. 353: THE RUSSIAN DRAMA 3 s.h.
Dramatic works of the 19th and 20th centuries, with special emphasis on
the works of Anton Chekhov.
RUSS. 354: THE RUSSIAN NOVEL 3 s.h.
The great Russian novehsts of the 19th Century: Gogol, Turgenev, Dos-
toevsky, and Tolstoy.
RUSS. 355: READINGS IN SOVIET RUSSIAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
A survey of Russian literature since the Revolution of 1917.
RUSS. 361: DOSTOEVSKY 3 s.h.
A study of the life and works of Dostoevsky, with emphasis on his great
novels: Crime and Punishment, The Idiot, The Possessed, and The Brothers
Karamazov.
RUSS. 451: SUPERVISED READINGS IN
RUSSIAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The course is devoted to selected readings determined in relation to the
needs and interests of the individual major.
SAFETY EDUCATION
SE 211: GENERAL SAFETY EDUCATION 3 s.h.
The development of habits and attitudes that will make for safe living by
148
both teachers and students. Acquaintance with 1. rules, regulations, and laws
concerning the operation of motor vehicles; 2. rules and regulations of
pedestrian travel; 3. other hazards to which we are commonly subjected, such
as fire, electricity, etc., especially in the home and school.
SE 212: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF
SAFETY EDUCATION 3 s.h.
A consideration of procedures and problems related to the organization and
administration of safety education in the public school.
SE 213: METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR TEACHING SAFETY
IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS 3 s.h.
The study of evaluative techniques, content, methods, and teaching aids
in the program of safety education in the secondary schools.
SE 214: PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION 3 s.h.
Relates the achievement of behavior consistent \vith safe living to the psy-
chological factors and techniques essential in the learning process. A review
of the literature and experimentation relative to proneness to accidents, effect
of alcohol on drivers, reaction times, etc.
SE 215: VISUAL AND OTHER AIDS IN SAFETY EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Evaluation and use of posters, charts, radio, projectors, and special aids in
the teaching of safety education.
SE 351: DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY 3 s.h.
Classroom instruction combined with road training and the teaching of
driving to beginners using dual control cars. Emphasis is placed upon the
essential facts, principles, skills, and attitudes necessary for good driving
and the teaching of same to beginning drivers. Ability to use and interpret
the results of psycho-physical testing is required.
SCIENCE
PH. SCI. Ill: BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE: CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
This is a brief study of matter in its various forms, including familiar natural
and man-made substances, their properties, and some of the changes they
undergo. The purpose is not merely to describe, but to explain in terms of
fundamental forces, energy transfers, and the tendency toward disorder. No
mathematical or scientific preparations assumed.
PH. SCI. 112: BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE:
PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY 3 s.h.
This course is intended for those students not majoring in the sciences or
mathematics, and does not presume any prior familiarity with the subject.
Topics discussed are descriptive astronomy, cosmology, fight and optics, force
and motion, fundamental electrical phenomena and simple circuits, the special
theory of relativity, and radioactivity and the atom. Brief experiments are in-
tegrated with the subject matter to emphasize the experimental basis of theory.
The Planetarium is extensively used in conjunction with the sections on as-
tronomy. No prerequisites.
Sa. 222: TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCIENCE 2 s.h.
Methods of presenting science in the elementary school. Attention is given
to the scope and sequence of concepts and activities. Emphasis is placed on
the physical sciences in developing and teaching lessons. Also stressed are
evaluations of elementary science reading materials; texts and supplementary
149
books; collections of resource materials; development of attitudes; and tech-
niques of problem solving.
SCI. 231: FUSED SCIENCE 2 s.h.
This course, following the year of basic sciences, is designed to provide
the prospective teacher with a more adequate background in the science of
living things. To achieve this purpose units are selected which examine the
natural history of our most familiar forms of life. The units covered are
Woody Plants, Insects, Fishes, Amphibians, Reptiles, and Mammals. Empha-
sis is placed upon developing resourcefulness in gatliering data and using
the scientific method in tlie solution of problems.
SOCIOLOGY
SOC. 211: PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.
This is a basic course in sociology dealing with the interaction arising
from the association of human beings. Emphasis is placed upon natural and
social heritage; the meaning and functions of culture; and the origin, func-
tion, and characteristics of social institutions such as the family, religion,
and the state, with inquiry into the nature and genesis of pathology.
SOC. 351: CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
This course deals with problems which seem to interfere with the proper
functioning of our society as a whole. Such problems as divorce, alcoholism,
the industrial \Aorker, the mentally deficient, the small town, crime and the
community, and many others are attacked and discussed. Individual research
by means of projects is assigned and requires extensive reading in the field.
Visits are made whenever possible to places where social problems are pre-
valent. The student should have had Soc. 211 as a l:ackground for this course.
SOC. 352: THE FAMILY 3 s.h.
This course deals with the development of the family and the home in its
historical, economic, and legal aspects. The various factors influencing the
organization, disorganization, and reorganization of tlie family are considered,
as well as the modern trends in this basic institution.
SOC. 361: SOCIOLOGY OF DEVIANT BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.
This course deals with behavior which is considered to be in violation of
the moral norms and enacted laws of a society. Some attention is devoted
to the ways in which dilTerent societies define and treat such deviations and
distinguish between undesirable or delinquent behavior and criminal behav-
ior. Major emphasis is given to crime and juvenile delinquency; to tlie theories
of the causes, treatment, and control of crime; and to correctional methods
and administration of justice. Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
SOC. 362: RACIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITY PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
Background of racial and ethnic minority group relations in difi^erent ages
and societies. Theories and scientific inquiries by sociologists, anthropologists,
and psychologists related to racial and ethnic groups. Contemporary aspects
of inter-ethnic and inter-racial group problems. Proposals for alleviating and
resolving problems and their implications for major social institutions such
as education, the economy, and government. Prerequisite: Psy. 211.
SOC. 363: URBAN SOCIOLOGY
Study of urban communities, their composition, structure, and develop-
ment in relation to other types of communities. The growth of mass urban
society, population shifts and trends, and their implications for basic social
150
institutions such as education, the family, and the economy. Special emphasis
upon contemporary urban problems and proposals of urban planners and
community developers to meet them. Prerequisite: Sociology 211.
SOC. 370: FUNDAMENTALS OF POPULATION STUDY 3 s.h.
A study of factors influencing the quality and quantity, distribution, growth,
and movement of populations. An examination of population trends and the
implication for social problems and social policy.
SPANISH
In addition to the courses Hsted below, students of Spanish have an oppor-
tunity to study for a summer, a term, or an entire academic year in Spain
and /or Mexico.
SPAN. 151: SPANISH I ( ELEMENTARY I ) 4 s.h.
Essentials of grammar, inductively presented. Emphasis on aural compre-
hension and oral expression, with extensive use of the language laboratory.
Students may not recei\'e credit for this course until Spanish 152 has been
successfully completed. Exceptions may be made for seniors and transfers upon
the recommendation of the department head.
SPAN. 152: SPANISH II (ELEMENTARY II) 4 s.h.
Continuation of Spanish 151, with increasing emphasis on graded reading
material. Prerequisites: Spanish 151 or permission of the instructor.
SPAN. 153: ELEMENTARY SPANISH CONVERSATION 3 s.h.
Conversational practice, with extensive oral drill of grammatical patterns.
Designed for those students who have met the prerequisites for Spanish 251
but are lacking in aural-oral proficiency. May be taken concurrently with
Spanish 251.
SPAN. 251: SPANISH III (INTERMEDIATE I) 3 s.h.
Brief systematic re\aew of basic grammar; graded readings, conversation and
composition on everyday topics. Prerequisites: Spanish 152 or two years of
high school study and /or a satisfactory placement test score.
SPAN. 252: SPANISH IV (INTERMEDIATE II) 3 s.h.
Intensive reading of selected short stories and /or other works; outside read-
ing, with oral and /or written reports. Prerequisites: Spanish 251 or three years
of high school study and /or a satisfactory placement test score.
SPAN. 253: COMMERCIAL SPANISH 2 s.h.
A study of commercial terminology and style, with extensive practice in the
writing of business letters of various lands. Prerequisite: Spanish 251 or equiv-
alent. Economics and business administration majors may substitute this course
for Spanish 252.
SPAN. 255: HISPANIC CIWLIZATION I 3 s.h.
A survey of Hispanic geography, history, literature, and culture designed to
equip teachers with the materials and understanding necessary to the presenta-
tion of the language as rich, meaningful and integral part of a great civiliza-
tion. Prerequisites: Spanish 252 or four years of high school study and /or a
satisfactory placement test score.
SPAN. 256: HISPANIC CIVILIZATION II 3 s.h.
Continuation of Spanish 255, which is, however, not prerequisite.
151
SPAN. 350: ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
Intensive oral and written drill, wdth emphasis on colloquial and idiomatic
usage. Prerequisite: Spanish 351.
SPAN. 351: ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR
AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
Intensive written drill, with emphasis on finer points of grammar, colloquial,
and idiomatic usage, English-to-Spanish translation and free composition on
everyday topics. Prerequisites: Spanish 255 and 256 or a literature course.
SPAN. 352: INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Study and discussion of the main trends of Spanish thought and literary ex-
pression. Emphasis is placed on the development of the novel and drama dur-
ing the Golden Age.
SPAN. 353: THE MODERN SPANISH DRAMA 3 s.h.
A study of the modern theater in Spain, with emphasis on Benavente, Garcia
Lorca, Casona, Buero Vallejo, and Lopez Rubio.
SPAN. 354: THE MODERN SPANISH NOVEL 3 s.h.
The development of the novel in Spain during the 19th and 20th centuries,
vidth emphasis upon the discussion of realism, regionalism, and naturalism.
SPAN. 355: THE "GENERATION OF 1898" 3 s.h.
Discussion of the principal authors of this group and their influence on 20th
century Spanish thought, with an analysis of the role played by historical events
in the development of the movement.
SPAN. 359: THE LITERATURE OF THE GOLDEN AGE 3 s.h.
A survey of the greatest period of Spanish literature, with selected readings
from Cervantes' Don Quixote and the plays of Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina,
Calderon, and Ruiz de Alarcon.
SPAN. 360: SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Study and discussion of the evolution of Spanish-American literary expression
from the colonial period to the Twentieth Century.
SPAN. 361: THE HISTORY OF MEXICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The history of Spanish literature in Mexico from the Conquest to the present,
with special emphasis on Lizardi, Altamirano, the novelists of the Revolution,
and selected contemporary writers.
SPAN. 451: SUPERVISED READINGS IN HISPANIC LITERATURE 3 s.h.
The course is devoted to selected readings determined in relation to the
needs and interests of the individual major.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
SPEC. ED. Ill: INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN 3 s.h.
The course is a study of the causes, characteristics, and implications— educa-
tional, social, and vocational— of children who are exceptional because of intelli-
gence, physical development, behavior, vision, hearing, and speech. It also
acquaints prospective professional personnel with vocational opportunities in
Special Education and Rehabilitation.
SPEC. ED. 221: NEUROLOGICAL IMPAIRMENT 3 s.h.
The etiology and characteristics of cerebral palsy, aphasia, cerebral dysrhy-
thmia, Strauss Syndrome, and various other anomalies of the central nervous
152
system are studied and observed in the clinic and classroom with concern for
the current diagnostic, educational, and rehabilitation implications.
SPEC. ED. 220: NATURE OF MENTAL RETARDATION 3 s.h.
This is a comprehensive study of the biological, psychosocial, and educa-
tional implications of retarded mental development, including a consideration
of etiology; assessment and diagnosis; educational programs, including pre-
school and post-school; adult social and vocational adjustment; national and
local programs; and research. Prerequisite: Spec.Ed. 111.
SPEC. ED. 321: CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT FOR
EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN (MENTALLY RETARDED) 3 s.h.
This course assists students in the determination of general and specific edu-
cational objectives in terms of anticipated behavioral outcomes for mentally re-
tarded children in the areas of communication, mathematics, and social skills.
Students analyze instructional materials in relation to the stated educational
objectives and observe their apphcation in actual classrooms.
SPEC. ED. 322: EDUCATIONAL APPRAISAL
IN MENTAL RETARDATION 3 s.h.
This course involves study, observation, and directed practice with the ap-
plied diagnostic and appraisal techniques appropriate to the education of men-
tally retarded children. It includes theory of testing; the examination of ele-
mentary statistical concepts as they facilitate selection, administration, scoring
and interpretati.on of standardized tests; and the construction of teacher-made
instruments as specifically applied to the mentally retarded child. Prerequisite:
Spec.Ed. 220.
SPEC. ED. 422: METHODS OF TEACHING EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN (MENTALLY RETARDED) 3 s.h.
This course provides for the analysis of the teaching-learning process— the
teacher, the learners, and their interaction. Particular teaching strategies for
meeting the unique needs of educable mentally retarded pupils as individual
learners are considered and implemented. Prerequisite: Spec.Ed. 220.
SPEC. ED. 423: CURRICULUM MATERIALS FOR EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN (MENTALLY RETARDED) 3 s.h.
This course considers contemporary curricular innovations in educational
programs for educable mentally retarded children and youth, with particular
attention to the sociocultural implications of changing curricular practices and
the new instructional media and technology. Prerequisite: Spec.Ed. 321.
SPEC. ED. 424: LABORATORY METHODS WITH EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN (MENTALLY RETARDED)
This course is designed to expand the understanding of the teaching-learning
process by observation and application, focusing upon the development of ad-
vanced skills in the analysis of teacher behaviors, learner behaviors, classroom
interaction and their implications. Prerequisite: Spec.Ed. 422.
SPEC. ED. 429: STUDENT TEACHING (MENTALLY RETARDED)
6 s.h. or 12 s.h.
Observation and participation in teaching children with retarded mental de-
velopment and in activities related to the performance of a teacher's work.
SPEECH
SP. 010: REMEDIAL SPEECH 0 s.h.
Speech Clinic— diagnostic and remedial program for the speech handicapped.
153
This service is made available to the students regularly enrolled at the col-
lege. College students who need help are encouraged to seek the help of the
clinic. Every effort is made to help students remove deficiencies which would
interfere with their successful progress in college. Students referred to the Di-
rector of the Speech Clinic must officially enroll through the office of the regis-
trar for this non-credit course.
SP. 113: FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH 3 s.h.
Study and application of the fundamental principles of eflFective speaking;
training in selection, organization, and development of materials suitable for
speeches; analysis of voice; personality adjustment as related to speaking-listen-
ing situations; patterns for analysis of an audience; prior analysis, cybernetic
analysis, and post analysis; techniques of group dynamics and role playing.
SP. 114: ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING 2 s.h.
Inquiry into and practice in the principles of effective public speaking. De-
tailed analysis of the areas of invention, arrangement, style, and delivery, and
an introduction to speech criticism as a tool to improve the speaker's own
abilities. Prerequisite: Speech 113.
SP. 115: PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE 1 s.h.
A study of the principles and applications of the standard parliamentary
rules used in conducting formal meetings of social, civic, and political bodies.
SP. 251: VOICE AND DICTION 3 s.h.
The objective of this course is to help students improve their speech by the
efimination of faulty voice and articulation habits. Attention is given to such
basic skills as volume, pitch, resonance, rate, phrasing, pronunciation and artic-
ulation. Tape recordings are used as a helpful device for analyzing problems
and noting progress. Prerequisite: Speech 113.
SP. 252: INTRODUCTION TO SPEECH CORRECTION 3 s.h.
Designed to train prospective teachers to care for defective speech in the
classroom and to make educators and society cognizant of the increasing need
for a definite speech education program in our public schools. A study of
speech sound, speech mechanisms, symptoms, causes, and treatment of minor
speech, voice, and hearing disorders. Prerequisite: Speech 113.
SP. 253: INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE 3 s.h.
Survey of plays, theatre practice, and production from Aeschylus to Miller.
Theory and criticism.
SP. 254: PRINCIPLES OF ACTING I 3 s.h.
Principles and techniques of movement, stage direction, pantomimic drama-
tization, characterization development, and interpretation through improvisa-
tions and playing roles in scenes from contemporary dramas.
SP. 255: STAGECRAFT AND LIGHTING 3 s.h.
Study and practice in scene construction, scene painting, theatre equipment,
the basic technical elements of stage electricity, and instrumentation operation
and selection.
SP. 256: ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE 3 s.h.
Principles of reasoned discourse and their application to controversial issues.
SP. 257: ADVANCED DEBATE 2 s.h.
Further experience in competitive debating and in a variety of debating
forms is provided. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
154
SP. 258: USE OF VIDEOTAPE IN EDUCATIONAL DEBATE 2 s.h.
Utilization of the videotape technique to improve the debating skills of the
student. Applications of videotaping to debating, including exchange debates
with other colleges and possibly international exchanges. Use of videotape as a
technique for teaching debate. Consideration of experimental possibilities of
the videotape process. Prerequisite: Sp. 256, or consent of instructor.
SP. 264: DISCUSSION 2 s.h.
Designed to develop the attitudes, skills, and knowledge of methods favor-
able to effective participation and leadership in discussion by conferences, com-
mittees, and other small groups.
SP. 311: PERSUASION 3 s.h.
Study and practice in persuasive speaking. General theories of persuasion,
the role of persuasion in a democratic society, and an introduction to modern
experimental research in the area included.
SP. 312: GENERAL SEMANTICS 3 s.h.
An investigation of the relationship between words and the realities they
represent. Special emphasis will be given to an understanding of personal,
political, and international problems that arise due to semantic breakdowns in
die communication process. Students concentrating in Public Address may
substitute this course for Sp. 311, 411, 412, or 451.
SP. 350; SUMMER DRAMA WORKSHOP 6 s.h.
The summer drama workshop combines study and practice in the dramatic
arts and includes formal, intensive study in acting, play production, direction,
makeup, scene design, stage lighting, and stagecraft. In conjunction with the
workshop, Clarion State College sponsors a Summer Theatre Company consist-
ing of members of the workshop and produces five major productions.
SP. 351: ADVANCED THEATER PRODUCTION 6 s.h.
Advanced study and practice in the dramatic arts, including projects in scene
design, theater management, and acting. Students will work with members of
the Summer Drama Workshop in the production of five major plays for the
Clarion Summer Theater. Prerequisite: Sp. 350.
SP. 352: PLAY DIRECTING 3 s.h.
A study of the fundamentals and procedures of play directing and problems
faced in educational theater, including analysis of the script, methods of cast-
ing, and rehearsal. Students direct one-act plays for public presentation.
SP. 354: ORAL INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.
The course emphasizes the understanding and appreciation of literature
through developing skill in reading aloud. Help is given in selecting, adapting,
and preparing literature for presentation. Special attention is given to reading
materials required of the classroom teacher. Prerequisite: Speech 113.
SP. 358: PSYCHOLOGY OF SPEECH 3 s.h.
This course aims to investigate the several theories of speech origin; study
the neurological and psychological bases of speech; trace the ontogeny of
speech and language; study speech as an aspect of personality sti'ucture; and
investigate certain speaker-audience phenomena. The psychology of stuttering
is given special consideration. Prerequisite: Sp. 252.
SP. 359: HISTORY OF THE THEATER 3 s.h.
History of plays and playwrights from the fifth century B.C. to the present.
155
SP. 361: PRINCIPLES OF ACTING II 3 s.h.
A study of period st>les of acting, speech, and movement which include the
Classic Shakespearean, Commedia, Restoration, Romantic, and Early American
Periods.
SP. 362: PRINCIPLES OF STAGE DESIGN 3 s.h.
Study and practice in the aesthetics, methods, and techniques of setting and
lighting design for the theater. Covers both period and contemporary analysis.
SP. 363: THEATRICAL COSTUME AND MAKE-UP 3 s.h.
A historical survey of costume and fundamentals and application of stage
make-up.
SP. 411: CLASSICAL RHETORIC 3 s.h.
Study of the rhetorical theories of the ancient Greeks and Romans and their
historical context. Includes the work of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Quintilian, and
St. Augustine. For juniors and seniors.
SP. 412: BRITISH PUBLIC ADDRESS 3 s.h.
Study of the rise of public speaking in Great Britain, and its influence on
the course of history in that democracy, both in and out of Parliament. Includes
the study of the speaking of Lord Chatham, Burke, Fox, Pitt, Sheridan, Glad-
stone, Disraeli, and Churchill. For juniors and seniors.
SP. 451: ADVANCED SPEECH 3 s.h.
A seminar in methods of investigation and research in the field of speech.
Published articles and books of a scholarly nature are analyzed and critically
evaluated. Each student selects a topic for intensive study. The course culmi-
nates in a written research project. Prerequisite: Open only to juniors and
seniors wdth approval of department chairman.
SP. 453: APPLIED PHONETICS 3 s.h.
An analysis of tlie speech sound used in English so that the student develops
auditory acuity and correct reproduction of sounds; transcripts of spoken ma-
terial using I. P. A. system; comparison of phonetic alphabet and diacritical
marking system; study of structure and function of speech organs; voice im-
provement; applied phonetics for speech correction.
SP. 454: RADIO AND TELEVISION 3 s.h.
An introduction to the broadcasting industry including stations, networks,
the Federal Communications Commission, advertisers and agencies, the public,
and the impact of broadcasting as an entertainment, informational, and educa-
tional medium. A foundation course for communications study and the de-
velopment of knowledgable consumers of the broadcast media.
SP. 455: CREATIVE DRAMATICS 3 s.h.
A study of the techniques and theory of playmaking. Study of dramatic ac-
tivities for children including story telling, story dramatization, rhythms, and
pantomime. Designed for the elementary teacher.
SP. 465: ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.
Inquiry into the advanced techniques of the oral interpretation of prose,
poetry, and drama. Emphasis upon literary analysis and style.
SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY
SPA 450: CLINICAL PHONETICS 3 s.h.
Introduction to the science of English sounds. Consideration of phonetical
applications to matters of speech correction and improvement.
156
SPA 451: ANATOMY OF SPEECH AND HEARING MECHANISMS 3 s.h.
Study of the anatomy and physiology of the speech and hearing mechanisms.
SPA 452: SPEECH PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
This course is the first half of a sequence in Speech Pathology. Emphasis
is placed on the description, diagnosis, and treatment of articulation dis-
orders, language development, problems, tongue thrust, and cleft palate. Basic
linguistic, psychological, and statistical concepts necessary in the study of
clinical speech are also included.
SPA 453: SPEECH PATHOLOGY 3 s.h.
This course is the second half of a sequence in Speech Pathology. The major
emphasis is placed on the description, diagnosis, and treatment of cerebral
palsy, voice disorders, aphasia, and stuttering. A basic approach to the psycho-
dynamics of the speech therapy process is also included.
SPA 454: CURRICULUM MATERIALS FOR
SPEECH CORRECTION 3 s.h.
Teaching techniques, source materials, visual aids, and special problems to
be employed in speech practice and correction.
SPA 455: SPEECH CORRECTION FOR THE CLASSROOM
TEACHER 3 s.h.
Designed to acquaint students with speech problems conmion to children on
the elementary level. Emphasis is placed on the study of materials, metliods,
and techniques used by the classroom teacher in improving the speech of all
children.
SPA 460: HEARING PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
The nature of hearing disorders and the medical, social, psychological, and
educational implications are investigated, with attention focused upon the roles
of parents, specialists, and educators toward the rehabilitative process. Analysis
and practice in tlie techniques of speech and audiometric evaluation are pro-
vided.
SPA 463: SPEECH READING AND AUDITORY TRAINING 3 s.h.
A comprehensive study of specialized techniques, with emphasis upon audi-
tory training, speech reading, and speech retraining. This includes evaluation
and utilization of special equipment and materials— visual, acoustical, and Idn-
aesthetic. Prerequisite: SPA 460.
SPA 464: AUDIOLOGY 3 s.h.
A continuation of SPA 460: Hearing Problems.
SPA 468: SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC I: PRACTICUM 3 s.h.
Supervised clinical observation and practice in case study and conferences,
diagnostic evaluations, remedial procedures, parent conferences, and reporting.
The application of theory in the development of clinical skills with individuals
and small groups of children and adults, for a minimum of 135 clock hoiurs.
Prerequisite: SPA 452, 460.
SPA 469: SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC II:
ADVANCED PRACTICUM 3 s.h.
Supervised clinical observation and practice in case study and condifferential
diagnosis, therapy with complex speech and hearing disorders, parent confer-
ences, and reporting. Both individual and group techniques are emphasized
with children and adults, for a minimum of 135 clock hours. Prerequisite: SPA
468.
SPA 422: STUDENT TEACHING WITH THE SPEECH AND
HEARING HANDICAPPED 6 or 12 s.h.
Observation of and participation in teaching and activities related to the
performance of the itinerant speech and hearing teacher's work.
157
ENROLLMENT AT CLARION
STATE COLLEGE
Student enrollment has risen from 825 in September, 1959, to
nearly 3300 in September, 1969, making Clarion one of the fastest
growing colleges in Pennsylvania. The present enrollment is almost
equally divided between men and women and is drawn from fifty-
five counties of the Commonwealth. Each year the number of stu-
dents from states other than Pennsylvania increases and there is a
small but encouraging representation from foreign countries.
An analysis of the enrollment in September, 1968, showed the
following counties contributing substantial numbers of students to
Clarion.
Allegheny
Armstrong
Beaver
Blair
Bucks
Butler
Cambria
Clarion
Clearfield
Crawford
Dauphin
Elk
Erie
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Clarion State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania
David H. Kurtzman
Ex OflBcio, Superintendent of Public Instruction
H. Ray Pope, Jr., President Clarion, Pa.
John E. Aikman Brookville, Pa.
Chester H. Byerly New Bethlehem, Pa.
Edward J. Crowe St. Mary's, Pa.
Howard E. Gayley Brookville, Pa.
Harriet S, Hearst Clarion, Pa.
Philip W. Silvis Tionesta, Pa.
E. Clinton Stitt Kittanning, Pa.
H. Carl Wasson Franklin, Pa.
158
817
80
Fayette
Forest
20
14
151
Indiana
20
30
13
Jefferson
Lawrence
108
52
91
McKean
71
91
Mercer
64
333
87
Montgomery
Somerset
12
54
28
Venango
225
12
Warren
30
48
Washington
63
64
Westmoreland
303
York
17
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
David H, Kurtzman
Superintendent of Public Instruction
W. Deming Lewis, Chairman Bethlehem
Richard C. Bond Philadelphia
Walter J. Burke Pittsburgh
Paul S. Christman Schuylkill Haven
Mrs. Albert M. Greenfield Philadelphia
Althea K. Hottel Bryn Mawr
Donald E. Hunter Sharon
Parke H. Lutz Denver
Emaline K. Mohr Allentown
William M. Potter WiDdnsburg
Wilham H. Rea Pittsburgh
Gail L. Rose Butler
James H. Rowland Harrisburg
W. K. Ulerich Clearfield
John L. Wandrisco Latrobe
Walter F. Wilmarth Kingsley
Leonard N. Wolf Scranton
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
James Gemmell, B.S., M.S., Ed.D President
David A. Hilton, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D Assistant to the President
ACADEMIC SERVICES
James D. Moore, A.B., Ed.M Dean of Academic AflFairs
Dana S. Still, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. .Assistant Dean of Academic AflFairs
John Mellon, B.S., M.Litt., Ph.D Dean of Liberal Arts
Harold E. Simmons, B.A., M.S., Ed.D.
Dean of Professional Studies
Forest C. Carter, B.B.A., M.B.A., D.B.A.
Dean of Business Administration
Waham A. McCauley, B.Ed., M.A., Ph.D.
Dean of Graduate Studies
Russell L. V. Morgan, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Director of Venango Campus
James H. Cole, B.S., M.S., Ed.D Dean of Communication
Dan W. Graves, B.A., M. A Head Librarian
159
WiUiam J. Page, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Director of Student Teaching and Placement
Charles Economous, B.A., M.S.L.S Dean of Library Science
Kenneth G. Vayda, B.S., M.S Director of Special Education
Charles J. Shontz, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Assistant to Dean of Academic AflFairs
Bryce C. Gray, B.A., M.A.
Administrative Assistant to the Dean of Academic Affairs
Arnold H. Zaeske, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Director of Elementary Education
STUDENT SERVICES
Donald A. Nair, B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed.
Associate Dean of Student Affairs
George W. Curtis, B.A., M.A. . . .Assistant Dean of Student Affairs
John A. Nanovsky, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Assistant Dean of Student Affairs
Ethel B. Vairo, B.S., M.Ed Assistant Dean of Student Affairs
Charles Blochberger, B.S., M.Ed.
Acting Director of Counseling Center
Peter H. Nachtwey, B.A., M.A Counselor
Robert C. Segebarth, A.B Director of Financial Aid
Frank Lignelh, Jr., B.S., M.Ed Director of Athletics
La\vrence M. Gilford, M.D College Physician
GENERAL SERVICES
Walter L. Hart, B.A., M.F.A Director of Admissions
Phyllis L. Elder Registrar
James Gleixner Personnel Director
John D. Johnson Plant Maintenance Engineer
Bernard D. McEntire Superintendent of Buildings & Grounds
160
FACULTY
James Gemmell, Ed.D President
University of Wyoming, B.S.; Syracuse University; State University of New
York, Albany, M.S.; New York University, Ed.D.
Leonard M. Abate, M.A., Instructor, History-
Northern Illinois University, B.A., M.A.; Additional graduate -woik at the
University of Pittsburgh.
Ernest C. Aharrah, M.S., Associate Professor, Biological Science
Clarion State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; University
of Pittsburgh, M.S.
Prabhakar Akolekar, Ph.D., Professor, Economics
Holkar College, Indore, (India), B.A.; Bombay University, M.A.; University
of Virginia, M.A.; Johns Hopkins University, Research Fellow; University
of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.
Ned B. Allen, Ph.D., Professor, English
Dartmouth College, B.A.; St. John's CoUege, Oxford, B.A.; University of
Michigan, Ph.D.
John R. Arscott, Ph.D., Professor, English
College of Wooster, B.A.; Princeton University, M.A.; New York University,
Ph.D.
Edgar W. Averill, Ph.D., Professor, Mathematics and Statistics
Cornell University, A.B.; Harvard University, M.B.A.; University of Michi-
gan, Ph.D.
Inez Baker, M.A., Associate Professor, Division of Communication
University of Cincinnati, B.S.; Teachers College, Columbia University, M.A.,
Prof. Diploma; Doctoral Candidate, Columbia University.
Philip J. Baldacchino, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chemistry
St. Francis CoUege, B.S,; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Rensselaer Poly-
technic Institute, M.S., Ph.D.
Francis Baptist, Ed.D., Professor, Art
Wisconsin State College, B.S.; State University of Iowa, M.F.A.; Pennsyl-
vania State University, Ed.D.
George S. Barber, Ph.D., Professor, English
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Gwendolyn M. Bays, Ph.D., Professor, French & German
Agnes Scott College, B.A.; Emory University, M.A.; Yale University, Ph.D.;
Additional graduate study at the University of Paris (Sorbonne) and the
University of Heidelberg ( Germany ) .
Robert A. Bays, Ph.D., Professor, Head of Foreign Language De-
partment
Emory University, B.A.; Yale University, M.A., Ph.D.; Additional study at
tlie National University of Mexico, tlae University of Queensland (Australia)
and the University of Heidelberg (Germany).
161
Mary M, Bechtold, M.S., Assistant Professor, Physical Science
Duquesne University, B.S., M.S.; Additional graduate work at Western Re-
serve University, Cornell University.
Paul E. Beck, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chemistry
Franklin and Marshall College, B.S.; Duquesne University, Ph.D.
Thomas L. Beck, M.A., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical
Education
SHppery Rock State CoUege, B.S.; Duquesne University, M.A.; Additional
graduate work. University of Maryland, University of Delaware, West Ches-
ter State College, and Pennsylvania State University.
Stanley A. Belfore, M.S., Assistant Professor, Biological Science
Indiana State College, B.S. in E.D.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.
Frederick H. Bell, M.A., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B.S.; Kent State University, M.A.; Doctoral candidate,
Cornell University.
Vahe H. Berberian, Mus. Dipl., Associate Professor, Music
Lebanese Academy of Fine Arts, Mus. Dipl.; Mozarteum International Sum-
mer Academy, Mus. Cert.; Doctoral Candidate, Indiana University.
Alpha E. Bernard, Ed.D., Professor, Education
Northern Michigan CoUege of Education, B.S.; Graduate work at University
of Michigan; Indiana University, M.S. in Ed., Ed.D.
Jack N. Bertsch, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Philosophy
Denison University, A.B.; Columbia University, LL.B.; Ohio State Uni-
versity, Ph.D.
Thomas M. Bertsch, M.S., Instructor, Business Administration
Northern Illinois University, B.S., M.S.
Nicholas J. Bezak, Ph.D., Professor, Mathematics
The College of Steubenville, B.A.; Carnegie-Mellon University, M.S.; Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
Jack N. Blaine, M.S.T., Assistant Professor, Physical Science
Acting Planetarium Director, Clarion State College, B.S.; Antioch College,
M.S.T.; Additional study at Pennsylvania State University, State University
of New York at Oswego, and the University of Pittsburgh.
Charles H. Blochberger, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Education,
Acting Director of Counseling
University of Scranton, B.S.; University of Maryland, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work, Michigan State University, University of Virginia.
Christian Bohlen, M.M., Associate Professor, Music
Amsterdam Conservatory of Music, Mus. Dipl.; Indiana University, M.M.;
Additional graduate work, Indiana University.
162
Oliver J. Booth, M.A.L.S., Assistant Professor, Library Science
Wayne State University, B.A.; University of Michigan, M.A.L.S.; Additional
graduate work, University of Michigan.
Olive C. Bower, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chemistry
Florida Southern, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S., Ph.D.
Richard M. Bradley, Ed.D., Associate Professor, Education
Millersville State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
Robert G. Bubb, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Health & Physical
Education
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Margaret V. Buckwalter, M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
University of Michigan, B.S., M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, M.L.S.
Tracy V. Buckwalter, Ph.D., Professor, Geology
University of Michigan, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Additional graduate work at Uni-
versity of Minnesota.
Mary M. Butler, M.L.S. , Assistant Professor, Librarian
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M.L.S.;
Additional study at Columbia University.
Terry P, Caesar, B.A., Assistant Professor, English
University of Redlands, B.A.; Additional graduate work. University of
Washington.
Carl E. Caldwell, M.A., Associate Professor, French
Hobart College, A.B.; Middlebury College, M.A.; Additional graduate work,
McGill University, the Sorbonne, Middlebury College, University of Roches-
ter.
David S. Campbell, M.S.Ed., Instructor, Division of Communication
Bowhng Green State University, B.S.Ed.; Indiana University, Bloomington,
M.S.Ed.
Frank M. Campbell, M.A., Assistant Professor, Social Studies
Grove City College, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Additional
graduate work, Permsylvania State University.
Thomas A. Carnahan, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Mathematics,
Physical Science
Grove City College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work at University of Southern CaHfomia, University of Pittsburgh.
Ernestine J. Carter, B.S., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical
Education
Michigan State University, B.S.
Forest C. Carter, D.B.A., C.P.A., Professor, Dean of Business
Administration
University of Michigan, B.B.A., M.B.A.; Indiana University, D.B.A.; Tennes-
-e, C.P.A.
163
Earl Chalfant, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Education
Clarion State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Doctoral
Candidate, Pennsylvania State University.
William D. Chamberlain, Ed.D., Professor, Science Ed.
Wayne State University, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Alfred B. Charley, M.F.A., Associate Professor, Art
Southern Illinois University, B.S., M.F.A.; Additional graduate work, Uni-
versity of Miimesota, Carnegie Institute of Technology, and the University
of Pittsburgh.
Frank M. Clark, M.F.A., Assistant Professor, Speech
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; Ohio University, M.F.A.; Addi-
tional graduate vi'ork, Peimsylvania State University, University of Pitts-
burgh, and Wroxton College, England.
John B. Cliff, B.S., Instructor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B.S.; Graduate work at Pennsylvania State University,
the University of Biiffalo, the University of Arkansas, and Rutgers University.
Mary McRae Colby, Ph.D., Professor, Geography
East Carolina Teachers College, B.A.; University of Chicago, M.S., Ph.D.
James H. Cole, Ed.D., Professor, Dean, Division of Communication
Eastern Illinois University, B.S.; Indiana University, M.S., Ed.D.
William F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor, Psychology
University of West Virginia, B.A., M.A.; University of Oklahoma, Ph.D.
Patricia J. Connor, D.M.A., Professor, Music
Oklahoma University, B.M.; North Texas State University, M.M.; Boston
University, D.M.A.
Dalph O. Cook, M.S., Assistant Professor, Biology
Clarion State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.; Additional graduate
work at Central Michigan University and Peimsylvania State University.
Doris E. Cooper, B.S., Instructor, English
Clarion State College, B.S.; Graduate work at Kent State University, and
Ohio State University.
Bob H. Copeland, M.A., Associate Professor, Speech
University of Wichita, B.A.; University of Denver, M.A.; Additional work
at University of Mexico City, Director's Studio of New York City, Long
Beach State, University of Denver; Doctoral candidate. University of Denver.
Alastair T. Crawford, M.A., Assistant Professor, Social Sciences
Upsala College, B.S.; Montclair State College, M.A.; Additional graduate
work at University of Colorado and Northern Illinois University.
Robert E. Crawford, M.A., Associate Professor, Geography
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A.; Additional
graduate work at the University of Washington.
164
Vincent J. Curran, B.S., Instructor of Health and Physical Educa-
tion (Part-Time)
University of Illinois, B.S.
George W. Ciutis, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor, Assistant Dean of
Students
Michigan State University, B.A., M.A.; Doctoral candidate. United States
International University.
Rafael Diaz y Diaz, B.A., Assistant Professor, Spanish
University of Denver, B.A.; Additional graduate work. University of Denver,
University of Colorado.
Donald H. Dininny, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Speech
Clarion State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work at Ohio University.
Bruce H. Dinsmore, Ph.D., Professor, Head, Department of Bio-
logical Sciences
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Columbia University, M.A.; Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.
James A. Donachy, M.S., Associate Professor, Biological Science
Clarion State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.S.; Additional graduate work
at Pennsylvania State University.
Nadine D. Donachy, M.S., Assistant Professor, Biology
Ohio University, A.B., M.S.
Edward G. DuflFy, M.A., Associate Professor, History
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.A.; Doctoral candidate, Pennsylvania
State University.
Charles H. Dugan, M.F.A., Instructor, Art
Ohio University, B.S.; Bowling Green State University, M.F.A.
Dempsey Dupree, Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor, Business Administra-
tion
University of Michigan, B.B.A., M.B.A.; Michigan State University, Ph.D.;
Certified Public Accountant, South Carolina, Iowa, and Pennsylvania.
Ronald M, Dyas, M.S., Assistant Professor, Division of Communica-
tion
Northern Illinois University, B.S.; Indiana University, M.S., doctoral candi-
date.
Charles Economous, M.S.inL.S., Assistant Professor, Dean of the
Division of Library Science
University of North Carolina, B.A., M.S. in L.S.; Additional graduate work,
University of Michigan and University of North Carolina.
William T. Edwards, M.S., Associate Professor, Art
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Florida State University, M.S.;
Additional graduate work, Pennsylvania State University.
165
Melanie Eiswerth, B.S., Instructor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B.S., Master's candidate.
Robert A. Elftmann, M.A., Assistant Professor, Library Science
University of California, A.B.; University of Minnesota, B.S., M.A.; Ad-
ditional graduate work, University of Minnesota.
Allan R. EUiott, Ed.D., Professor, Psychology
Western Michigan University, B.A.; Stanford University, M.A., Ed.D.
Kenneth F. Emerick, M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Clarion State College, B.S.; Rutgers University, M.L.S.
Roger A. Engle, M.S., Instructor, Mathematics
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Alaska, M.S.
Albert R. Exton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Physics
Carnegie-Mellon University, B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
Henry L. Fueg, M.A., Associate Professor, Audio- Visual Communi-
cation
West Virginia Institute of Technology, B.S.; West Virginia University, M.A.j
Additional graduate study, Indiana University.
C. Ronald Galbreath, M.A., Assistant Professor, Education
Westminster College, B.A., M.A.
Jose G. Garcia, M.A., Associate Professor, Spanish
University of Valencia, B.A., M.A.; Additional graduate work at the Uni-
versity of Colorado.
Stephen I. Gendler, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Universit>' of Pennsylvania, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A., Ph.D.
Rachel M. Glenn, B.S., Instructor, Librarian
Simmons College, B.S. in L.S.
Dan W. Graves, A.M., Associate Professor, Director of Libraries
University of Denver, A.B.; University of Michigan, A.M.; Additional grad-
uate study at the University of Michigan.
Bryce C. Gray, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education, Adminis-
trative Assistant to Dean of Academic Affairs
Juniata College, B.A.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Additional graduate work,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Clarion State College.
Emmett D. Graybill, Jr., M.A., Assistant Professor, Political Science
Kenyon College, B.A.; Ohio State University, M.A.
Francis Greco, M.A., Associate Professor, English
Duquesne University, B.S., M.A.; Additional graduate work, University of
Pittsburgh and Carnegie-Mellon University.
Edward S. Grejda, Ph.D., Professor, English
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsliurgh, M.Litt.; Additional
graduate study at University of Pittsburgh and Catholic University of Amer-
ica.
166
William E. Grosch, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Art
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Addi-
tional graduate study at Haystack Mountain School of Crafts, Pennsylvania
State University, and Alfred University.
Joel L. Haines, Ph.D., Professor, History, Head, Social Science De-
partment
Franklin and Marshall College, B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Ph.Dw
Mary R. Hardwick, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Speech
Oklahoma State University, B.A.; Ohio University, M.F.A.; Michigan State
University, Ph.D.
George A. Harmon, Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Universit)' of California, Los Angeles, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A., Ph.D.
Walter L. Hart, M.F.A., Professor, Director of Admissions
Grove City College, B.M.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M. of F.A.;
Additional graduate work at St. Bonaventure College, University of Pitts-
burgh, New York University.
William J. Hart, Ph.D., Professor, Chemistry
George Washington University, A.B., M.A.; University of Maryland, Ph.D.
Harold V. Hartley, Jr., M.Ed., Associate Professor, Special Educa-
tion, Coordinator of Speech and Hearing
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Ad-
ditional graduate work at Pennsylvania State University, Colorado State Uni-
versity, Western Reserve University.
Lee W. Heilman, M.A., Instructor, English
Gettysburg College, A.B.; Duke University, M.A.; Lutheran Theological
Seminary at Gettysburg, B.D.
Irvin C. Henry, M.A., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B.S.; Kent State University, M.A.; Additional graduate
work, State University of New York at Buffalo.
Richard D. Hetrick, M.S., Instructor, Speech Pathology and Audi-
ology, H.E.W. Program Development Grant
Clarion State College, B.S.; Purdue University, M.S.
David A. Hilton, Ed.D., Professor, Assistant to the President
Ohio State University, B.S.; University of Cincinnati, M.Ed.; Wayne State
University, Ed.D.
Janice H. Horn, A.M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Luther College, B.A.; University of Michigan, A.M.L.S.; Additional graduate
work, University of Illinois.
X67
Roger G. Horn, A.M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Louisiana State University, B.M.E.; University of Michigan, A.M.L.S.; Ad-
ditional graduate work. University of Illinois.
Roger Hufford, Ph.D., Professor, Speech, Director of Forensics
Illinois State Normal, B.S., M.S.; King's College, Durham University, Eng-
land, M.Litt.; Southern Illinois University, Ph.D.
Norman B. Humphrey, M.S., Associate Professor, Geography
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Florida State University, M.S.; Additional
graduate work at Pennsylvania State University.
Albert A. Jacks, Jr., M.Ed., Associate Professor, Health and Physical
Education
Peimsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed.; additional graduate work at
University of Michigan, Pennsylvania State University, Slippery Rock State
CoUege.
Arnold L. Jeschke, M.Ed., Instructor, English
Edinboro State College, B.S., M.Ed.
Ernest W. Johnson, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Education
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work at Kent State University, University of Pittsburgh, Florida
Atlantic University.
Margery C. Johnson, M.S.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Geneva College; Clarion State College, B.S., M.S.L.S.; Graduate work at
Pennsylvania State University.
John A. Joy, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Edu-
cation
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Addi-
tional graduate work, University of Pittsburgh and Indiana University of
Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State University and Slippery Rock State College.
Alfred E. Junod, Ed.D., Associate Professor, French
New York University, B.C.S., M.A.; University of Buffalo, Ed.D.
Eugene R. Karasek, M.A., Assistant Professor, History
Trinity College, B.A., M.A.; Additional graduate work at Harvard University,
and Pennsylvania State University.
William J. Karl, M.A., Assistant Professor, English
Michigan State University; Clarion State College, B.S.; Columbia University,
M.A.; Additional graduate work at University of Pittsburgh.
Robert A. Kecnan, M.A., Associate Professor, Speech and Hearing
Allegheny College, A.B.; Ohio State University, M.A.; Additional graduate
study, State University of New York, Pennsylvania State University.
Glenn L. Keldsen, M.S., Assistant Professor, Chemistry
Antioch College, B.S.; University of Massachusetts, M.S.; Doctoral candi-
date, University of Massachusetts.
168
Clifford M. Keth, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Physical Science
Clarion State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Addi-
tional graduate work. Harvard University, Pennsylvania State University.
Mohammad I. Khan, Ph.D., Professor, History
St. John's College, Agra University, India, B.A.; University of Lucknow,
India, M.A., LL.B.; Research Fellow, Indian School of International Studies,
New Delhi; Claremont Graduate School & University Center, California,
Ph.D.
Bong Hi Kim, DMA., Associate Professor, Music
Seoul National University, B.M.; Southern Illinois University, M.M.; East-
man School of Music, University of Rochester, DMA.
Chai K. Kim, M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea, B.A.; Southern Illinois University, M.A.;
State University College, Geneseo, N.Y., M.L.S.; Additional graduate study.
University of Pittsburgh.
Elaine M. King, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, English
Southwestern Oklahoma State College, B.A.; Indiana University of Pennsyl-
vania, M.Ed.; Additional graduate work at Pennsylvania State University,
University of Pittsburgh.
James C. King, Ph.D., Professor, History, Director of Academic
Counseling
Northeastern Oklahoma State College, B.A.; University of Utah, Ph.D.
Karen King, B.S., Instructor, Health and Physical Education
SUppery Rock State College, B.S.
Joseph Kippert, B.S., Instructor, Astronomy (Part time)
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Northwestern University.
David H. Klindienst, M.Litt., Associate Professor, Education
University of Pittsburgh, B.A., M.Litt.; Additional graduate work. University
of Pittsburgh, Westminster College, Pennsylvania State University, Kent State
University.
Joseph J. Knowles, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Health and Physical
Education
Waynesburg College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Additional grad-
uate work at Pennsylvania State University, University of Pittsburgh.
Helen Knuth, Ph.D., Professor, History
University of Dubuque, A.B.; Northwestern University, M.A., Ph.D.
Katherine M. Kochno, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Psychology
Institute of Natural and Medical Science, Kliarkov; Medical School, Lvov;
Free University in Munich, West Germany, Ph.D.; Columbia University,
post doctoral study.
Henrietta Kodrich, B.S., Instructor, Education
State University of New York, B.S.
William R. Kodrich, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Biology
Hartwick College, B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
169
Gustav A. Konitzky, Ph.D., Professor, Anthropology; Curator of
Museum; Director, Archaeological Field Program
University of Giessen (B.S. equiv. ); University of Bonn (B.A. equiv. ); Uni-
versity of Kiel, Purdue University, M.S.; Indiana University, Ph.D.; Post-
doctoral Research Associate, Indiana University.
Ronald A. Kopas, M.S., Associate Professor, Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.; Purdue University, M.S.
Margaret M. Kordecki, M.A., Instructor, Geography
Western Michigan University, B.S., M.A.; University of Hawaii, M.A.
Walter F. Koulcal, Ed.M., Associate Professor, Education
State University of New York, College at Buffalo, B.S.Ed.; State University
of New York at Buffalo, Ed.M.; Doctoral candidate, Syracuse University.
Larry S. Landis, M.A., Instructor, Music
Goshen College, B.A.; New York University, M.A.
John A. Laswick, Ph.D., Professor, Head of Chemistry Department
University of Colorado, B.A.; Cornell University, Ph.D.
Donald E. Leas, M.S., Associate Professor, Director of Health,
Physical Education and Recreation
Michigan State University, B.S.; Southern Illinois University, M.S.; Addi-
tional graduate work, University of Illinois, Pennsylvania State University.
George R. Lewis, Ed.D., Professor, Director of Computer Center
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Litt.;
Graduate work at Bucknell University; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
Robert C. H. Liiio, Ed.D., Associate Professor, Communication
Chunghsin University (Taiwan), B.A.; Boston University, M.S., Ed.D.
Frank Lignelli, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Director of Athletics
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work at Pennsylvania State University.
Aatis E. Lillstrom, M.A.E., Assistant Professor, Division of Com-
munication
School of the Art Institute of Chicago, B.A.E., M.A.E.; Additional graduate
study, Teachers College, Columbia University.
Irving Lilly, Ph.D., Professor, Psychology
Temple University, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Kenneth J. Linton, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Biology
Michigan State University, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Victor Liscinsky, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Health and Physical
Education
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Addi-
tional graduate study, Univensity of Pittsburgh.
Donald K. Lowe, M.A., Associate Professor, Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.A.
170
Bruce MacBeth, B.S., Instructor, English
Clarion State College, B.S.; Additional study, Indiana University of Pennsyl-
vania.
John G. Mager, M.L.S., Associate Professor, Librarian
Concordia Seminary, B.A., B.D., S.T.M.; Washington University, M.A.; Uni-
versity of California, M.L.S.; Additional vi^ork at Oakland City College, Akron
University, Western Reserve University, University of Chicago.
Matthew Marder, M.B.A., Assistant Professor, Business Adminis-
tration
Rutgers University, B.A.; Columbia University, M.B.A.; Additional graduate
work at Pennsylvania State University.
Gergely Markos, B.S., Instructor, Geography
University of Colorado, B.A.; Additional graduate study. University of Col-
orado.
Charles L. Marlin, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Speech
University of Missouri, B.S.Ed.; Indiana University, M.A., Ph.D.
Allene H. Masterson, M.Litt., Associate Professor, French and
Spanish
Geneva College, B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Litt; Additional graduate
work, Duke University; doctoral candidate, University of Pittsburgh.
Garrison A. McCasIin, M.Ed., Instructor, Biological and Physical
Science
Lock Haven State College, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
William A. McCauIey, Ph.D., Professor, Psychology, Dean of Grad-
uate Studies
State College, Geneseo, N.Y., B.Ed.; Colorado State, M.A.; Syracuse Uni-
versity, Ph.D.; Additional graduate work at Alfred University.
Diana R. D. McColl, D.Ed., Associate Professor, Special Education
University of British Columbia, B.Ed.; University of Oregon, M.Ed., D.Ed.
lola F. McCoy, A.M.L.S., Associate Professor, Library Science
University of Michigan, A.B., A.M., A.M.L.S.
James E. McDaniel, A.M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Eastern Michigan University, B.A., M.A.Ed.; University of Michigan,
A.M.L.S.
William M. McDonald, M.A., Associate Professor, Music, Director
of Choirs
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; New York University, M.A.; Doc-
toral candidate. West Virginia University.
Glenn McElhattan, M.S., Assistant Professor, Physical Science
Clarion State College, B.S.Ed.; Western Reserve, M.S.'
Nancy S. McKee, M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Wilson College, A.B.; Carnegie-Mellon University, M.L.S.
171
John D. McClain, Ed.D., Professor, Director, Center for Educa-
tional Research and Regional Development
Southern Oregon College, B.S.; University of Oregon, M.Ed., Ed.D.
Kenneth R. Mechling, M.A., Associate Professor of Biology
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.A., M.A.; Additional graduate work,
Northern Illinois University, University of Pittsburgh, Doctoral candidate,
Michigan State University.
John Mellon, Ph.D., Professor, Dean of Liberal Arts
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Litt., Ph.D.; Addi-
tional graduate work at the University of Colorado and the Pennsylvania
State University.
Peter Mervosh, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Assistant Director of
Admissions
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.
Richard M. Metcalf, Ed.D., Professor, Division of Communication
Illinois State University, B.S., M.S.; Indiana University, Ed.D.
Stanley F. Michalski, Jr., Ed.D., Professor, Music, Director of Col-
lege Bands
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.; Additional study at
Wyoming Seminary, Universit}' of Pittsburgh.
J. Rex Mitchell, M.E.M., Assistant Professor, Music
Muskingum College, B.S.; Kent State University, M.E.M.; Additional grad-
uate work at the University of Michigan, and the Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity.
Melvin A. Mitchell, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S., M.Ed.; Additional graduate work,
Pennsylvania State University, and OberUn College.
Lester D. Moody, Ph.D., Professor, Head of English Department
Washington State University, B.A.; University of Washington, M.A., Ph.D.
Eleanor D. Moore, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor, Library Science
Clarion State College, B.S.; Additional work at Allegheny College; Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; School of Library Service, Columbia Uni-
versity, M.S.L.S.
James D. Moore, M.Ed., Professor, Dean of Academic Affairs
Muskingum College, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.
J. Robert Moore, Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.
John N. Moorhouse, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Education
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate study at University of Pittsburgh and University of Utah. Doctoral
candidate, Pennsylvania State University.
172
David E. Morewitz, J.D., Associate Professor, Business Administra-
tion
College of WiUiam and Mary, B.A.; University of Southern CaUfomia,
M.Acct.; University of Illinois, J.D.
Don L. Morgan, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Assistant Director,
Center for Educational Research and Regional Curriculum De-
velopment
Northwest Nazarene, B.A.; University of Idaho, M.Ed.; University of Iowa,
Ph.D.; Additional graduate work, Drake University.
Russell L. V. Morgan, Ed.D., Professor, Administrative Head of
Venango Campus
SHppery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ed.D.;
Additional work at Allegheny College and Carnegie Institute of Technology.
W. Lee Morrison, Ed.D., Associate Professor, Psychology
Nebraska State Teachers College, B.S.; University of Denver, M.A., Ed.D.
Elbert R. Moses, Jr., Ph.D., Professor, Head of Speech Department
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.; University of Michigan, M.S., Ph.D.; Ad-
ditional graduate work at Eastern Illinois State University, Northwestern
University School of Speech.
Paul R. Mosser, M.A., Associate Professor, Education
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Lehigh University, M.A.; Additional graduate
work, Rutgers University.
Lois S. Mushrush, B.S., Instructor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B.S.; Graduate study, Boston College.
Peter H. Nachtwey, M.A., Associate Professor-Counselor
University of Rochester, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.; Professional di-
ploma, Vocational Counseling, Teachers College, Columbia University;
Doctoral candidate. University of Pittsburgh.
Donald A. Nair, D.Ed., Associate Professor, Associate Dean of Stu-
dent Affairs
The Pemisylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed.
John Nanovsky, Ed.D., Associate Professor, Director of Student
Union and Student Activities, Assistant Dean of Students
Miami University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Indiana University,
Ed.D.
Charles E. Nanz, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical
Education
University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.Ed.
Gilbert Neiman, Ph.D., Professor, EngHsh
Regis College; University of Colorado, B.A.; University of New Mexico,
M.A., Ph.D.
Max A. Nemmer, Ph.D., Professor, English
University of Pittsburgh, B.A., M.L., Ph.D.
173
Henry W. Ne-wman, M.A., Associate Professor, English
Sampson College; Syracuse University, B.A.; University of Pennsylvania,
M.A.; Additional graduate work at Temple Universitj' and State University
of New York at Buffalo; Doctoral candidate. University of Buffalo.
Dilara Niloulin, M.D., Associate Professor, Russian
University of Leningrad, M.D.; University of Montreal, M.A.; Ohio State
Universit>', Doctoral Candidate.
Robert L. Northey, M.A., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B.S.; Rutgers University, M.A.; Additional graduate
study, Rutgers University, Pennsylvania State University, San Jose State
CoUege.
Lester C. Oakes, M.S., Associate Professor, Geography
Teachers CoUege of Connecticut, B.Ed.; New York University, M.A.; Union
College, M.S.; Teachers College, Columbia University, Professional Diploma;
Additional graduate work, University of Pittsburgh.
Galen L. Ober, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Physical Science
Indiana State College, B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work at University of Wisconsin, Oregon State, Georgia Institute
of Technology.
Michel G. Ossesia, Ph.D., Professor, Head of Mathematics Depart-
ment
University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.Litt., Ph.D.
Richard L. Pae, M.Ed., Instructor, Health and Physical Education
Permsylvania State University, B.S.; Shippensburg State College, M.Ed.
Donald R. Pagano, M.S., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Duquesne University, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.; Additional graduate
work at University of Pittsburgh.
William J. Page, Ed.D., Professor, Director of Student Teaching
and Placement
Fredonia State Teachers College; Temple University, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Frank A. Palaggo, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Education
Clarion State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work at Pennsylvania State University.
Mary D. Pannbacker, M.A., Associate Professor, Speech Pathology
and Audiology
Oklahoma College for Women, B.A.; University of Oklahoma Medical
Center, M.A.; Doctoral candidate. State University of New York at Buffalo.
Hugh Winston Park, Ph.D., Professor, English
Hiram College, B.A.; Western Reserve University, M.A.; University of Utah,
Ph.D.
Charles G. Pearce, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Art
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate study, Pennsylvania State University.
174
Lawrence L. Penny, Ed.D., Professor, Psychology
Oklahoma State Universit>', B.S. in Ed., M.S.; Kansas University, Ed.D.
Annette Roussel-Pesche, M.A., Assistant Professor, Music
Carnegie Institute of Technology, B.A.; Ecole Normale de Musique de Paris,
M.A.; Graduate piano studies, artist pupil of Alfred Cortot.
Leonard A. Pfalf, M.A., Associate Professor, Audio-Visual Educa-
tion
Southwest Missouri State College, B.S.; George Peabody College, M.A,;
Additional graduate work at the University of Indiana.
Andor S. P-Jobb, M.F.A., Instructor, Art
Art Academy of Budapest, Clarion State College, Kent State University,
B.F.A., M.F.A.
Roxanne E. Plapp, M.A., Instructor, Speech
Carroll College, B.S., Central Missouri State College, M.A.
Richard K. Redfern, Ph.D., Professor, English
University of Illinois, B.S.; Cornell University, M.A., Ph.D.
William A. Redin, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Chemistry
Peimsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed.; Syracuse University, M.S.; Addi-
tional graduate work, Allegheny College.
John F. Reinhardt, M.A., Assistant Professor, English
Grove City College, B.A.; New York University, M.A.; Additional graduate
work. University of Pittsburgh.
Susan B. Reinhardt, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Psychology
Grove City College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Doctoral candi-
date, University of Pittsburgh.
Thomas P. Reinwald, B.A., Instructor, Economics
Miami (Ohio) University, B.A.; graduate study.
Betty Lou Reisman, M.A., Assistant Professor, Assistant Dean of
Students
Case-Western Reserve University, B.A.; Kent State University, M.A.
Eugene L. Rhoads, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pennsylvania, M.S. in Ed.; Addi-
tional graduate work. University of Chicago, University of Kansas, and San
Jose State College.
Ernest T. Rice, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Assistant Director, Cen-
ter for Educational Research and Regional Curriculum Devel-
opment
University of British Columbia, B.A.; Western Washington State College,
M.Ed.; University of Iowa, Ph.D.
175
Charles W. Robbe, M.A., Assistant Professor, History
University of Iowa, University of Illinois, B.S.; Seminars— The University
of Binningham, England; University of Leyden, Holland; University of Paris,
France; Chatelard School, Montreux, Switzerland; the University of Vermont,
M.A.; Additional graduate research. University of California, University of
Texas, Harvard University; Faculty Institute for International Studies on
Asia, 1964-65.
- Richard C. Romoser, Ed.D., Professor, Psychology
Milton College, B.S.; State University of Iowa, M.A.; University of Denver,
M.A., Ed.D.
Edward Roncone, B.A., Assistant Professor, Music
Carnegie Institute of Technology, B.A.; Additional work at Carnegie Institute
of Technology; Berkshire Music Center; Life Fellow, International Institute
of Arts and Letters; Conductor's Symposium, Philadelphia Orchestra; Doc-
toral candidate at West Virginia University.
Elizabeth A. Rupert, M.S. in L.S., Associate Professor, Library
Science
Clarion State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S. in L.S.; Additional
work at University of Pittsburgh.
Charles A. Ruslavage, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Physical Educa-
tion
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed.; Additional graduate work at
Slippery Rock State College and Pennsylvania State University.
Mohamed Said, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Physics Department
Baghdad University, B.A.; Brown University, Ph.D.
Roy H. SchreflFler, D.Ed., Professor, Special Education
Juiriata College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., D.Ed.; Addi-
tional graduate work at the University of Pittsburgh.
Richard W. Schuricht, M.Ed., Assistant Professor- Assistant Director
of Admissions
University of Pittsburgh, B.A., M.Ed.
Susan Secor, M.L.S., Instructor-Librarian
Pennsylvania State University, B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, M.L.S.
Eugene A. Seelye, M.A., Assistant Professor, Art
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Columbia Universit}', M.A.
Robert C. Segebarth, A.B., Professor, Director of Financial Aid
Services
Colegate University, A.B.; additional graduate study, University of Buffalo.
Paul L. Shank, Ph.D., Professor, Physical Science
Bethany College, B.S.; Graduate work. University of West Virginia; Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ph.D.
176
Ralph W. Sheriff, Ed.D., Associate Profess or- Assistant Director of
Student Teaching
Westminster Choir College, B.M.; Juniata College, B.A.; Pennsylvania State
University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
Daniel K. Shirey, Jr., Ed.D., Professor, Special Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S., Ed.D.
George S. Shirey, M.A., Associate Professor of Geography
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Miami University, M.A.; Additional grad-
uate work, University of Pittsburgh.
James D. Shofestall, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Physics
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work at Brown University, Pennsylvania State University, Michigan
State University, Texas A&M, and University of Michigan.
Charles J. Shontz, Ph.D., Professor, Assistant to the Dean of Aca-
demic Affairs
Indiana State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.; Additional
graduate work. University of Minnesota.
Frances M. Shope, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical
Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Additional graduate work, Pennsylvania State University.
Ronald C. Shumaker, M.A., Assistant Professor, English
Clarion State College, B.S.; Purdue University, M.A.; Additional graduate
study. University of Pittsburgh.
Harold E. Simmons, Ed.D., Professor, Dean of Professional Studies
Iowa State Teachers College; Buena Vista College, B.A.; Drake University,
M.S.; Teachers College, Columbia University, Ed.D.
Betty Simpson, B.S., Instructor, Health and Physical Education
West Chester State College, B.S. in Health and Physical Education; Addi-
tional graduate work, Pennsylvania State University.
Edwin R. Simpson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech Pathology
and Audiology
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; University of Iowa, M.A.; Additional grad-
uate work. University of Iowa.
Govind S. Singh, Ph.D., Professor, Geography
Allahabad University, India, B.A., M.A.; Clark University, Ph.D.
Sarjit Singh, Ph.D., Professor, Economics
Punjab University, B.A., M.A.; Oklahoma State University, Ph.D.
Glenn L. Sitzman, M.S., Associate Professor, Librarian
Oklahoma Baptist University, B.A.; Baylor University, M.A.; Columbia Uni-
versity, M.S.
177
Hichard C. Skinner, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Education
Western Illinois State Teachers College, B.Ed.; Northwestern University,
M.A.; University of Illinois, M.Ed.; Additional graduate work at University
of Illinois, University of Pennsylvania.
Betty R. Slater, Ed.D., Professor, Education
Buffalo State College, B.S. in Ed.; University of Buffalo, M.Ed., Ed.D.; Ad-
ditional graduate work. Clarion State College.
DeWayne E. Slaugenhaupt, M.S., Associate Professor, Physical
Science
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Clarkson Col-
lege of Technology, M.S.; Additional work at Pennsylvania State University
and Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
Jack H. Smith, M.A., Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and
Audiology
St. Cloud State College, B.S.; University of Nebraska, M.A.; Additional
graduate study. University of Michigan and Southern Illinois University.
Lawrence A. Smitli, Ed.D., Professor, Education
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ed.D.
PhyUis W. Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Education
Concordia College, B.A.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Southern lUinois Uni-
versity, Ph.D.
Wilham H. Snedegar, Ph.D., Professor, Head of Physics Depart-
ment
West Virginia University, A.B., M.S.; University of Kentucky, Ph.D.
Walter F. Snyder, Ph.D., Professor, History
Swarthmore College, B.A.; Yale University, Ph.D.; American Academy in
Rome, F.A.A.R.
Joseph R. Spence, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Head of Art Depart-
ment
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Ad-
ditional graduate work, Syracuse University, Pennsylvania State University.
Doctoral candidate, Pennsylvania State University.
Ohver Steiner, M.S., Instructor, Music
JuUiard School of Music, B.M., M.S.; Additional study, Meadowmount
School of Music, Accademia Internazionala di Musica da Camera.
Norma St.Germain, M.F.A., Instructor, Art
Clarke College, B.A.; Southern Illinois University, M.F.A.
Dana S. Still, Ph.D., Professor, Assistant Dean of Academic Affairs
Ohio State University, B.S., M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
Imogene Sumner, M.A., Assistant Professor, History
Coe College, B.A.; University of Chicago, M.A.; Additional graduate work
at University of Chicago.
178
Zoe Swecker, Ph.D., Professor, History
University of North Carolina at Greensboro, A.B.; University of Chicago,
Ph.D.
Franklin S. Takei, Ph.D., Professor, Philosophy
University of Hawaii, B.A.; Fuller Theological Seminary, B.D.; University
of Hawaii, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.
Christine M. Totten, Ph.D., Professor, German
University of Berlin; University of Chicago; University of Heidelberg, Ph.D.
Don E. Totten, Ph.D., Professor, Head of Geography Department
University of Chicago, M.A.; University of Heidelberg, Ph.D.
Charles E. Townsend, M.S., Associate Professor, Business Admin-
istration
Georgia Institute of Technology, B.S.; University of Missouri, M.S.; Addi-
tional graduate work. University of Alabama, Pennsylvania State University.
Ngo Dinh Tu, Ph.D., Professor, Political Science
National College, Vietnam, B.A.; American University, M.A.; Harvard Uni-
versity, Ph.D.; Additional graduate work. Reserve Officers School, Vietnam.
Neil W. Turner, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.
Gilbert L. Twiest, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Biology
Michigan State University, B.S., M.S.; University of Toledo, Ph.D.
Necdet Ucoluk, M.S., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Technical University of Istanbul, M.S. in E.E.; Istanbul University, B.S.;
Carnegie Institute of Technology, Purdue University, M.S.; Additional grad-
uate work, Purdue University, Rutgers, the State University, and Illinois
Institute of Technology.
Dale J. Urban, M.Ed., Instructor, Resident Director
Athenaeum of Ohio, B.A.; St. Vincent College, B.D.; University of Pitts-
burgh, M.Ed.
Joseph Uzmack, Ed.D., Professor, Education
Clarion State College, B.S.; Indiana State College, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania
State University, Ed.D.
Ethel B. Vairo, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Assistant Dean of Stu-
dents
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Bucknell Uni-
versity, Guidance certification; Doctoral candidate, Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity.
Jay Van Bruggen, M.A., Associate Professor, Political Science
Calvin College, B.A.; Western Michigan University, State University of
Iowa, M.A.; Additional graduate work at Michigan State University, Uni-
versity of Nebraska.
179
Robert S. Van Meter, D.Mus., Professor, Head of Music Depart-
ment
Juilliard School of Music, B.S., M.S.; Indiana University, D.Mus. in Per-
formance (Kano).
Kenneth G. Vayda, Ed.D., Professor, Director, Special Education
Curriculum
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S., Ed.D.
Thomas T. Vernon, M.S., Associate Professor, Economics
Colorado State University, B.S., M.S.; Doctoral candidate, Kansas State Uni-
versity.
Phihp N. Wallace, M.A., Associate Professor, Assistant Director of
Student Teaching
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A.; Additional gradu-
ate work at Allegheny College, Oneonta State University, University of
Colorado.
Adam F. V^eiss, Ph.D.; Associate Professor, Speech
University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; University of Denver, M.A., Ph.D.
Anne L. Weiss, B.A., Instructor, German
University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; Additional graduate study, Denver Uni-
versity.
Arthur A. Wickmann, Ph.D., Professor, Business and Economics
Southern Missouri State College, B.S.; Northwestern University, M.B.A.,
Ph.D.
Samuel A. Wilhelm, Ph.D., Professor, History
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Litt., Ph.D.; Grad-
uate work, University of Wisconsin and Harvard University.
John E. Williams, Ph.D., Professor, Biological Science
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; University of Illinois, Ph.D.
Mary Elizabeth Williams, M.L.S., Instructor, Librarian
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.L.S.; Additional
graduate study at Pennsylvania State University.
Donald A. Wilson, M.A., Associate Professor, English
Niagra University, B.A.; State University of New York at Buffalo, M.A.,
doctoral candidate.
Robin S. Wilson, Ph.D., Professor, English
Ohio State University, B.A.; University of Illinois, M.A., Ph.D.
Thomas V. Wimer, M.S., Associate Professor, Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.S.; Doctoral candidate. University of
Pittsburgh.
180
George F. Wollaston, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Chemistry De-
partment
Clarion State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Addi-
tional graduate work at Case Institute of Technology, Purdue University,
Pennsylvania State University, Texas A & M University, and Carnegie In-
stitute of Technology.
J. Kenneth Wyse, M.S. in L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Clarion State College, B.S.; Western Reserve University, M.S. in Lib. Sci.;
Additional graduate work, Western Reserve University, University of Pitts-
burgh.
Robert M. Yoho, Ed.D., Associate Professor, Education
Juniata College, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
Arnold H. Zaeske, Ed.D., Professor, Education, Director of Ele-
mentary Education
Elmhurst College, B.A.; University of Illinois, M.A.; University of Missouri,
M.Ed., Ed.D.
Richard Zallys, M.A., Assistant Professor, Philosophy
University of Chicago, Ph.B., M.A.; Doctoral candidate, Indiana University.
EMERITI
Paul G. Chandler, Ph.D., President Emeritus
Kentucky Wesleyan, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A., Ph.D.
Charles F. Becker, M.A., Education, Director of Student Teaching
and Placement
Mt. Union College, Ph.B.; Teachers College, Columbia University, M.A.;
Additional graduate work at Columbia; Pennsylvania State University; Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh.
Hazel Sandford, M.A., Associate Professor, Art
Graduate, State Normal School, Fredonia, N.Y.; Cornell University, B.S.
Graduate work. Teachers College, Columbia University; New York School
of Fine Arts; New York University, M.A.; Thurn School of Modem Art;
Carnegie Institute of Technology; University of Pittsburgh; Study in Europe.
Bertha V. Nair, M.A., Assistant Professor, Head of English Depart-
ment
Westminster College, B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A.; Additional grad-
uate work, Harvard University, University of Wisconsin.
Margaret A. Boyd, M.A., Associate Professor, English
Graduate, two-year course, Bethany College; University of Pittsburgh, B.A.,
M.A.; Additional graduate work at University of Wisconsin; Oxford Uni-
versity, Oxford, England; University of California, Columbia University.
Marie Marwick, M.A., Assistant Professor, Speech and English
Michigan State Normal College, B.Pd.; University of Arizona, B.A.; Columbia
University, M.A.; Additional graduate work. University of Pittsburgh; Uni-
versity of California.
181
C. A. Kuhner, M.S., Assistant Professor, Geography-
Ohio University, B.S.; University of Wisconsin, M.S.; Additional graduate
w^ork at University of Chicago; University of Pittsburgh.
Mildred E. Gamble, M.A., Assistant Professor, Laboratory School
Graduate, Indiana State Normal School; University of Pittsburgh, B.A.;
Teachers College, Columbia University, M.A.
Helen M. Becker, M.A, Assistant Professor, Elementary Education
Graduate, Clarion State Normal School; University of Pittsburgh, B.S.;
Teachers College, Columbia University, M.A.; Library Science, Clarion State
College.
Grace Pryor, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Dean of Women
Clarion State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Additional
graduate work at Duke University, University of Pittsburgh, Westminster
CoUege, Bucknell University, Pennsylvania State University.
Rena M. Carlson, M.A.L.S., Associate Professor, Head Librarian
Greenville College, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, B.S.L.S., Grad-
uate work at University of Southern California; University of Michigan,
M.A.L.S.
Charles R. Flack, M.A., Associate Professor, Director of Library
Science
Library School, University of Wisconsin; University of Alberta, B.A.; Uni-
versity of Illinois, B.L.S., M.A.; Additional graduate study. University of
Illinois and University of Chicago.
Martha Stewart, M.Ed., Associate Professor, Head Librarian
Northwestern University, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, B.S. in
L.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.
Waldo S. Tippin, M.A., Professor, Education, Director of Athletics
Attended Kansas State College; Geneva College, B.S.; Graduate work Uni-
versity of Michigan, University of Pittsburgh; Columbia University, M.A.
Donald R. Predmore, Ph.D., Professor, Biological Science
Miami University, University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.; Additional
graduate work at University of Colorado, University of Southern California,
Columbia University, University of Miami.
Lloyd S. Bromley, M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Physical Science
Allegheny College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Additional study
at Union College, University of Pittsburgh, Leybold Laboratory, Cologne,
Germany.
Donald D. Peirce, Ph.D., Professor, Head of Physical Science De-
partment
Oberhn College, A.B.; Attended Clarion State Normal School; Graduate
work at University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University; University
of Illinois, M.A., Ph.D.
Margaret J. Wiant, M.Litt, Associate Professor, Geography
Graduate of Clarion State Normal School; Clarion State College, B.S.; Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, M.Litt.; Graduate work at University of Washington,
Duke University, University of Colorado, Pennsylvania State University.
182
INDEX
Academic program, student
responsibility for 23
Academic requirements,
general 27-29
Accelerated program 21
Activities, student (see student
affairs )
Admissions regulations 24-26
Advanced standing 25
Freshmen 24-26
Freshmen, September, 1970 . . 26
Administration building 7,9
Administrative staff 159-160
Academic services 159
General services 160
President and Assistant 159
Student services 160
Advanced placement 24
Advanced standing, admission
with 25-26
Athletic program 15
Automobiles, regulations
concerning 14
Ballentine Hall 9
Bands 16-17
Board of Education, State 159
Board of Trustees, Clarion
State College 158
Business Administration .... 30,77-80
Admissions 24-26
Areas of concentration 79
Business foundation
subjects 78-79
Curriculum, eight semester
sequence 80
General education 78
Objectives 77
Scholarship requirements . . .27-29
Calendar 4-5
Call, the Clarion 17
Campus and facilities 7-9
Campus ministry 18
Carlson Library 9
Certificate, extension of 44
Certification, teaching 43-44
Chandler Dining Hall 9
Chapel Theater 8
Clarion, The 17
College Entrance Examination
Board Examinations 24,26
Correspondence directory 22
Counseling service 13
Course descriptions 99-157
Anthropology 99
Art 101
Biology 103
Business Administration 106
Chemistry 108
Economics 110
Education 112
Elementary Education 114
English 115
French 119
Geography 120
German 123
Health and Physical
Education 125
History 127
Library Science 131
Mathematics 133
Music 135
Philosophy 141
Physics 142
Political Science 144
Psychology 145
Russian 147
Safety Education 148
Science 149
Sociology 150
Spanish 151
Special Education 152
Speech 153
Speech Pathology and
Audiology 156
Choir, college 16
Course numbering system 22
Credit by examination 22-23
Credits, evaluation of 44
Cultural program 16
Davis Hall 7
Deans 159-160
Degree programs 28-31
Education, State Board of 159
Egbert Hall 8
Emeriti 180-181
Employment, student 40-41
Enrollment, summary of 158
Evaluation of credits 44
Evening classes 23
Extension of certificates 44
Faculty 161-180
Fees 31-36
Activity 31
Basic 32-33
183
INDEX (Continued)
Deposits 33
Diploma 34
Housing 33
Late registration 34
Library Science 31,32,36
Medical service 34
Miscellaneous 33-35
Out-of-state 32
Payment of 35
Rebate of ( repayment ) .... 35-36
Schedule change 34
Student activity 31
Summary of 31-36
Transcript 34
Financial aid services 36-41
Employment 40-41
Loans 38-40
Scholarships and grants .... 37-38
Fine Arts Center 9
Food service 12
Fraternities 19
Freshmen, admission of 24-26
General information 21-24
Accelerated program 21
Advanced placement 22
Correspondence directory .... 22
Course numbering 22
Credit by examination 22-23
Evening classes 23
Student responsibility 23
Study abroad 23
Summer session 23
Veteran's affairs 24
Given Hall 9
Grading system 27
Graduate study 31,94-98
Admissions 94-95
Fees 95
Programs 95-98
M.A., history 97
M.Ed., elementary edu 95
M.Ed., mathematics 96
M.Ed., speech pathology ... 96
M.S., biology 98
M.S., library science 97
Gymnasium-Natatorium,
Waldo S. Tippin 8
Harvey Student Union 8
Health services 12
Health Service Center 8
Housing services 11
Humanities, liberal arts
184
majors in 83-85
Infirmary 12
Inter-fraternity council 19
Insurance, health and
accident 12
Liberal Arts programs 30,81-93
Admission and fees 31-36,81
Characteristics of 81
Curriculum 82-90
General education
requirements 82-83
Library science in 89
Majors
Humanities 83-85
Area major 85
Art 83-84
English 84
Foreign languages 84
Music 84
Philosophy 84
Speech 84
Theater 84
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics 85-87
Area major 87
Biological sciences 86
Chemistry 86
Physical geography 86
Mathematics 86
Physics 86
Social Sciences 87-89
Area major 89
Economics 88
Geography 88
History 88
Political science 88
Psychology 89
Sociology-anthropology . . 89
Objectives 81
Lil:)rary 7
Library addition 7
Library science 65-68
Library science in liberal arts ... 89
Loans 38-40
Madrigal singers 16
Main campus facilities 7
Medical services 12
Mentally retarded. Special Edu-
cation for teaching of 73
Music Hall 8
Musical organizations 16-17
Natural sciences and mathe-
INDEX (Continued)
matics, liberal arts majors in 85-87
Newspaper, college 17
Nursing, public school 72
Panhellenic council 19
Parking 14
Pennsylvania State Board of
Education 159
Placement services 13
President 159
Professional organizations 20-21
Publications 17-18
Public school nursing 72
Public School student teaching
centers 46-48
Ralston Hall 9
Rebate of fees 35-36
Religious program 18
Requirements (see business ad-
ministration, graduate study,
liberal arts, teacher education)
Research- Learning Center 9
Residence, campus 11-12
Residence, off campus 11
Safe driving and general safety
education 72
Scholarships 37-38
Scholarship requirements 27-29
Science Center, Donald D. Pierce 8
Science Hall, Old 7
Secondaiy education, course
distribution in areas of
specialization in 52-64
Biology 52
Chemistry 53
Comprehensive science 54
Earth and space science 55
English 55
French 56
Geography 57
German 58
History 58
Library science 68
Mathematics 59
Physics 60
Russian 60
Safe dri\'ing and general
safety education 72
Social studies 61
Spanish 63
Speech 64
Senate, student 14
Sequelle, The 18
Social program 18-19
Social science, liberal arts
majors in 87-89
Sororities 19
Special Education 73-75
Mentally retarded, teaching
of 73-74
Speech pathology and
audiology 74-75
Special Education Building 8
Special fields and services in
education 65-75
Library science 65-68
Music education 68-71
Public school nursing 72
Safety education 72
Special education 73-75
Mentally retarded 73-74
Speech pathology and
audiology 74-75
Speech and drama org 19-20
State Board of Education 159
Stevens Hall 7
Student activities (see Student
affairs )
Stiident affairs 10-21
Student personnel service . . . 11-14
Counseling services 13
Food services 12
Health services 12
Housing services 11
Infirmary services 12
Insurance 12
Medical services 12
Placement services 13
Parking and auto
regulation 14
Stiident activities 14-21
Athletic program 15
Intercollegiate 15
Intiamural 16
Varsity "C" Club 16
Cultural program 16
Music program 16-17
Bands 16-17
Choir, college concert 16
Madrigal singers 16
Woodwind ensemble 17
Publications program 17
Call, The Clarion 17
Clarion, The 17
Sequelle, The 18
185
INDEX (Continued)
Religious program 18
Campus ministry 18
Social program 18-19
Social organizations 19-20
Student government 14
Student senate 14
Professional organizations . . .20-21
Student Center 10
Student government 14
Student personnel services
(see student affairs)
Student teaching 45-46
Student teaching, public
school centers for 46-48
Study year abroad 23
Summer sessions 23-24
Teacher education 29,42-75
Academic concentrations,
Elem 50-51
Certification 43-44
Course distributions
Areas of specialization,
secondary 52-64
General education 48
Library science 68
Music education 69-70
Professional education,
elementary 49
Professional education,
secondary 52
Public school nursing 72
Safety education 72
Special education 73-75
Mental retardation 73
Speech pathology and
audiology 74-75
Credits, evaluation of 44
Curricula 43
Curricula, eight semester
sequence in
Elementary education 49
Library science 66,67
Music education 71
Secondary 52
Special education
Mental retardation 74
Speech pathology and
audiology 75
Elementary concentrations . .50-51
Objectives 42
Requirements, general 44-46
Secondary education fields . .52-64
Trustees, board of 158
Venango Campus 10
Classroom building 10
Course offerings 76
Residence hall 10
Veterans' affairs 24
Withdrawals 26
Yearbook, college 18
186
CLARION
STATE
COLLEGE
5TRATI0N-CLASSROOM
N LIBRARY
lENCE HALL
EDUCATION CENTER
. HALL
HALL
HALL
.ER DINING HALL
1ALL
HALL, STUDENT CENTER
•CIENCE CENTER
.RIUM
3YMNASIUM & POOL
TS CENTER & AUDITORIUM
PLANT
r SERVICES
POOL
USE
ilNE HALL
iHALL
HALL
HALL
)N HALL
HALL
MANOR
-L
lALL
UNDER CONSTRUCTION
29 DORMITORY
30 STUDENT CENTER
31 HEALTH SERVICES
32 PRESIDENT'S RESIDENCE
33 MAINTENANCE
34 RESEARCH LEARNING CENTER
35 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
36 LIBRARY ADDITION
37 TENNIS COURTS
FOR LIBRARY USE ONLY
1
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11